T640 - Router Juniper - Free user manual and instructions
Find the device manual for free T640 Juniper in PDF.
| Product Type | Router |
| Brand | Juniper Networks |
| Model | T640 |
| Form Factor | Modular chassis, rack-mountable |
| Dimensions (W x H x D) | 17.5 x 7.5 x 17.5 in (44.5 x 19.1 x 44.5 cm) |
| Weight | Approximately 130 lb (59 kg) fully loaded |
| Power Supply | AC: 120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz; DC: -48 VDC (redundant options) |
| Power Consumption | Up to 4000 W maximum |
| Cooling | Front-to-back airflow, hot-swappable fan trays |
| Routing Capacity | Up to 1.28 Tbps (full-duplex) |
| Supported Protocols | IPv4, IPv6, MPLS, BGP, OSPF, IS-IS, and more |
| Fiber Optic Support | SONET/SDH, Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps, 10 GbE, 40 GbE, 100 GbE) |
| Redundancy | Hot-swappable power supplies, fan trays, and line cards |
| Management | Juniper Junos OS, CLI, SNMP, J-Web |
| Operating Temperature | 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) |
| Storage Temperature | -40°F to 158°F (-40°C to 70°C) |
| Humidity | 5% to 90% non-condensing |
| Installation | Rack mount included; requires 19-inch rack |
| Maintenance | Regular cleaning of air filters; replace as needed |
| Safety Precautions | Proper grounding required; disconnect power before servicing |
| Spare Parts | Line cards, power supplies, fan trays, control boards available |
| Repairability | Modular design; field-replaceable units (FRUs) |
| Warranty | Standard 1-year; extended available |
Frequently Asked Questions - T640 Juniper
User questions about T640 Juniper
0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.
Ask a new question about this device
Download the instructions for your Router in PDF format for free! Find your manual T640 - Juniper and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. T640 by Juniper.
USER MANUAL T640 Juniper
Published: 2013-08-20
Juniper Networks, Inc.
1194 North Mathilda Avenue
Sunnyvale, California 94089
USA
408-745-2000
www.juniper.net
This product includes the Envoy SNMP Engine, developed by Epilogue Technology, an Integrated Systems Company. Copyright © 1986-1997, Epilogue Technology Corporation. All rights reserved. This program and its documentation were developed at private expense, and no part of them is in the public domain.
This product includes memory allocation software developed by Mark Moraes, copyright © 1988, 1989, 1993, University of Toronto.
This product includes FreeBSD software developed by the University of California, Berkeley, and its contributors. All of the documentation and software included in the 4.4BSD and 4.4BSD-Lite Releases is copyrighted by the Regents of the University of California. Copyright © 1979, 1980, 1983, 1986, 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
GateD software copyright © 1995, the Regents of the University. All rights reserved. Gate Daemon was originated and developed through release 3.0 by Cornell University and its collaborators. Gated is based on Kirton's EGP, UC Berkeley's routing daemon (routed), and DCN's HELLO routing protocol. Development of Gated has been supported in part by the National Science Foundation. Portions of the GateD software copyright © 1988, Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. Portions of the GateD software copyright © 1991, D. L. S. Associates.
This product includes software developed by Maker Communications, Inc., copyright © 1996, 1997, Maker Communications, Inc.
Juniper Networks, Junos, Steel-Belted Radius, NetScreen, and ScreenOS are registered trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc. in the United States and other countries. The Juniper Networks Logo, the Junos logo, and JunosE are trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc. All other trademarks, service marks, registered trademarks, or registered service marks are the property of their respective owners.
Juniper Networks assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies in this document. Juniper Networks reserves the right to change, modify, transfer, or otherwise revise this publication without notice.
Products made or sold by Juniper Networks or components thereof might be covered by one or more of the following patents that are owned by or licensed to Juniper Networks: U.S. Patent Nos. 5,473,599, 5,905,725, 5,909,440, 6,192,051, 6,333,650, 6,359,479, 6,406,312, 6,429,706, 6,459,579, 6,493,347, 6,538,518, 6,538,899, 6,552,918, 6,567,902, 6,578,186, and 6,590,785.
T640 Router Hardware Guide
Copyright © 2013, Juniper Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Revision History
August 2013—Minor updates.
July 2012—Updated the LED descriptions for the connector interface panel (CIP) and the RE-C1800 Routing Engine. Updated the hardware labels for the RE-C1800 Routing Engine SSD. Added illustrations to the procedures to replace the solid-state disk (SSD) and CompactFlash card on a RE-C1800 Routing Engine.
May 2012—For Junos OS Release 11.4R2, added support for the 16-gigabit C1800 Routing Engine.
March 2012—For Junos OS Release 11.4R2, added the six-input DC power supply.
December 2011—Added the serial number location for the LCC-SIB. Updated CIP description and CIP LED description. Minor edits.
July 2011—For Junos OS Release 11.2, added support for the RE-C1800 (RE-DUO-C1800-8G) and LCC-CB on standalone T640 routers.
Added procedures to replace the solid-state disk and CompactFlash card on a RE-DUO-C1800-8G. Updated the procedures to upgrade and replace the front quiet fan trays. Updated FPCs supported to indicate EOL and EOS status. Updated the SCG LED, troubleshooting, and alarm information. Added the hex screw for AC power supply connections. Corrected the serial number locations.
March 2011—For Junos OS Release 10.4, added support for external clock inputs on the SONET clock generator (SCG) with two RJ-48 ports. Removed support of the external clock inputs on the SONET clock generator (SCG) with DB-9 ports. Updated the Taking the Host Subsystem Offline procedure. Minor edits.
October 2010—Corporate rebranding. Minor edits.
August 2010—Corporate rebranding. Minor edits.
May 2010—For Junos OS Release 10.2, added support of the clock interface ports on the SONET clock generator (SCG). Added the three-phase delta and wye AC power supplies. Updated the European Community EMC Declaration of Conformity. Updated the DC power supply specifications.
November 2009—Updated the amber LED to yellow.
September 2009—Completed topic conversion.
10 April 2009—530-021112-01 Revision 5. Added the Enhanced Scaling FPC2 (T640-FPC2-ES) and Enhanced Scaling FPC4-IP (T640-FPC4-IP-ES).
6 February 2009—530-021112-01 Revision 4. Added the Enhanced Scaling FPC1 (T640-FPC1-ES).
31 December 2008—530-021112-01 Revision 3. Added the 3-input 240-A power supply in 2-INPUT mode. Updated the power requirements.
28 October 2008—530-021112-01 Revision 2. Updated the failover description for power supplies, high availability information, compliance statement for acoustic noise, procedure for replacing serial cables, the replacement schedule for air filters, the number of fans, and the weight of the rear fan tray. Added the T640 Enhanced Scaling FPC3 (T640-FPC3-ES).
22 June 2007—530-021112-01 Revision 1. Updated DC input voltage range. Updated clearance requirements. Updated procedures for mounting hardware. Add first Junos OS Release for each FPC. Removed end-of-life control board.
20 October 2006—530-017398-01 Revision 1. Added European Community EMC Declaration of Conformity.
28 June 2006—530-015180-01 Revision 3. Added Lithium battery compliance statement. Updated Product Reclamation and Recycling statement. Updated power information for FPCs. Added the power requirements for FPC4. Updated how much torque to apply when securing the cable to a DC power supply. Corrected thermal output specification.
13 April 2006—530-015180-01 Revision 2. Changed replacement procedures to reflect the fact that some Routing Engines might or might not have retaining screws. Updated Junos OS Release recommendation for graceful switchover.
9 January 2006—530-015180-01 Revision 1. Added note about SIB version B. Added graphic of T640-SIB. Added Enhanced Scaling FPC4 and its SIB version B requirement. Corrected power supply input DC current rating.
26 September 2005-530-014306-01 Revision 1. Corrected figures and added power supply input description.
14 September 2005—530-011256-01 Revision 3. Corrected chassis figures and updated SIB content.
25 April 2005-530-011256-01 Revision 2. Updated DC power supply illustration.
01 April 2004—530-011256-01 Revision 1. General updates and cleanup.
30 June 2003—530-007306-01 Revision 3. Updated information and minor edits.
02 April 2002—530-007306-01 Revision 2.
03 December 2001—530-007306-01 Revision 1. First edition.
The information in this document is current as of the date on the title page.
YEAR 2000 NOTICE
Juniper Networks hardware and software products are Year 2000 compliant. Junos OS has no known time-related limitations through the year 2038. However, the NTP application is known to have some difficulty in the year 2036.
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
The Juniper Networks product that is the subject of this technical documentation consists of (or is intended for use with) Juniper Networks software. Use of such software is subject to the terms and conditions of the End User License Agreement ("EULA") posted at http://www.juniper.net/support/eula.html. By downloading, installing or using such software, you agree to the terms and conditions of that EULA.
Table of Contents
About the Documentation ....
Junos OS Documentation and Release Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Documentation Conventions
Documentation Feedback
Requesting Technical Support ....
Self-Help Online Tools and Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening a Case with JTAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 1 T640 Router Product Overview
Chapter 1 T640 Router Overview .... 3
T640 Router Description ....
T640 Component Redundancy
Chapter 2 T640 Router System Architecture Overview .....
T640 System Architecture Description ....
T640 Routing Engine Functions
T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Flow Through the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 3 T640 Router Hardware Component Overview
T640 Hardware Component Overview
T640 Chassis Description
T640 Midplane Description
T640 Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) Overview
T640 FPC Description
FPC Terminology
Identifying T640 FPCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 FPCs Supported
T640 PIC Description
T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Overview
T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 Host Subsystem Overview
T640 Host Subsystem Description ....
T640 Routing Engine Overview
T640 Routing Engine Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 RE-600 Description
T640 RE-600 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 RE-1600 Description
T640 RE-1600 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 RE-2000 Description
T640 RE-2000 LEDs
T640 RE-C1800 Description
T640 RE-C1800 LEDs
T640 Control Boards Overview
T640 Control Boards Description
T640 Standard Control Boards Description 4
T640 Standard Control Boards LEDs
T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description ..... 45
T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 LCC-CB Description
T640 LCC-CB LEDs
T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description ..... 4
T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 Craft Interface Overview
T640 Craft Interface Description
T640 Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and ACO/LT Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 Craft Interface LCD and Navigation Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 Craft Interface Host Subsystem LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 Craft Interface SIB LEDs
T640 Craft Interface FPC LEDs and Online/Offline Buttons 55
T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Overview
T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description ..... 5
CIP Components
Management Ports
Alarm Relay Contacts ....
T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 Power System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 Power System Description ....
T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Description .....
Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance
T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply LEDs
T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Inputs ....
Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance 64
T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance
T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply Components ....
Inputs
Redundancy
T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description ..... 71
Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance .....
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs 7
T640 Cooling System Description
Airflow 75
Fan Trays
Air Filters 77
Power Supply Cooling System
T640 Cable Management System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 2 T640 Router Initial Installation
Chapter 4 Preparing for T640 Router Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 Site Preparation Checklist ....
T640 Rack Requirements
T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance ..... 83
Chapter 5 T640 Router Installation Overview
T640 Router Installation Summary
Chapter 6 Unpacking the T640 Router ....
Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unpacking the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verifying the T640 Router Parts Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 7 Installing the T640 Router Mounting Hardware 9
Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet . . . . . . 93
Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Chapter 8 Installing the T640 Router into a Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of Installing the T640 Router in a Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 9 Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift ..... 101
Overview of Installing a T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Tools Required to Install the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift . . . . . . . . . . 10
Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the T640 Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attaching the T640 Router Installation Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounting the T640 Chassis Using a Mechanical Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Removing the T640 Router Installation Handle and Reinstalling the Power
Supplies 107
Chapter 10 Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Overview of Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift . . . . . . . . . . 109
Tools and Parts Required to Install the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift....110
Removing Components from the T640 Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the T640 Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the T640 SIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the T640 Control Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the T640 SCGs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the T640 Standard or Quiet Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the T640 Cable Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the T640 FPCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reinstalling Components in the T640 Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reinstalling the T640 Standard or Quiet Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:
Reinstalling the T640 SCGs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reinstalling the T640 Control Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reinstalling the T640 SIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reinstalling the T640 Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reinstalling the T640 FPCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reinstalling T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reinstalling the T640 Cable Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Chapter 11 Grounding the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools and Parts Required to Ground the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the T640 Grounding Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 12 Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices ..... 13
Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices ..... 1:
Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices . . . . 136
Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device . . . 136
Connecting the T640 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device . . . . . . . . 138
Connecting the T640 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management . . . . 138
Connecting the T640 Router to an External Clocking Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Connecting PIC Cables to the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 13 Providing Power to the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.
Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supplies
Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Three-input 240-A DC Power Supplies (2-INPUT Mode)
Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Six 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies)
Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Five 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies)
Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Four 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies)
Powering On a DC-Powered T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies
Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies
Powering On an AC-Powered T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Powering Off the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 14 Performing the Initial T640 Junos OS Configuration ..... 171
Preparing to Configure the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initially Configuring the T640 Router ..... Entering Configuration Mode ....
Configuring User Accounts and Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring System Attributes
Committing the Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring DC Power on a T640 Router ...... Configuring DC Power on a T640 Router (Five 60-A Cables on a Six-Input DC Power Supply) ...... .....
Configuring DC Power on a T640 (Four 60-A Cables on a Six-Input DC Power Supply)
Part 3 T640 Router Hardware Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Replacement Procedures
Chapter 15 Maintaining T640 Router Hardware Components ..... 179
Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the T640 Hardware Components ..... 179
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintaining the T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Components ..... 186 Maintaining T640 FPCs .....
Holding and Storing T640 FPCs ..... Holding T640 FPCs ..... Storing T640 FPCs ....
Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables
Maintaining the T640 SIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 16 Troubleshooting T640 Router Hardware Components ..... 199
Overview of Troubleshooting Resources for the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T640 LED Overview
Craft Interface LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component LEDs
T640 Alarm Messages Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chassis Alarm Messages
Interface Alarm Messages ....
Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting the T640 FPCs and PICs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting the T640 FPCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting the T640 PICs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting the T640 Power System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting the T640 SIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting the T640 SONET Clock Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting the T640 Control Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting the T640 Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 17 Replacing T640 Router Hardware Components ..... 217
T640 Field-Replaceable Units
Tools and Parts Required to Replace the T640 Hardware Components ..... 218
Replacing the T640 CIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing a T640 CIP
Installing a T640 CIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the T640 Connections to Routing Engine Interface Ports ..... 223
Replacing the T640 Management Ethernet Cable 2:
Replacing the T640 Console or Auxiliary Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the T640 Alarm Relay Wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the T640 Cooling System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray 23
Installing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray 2:
Replacing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray 2
Removing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray 23
Installing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray 233
Replacing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upgrading to the T640 Quiet Fan Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upgrading the Standard Lower Front Fan Tray to a Quiet Lower Front
Fan Tray
Removing the Standard Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Air Deflector and Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upgrading the Standard Rear Fan Tray to a Quiet Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . 241
Replacing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Installing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray 24
Replacing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Installing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing a T640 Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing a Front T640 Air Filter
Installing a Front T640 Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing a Rear T640 Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing a Rear T640 Air Filter
Replacing a T640 Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing a T640 Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing a T640 Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the T640 Routing Engine or Control Board Components ..... 256
Replacing the T640 Host Subsystem Components ..... 25
Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB 260
Installing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB 26
Replacing a T640 LCC-CB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing a T640 LCC-CB
Installing a T640 LCC-CB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing a T640 Routing Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing a T640 Routing Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing a T640 Routing Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing a PC Card in a T640 Routing Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing a T640 PC Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing a T640 PC Card
Replacing a DIMM Module in a T640 Routing Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing a T640 DIMM Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing a T640 DIMM Module .....
Replacing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine ..... 272
Preparing to Replace a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing
Engine
Removing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine . . . . 273
Installing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine . . . 274
Copying the Junos OS to the Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800
Routing Engine
Replacing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine . . . . 275
Preparing to Replace a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C180 Routing
Engine
Removing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing
Engine
Installing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine
Copying the Junos OS to the CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine ....
Replacing a T640 SCG
Removing a T640 SCG
Installing a T640 SCG
Replacing a T640 SIB
Removing a T640 Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B 28
Installing a T640 Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Upgrading to a T640 Standard SIB Version B
Preparing to Upgrade to a T640 Standard SIB Version B . . . . . . . . . . 283
Replacing T640 Standard SIBs with Standard SIB Version B ..... 284
Removing a T640-SIB
Installing a T640-SIB
Replacing T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Components 28
Replacing a T640 FPC
Removing a T640 FPC
Installing a T640 FPC
Replacing a T640 PIC
Removing a T640 PIC
Installing a T640 PIC
Replacing T640 PIC Cables
Removing a T640 PIC Cable
Installing a T640 PIC Cable
Replacing a T640 SFP
Removing a T640 SFP
Installing a T640 SFP
Replacing a T640 XENPAK Module
Removing a T640 XENPAK Module
Installing a T640 XENPAK Module
Replacing T640 Power System Components
Replacing a T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Removing a T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Installing a T640 Two-Input DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Replacing a T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Removing a T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Setting the Input Mode Switch on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply for a T640 Router ....
Installing a T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Replacing the T640 Cable Restraint on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting DC Power to a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply in a T640 Router ....
Powering On a T640 Replacement Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Removing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Installing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply 3:
Installing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Replacing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Two-Input 160-A Power
Supply, Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply, or a Four-Input 240-A
DC Power Supply
Removing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable from a Two-Input 160-A
Power Supply, Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply, or a Four-Input
240-A DC Power Supply
Installing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Two-Input 160-A Power
Supply, Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply, or a Four-Input 240-A
DC Power Supply
Replacing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Six-Input DC Power
Supply
Removing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable from a Six-Input DC Power
Supply
Installing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Six-Input DC Power
Supply
Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Front Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . 343
Removing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Front Air Filter . . . . . . 344
Installing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Front Air Filter . . . . . . . 344
Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Side Air Filter 34
Removing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Side Air Filter . . . . . . . 344
Installing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Side Air Filter . . . . . . . . 345
Replacing T640 DC Power Supplies with AC Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . 346
Removing the T640 DC Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies . . . . . . . . 350
Installing the T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . 352
Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Removing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Installing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord . . . . . . . . . . 361
Removing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord . . . . . . . 361
Installing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord . . . . . . . 363
Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply 36
Removing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Installing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord ..... 370
Removing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord . . . . . . . 370
Installing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord . . . . . . . . 371
Replacing a Front Air Filter Element on a T640 AC or DC Power Supply . . . 373
Removing a Front Air Filter Element on a T640 AC or DC Power
Supply
Installing a Front Air Filter Element on a T640 AC or DC Power
Supply
Replacing a Side Air Filter on a T640 AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing a Side Air Filter on a T640 AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Installing a Side Air Filter on a T640 AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3;
Part 4 Appendixes
Appendix A T640 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information 381
Definition of Safety Warning Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 Safety Guidelines and Warnings ........ General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices ........ 383
General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices .... 384 Qualified Personnel Warning .... Restricted Access Area Warning ....
T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage 38
Fire Safety Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices .... 31 General Fire Safety Requirements ....
Fire Suppression ...... Fire Suppression Equipment ...... ......
T640 Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings ...... T640 Installation Safety Guidelines ...... General Installation Safety Guidelines ...... T640 Chassis Lifting Guidelines ....
Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices 391 Installation Instructions Warning 391 Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings 391 Ramp Warning 391
T640 Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings ...... T640 General Laser Safety Guidelines ....
Laser Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices .... 39 Class 1 Laser Product Warning ..... Class 1 LED Product Warning ..... Laser Beam Warning ..... Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning .... 3
Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices . . 399 Battery Handling Warning ...... Jewelry Removal Warning ...... Lightning Activity Warning ...... Operating Temperature Warning ...... Product Disposal Warning ...... .....
T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings .... 40 In Case of an Electrical Accident ..... T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes .... 404 General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices .... 405 Grounded Equipment Warning ..... Grounding Requirements and Warning ..... Midplane Energy Hazard Warning ..... Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning .... 407 Power Disconnection Warning ....
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings ...... T640 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines ...... DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices .... 410 DC Power Copper Conductors Warning ...... DC Power Disconnection Warning ...... .....
DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning
AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
T640 Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements
T640 Agency Approvals
T640 Compliance Statements for NEBS
Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Canada) 416
T640 Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements (European Community)
Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Japan)
Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (United States)
Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices
T640 Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise
Appendix B T640 Physical Specifications
T640 Physical Specifications
Appendix C T640 Environmental Specifications
T640 Environmental Specifications
Appendix D T640 Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications ..... 425
T640 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications 4:
Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Distance Limitations for Signaling
Radio Frequency Interference
Electromagnetic Compatibility
T640 DC Power Specifications and Requirements
T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications
T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications ..... 4
T640 DC Power System Requirements
T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications
T640 DC Power Distribution
T640 AC Power Specifications and Requirements
T640 AC Power System Specifications
T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Specifications 437
T640 AC Power Requirements
T640 AC Power Cord Specifications
Appendix E T640 Router Cable and Wire Guidelines and Specifications ..... 443
T640 Network Cable Specifications and Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network Cable and Transceiver Overview for T Series Routers . . . . . . . . . 443
Ethernet Cables and Transceivers
SONET/SDH Cables and Transceivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and
Dispersion 445
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable ..... 445
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable 445
Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables ..... 446
Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable 44
Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable 441
T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications 448
Appendix F T640 Router Cable Connector Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T640 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine ETHERNET Port ..... 449
T640 DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine AUXILIARY and CONSOLE
Ports 450
T640 RJ-48 Connector Pinouts for the SCG EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS
Ports 450
Appendix G Contacting Customer Support and Returning T640 Router Hardware .. 453
Locating T640 Component Serial Numbers Using the CLI 45
T640 Component Serial Number Label Locations
Control Board Serial Number Label
CIP Serial Number Label
Craft Interface Serial Number Label ....
FPC Serial Number Label
PIC Serial Number Label
Power Supply Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Routing Engine Serial Number Label
SCG Serial Number Label
SIB Serial Number Label
Contacting Customer Support
Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. 46
Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from a T640 Router ..... 462
Packing the T640 Router for Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Packing T640 Router Components for Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 5 Index
Index 469
List of Figures
Part 1 T640 Router Product Overview
Chapter 2 T640 Router System Architecture Overview .....
Figure 1: Router Architecture .....
Figure 2: Control Packet Handling for Routing and Forwarding Table Updates . . . . 7
Figure 3: Data Flow Through the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 3 T640 Router Hardware Component Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 4: Front View of T640 Chassis
Figure 5: Rear View of T640 Chassis
Figure 6: T640 Midplane
Figure 7: FPC Installed in a T640 Chassis
Figure 8: FPC Edges
Figure 9: Enhanced Scaling FPC1 Supported by the T640 Router ..... 2
Figure 10: Standard FPC2 and FPC3 Supported by the T640 Router ..... 22
Figure 11: Enhanced II FPC1, FPC2, and FPC3 Supported by the T640 Router . . . . 23
Figure 12: Enhanced Scaling FPC2 Supported by the T640 Router ..... 24
Figure 13: Enhanced Scaling FPC3 Supported by the T640 Router ..... 25
Figure 14: Enhanced Scaling FPC4 Supported by the T640 Router ..... 28
Figure 15: T640 Enhanced Scaling FPC4-IP Supported by the T640 Router . . . . 27
Figure 16: Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B.
Figure 17: T640-SIB....31
Figure 18: Routing Engine 600
Figure 19: Routing Engine 1600 (RE-1600)
Figure 20: Routing Engine 2000 (RE-2000)
Figure 21: Routing Engine C1800 (RE-C1800)
Figure 22: RE-C1800 LEDs
Figure 23: T640 Standard Control Board
Figure 24: T-CB....45
Figure 25: LCC-CB....47
Figure 26: LCC-CB LEDs
Figure 27: SCG with DB-9 Ports
Figure 28: SCG with RJ-48 ports
Figure 29: SCG with RJ-48 ports .....
Figure 30: Front Panel of the T640 Craft Interface .....
Figure 31: T640 LCD in Idle Mode .....
Figure 32: T640 LCD in Alarm Mode .....
Figure 33: CIP 57
Figure 34: Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
Figure 35: Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 36: Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs .....
Figure 37: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Figure 38: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 39: Six-Input DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 40: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 41: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Connections .....
Figure 42: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 43: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
Figure 44: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 45: Wye Three-Phase AC Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 46: Delta AC Power Supply LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 47: Airflow Through the Chassis
Figure 48: Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 49: Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 50: Cable Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 2 T640 Router Initial Installation
Chapter 4 Preparing for T640 Router Installation ....
Figure 51: Typical Open-Frame Rack
Figure 52: T640 Chassis Dimensions and Clearance Requirements ..... 84
Chapter 6 Unpacking the T640 Router
Figure 53: Contents of the T640 Shipping Crate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 7 Installing the T640 Router Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Figure 54: Positioning the Spacer Bar on the Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 55: Installing the Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet . . . 96
Figure 56: Installing the Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack . . . . . . . . 97
Chapter 9 Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift ..... 101
Figure 57: Removing a Power Supply Before Installing the Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Figure 58: Removing a Power Supply Before Installing the Installation Handle
Figure 59: Attaching the Installation Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 60: Loading the Router onto the Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 61: Installing the Router in the Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 62: Reinstalling a Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 10 Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift ..... 109
Figure 63: Removing a Power Supply Before Installing the Router ..... 112
Figure 64: Removing a SIB
Figure 65: Removing a T-CB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 66: Removing an LCC-CB
Figure 67: Removing an SCG
Figure 68: Removing the Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 69: Removing the Standard Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 70: Removing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 71: Removing a T640 FPC
Figure 72: Attaching the Installation Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 73: Installing the Router in the Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 74: Reinstalling the Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 75: Reinstalling an SCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 76: Reinstalling a T-CB
Figure 77: Reinstalling an LCC-CB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 78: Reinstalling a SIB
Figure 79: Reinstalling a Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 80: Reinstalling an FPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 81: Reinstalling the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 82: Reinstalling the Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 83: Reinstalling the Standard Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 11 Grounding the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 84: Grounding Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 12 Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices ..... 13
Figure 85: Console and Auxiliary Serial Port Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 86: Console and Auxiliary Ports on the CIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 87: Routing Engine Ethernet Cable Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 88: ETHERNET Port on the CIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 89: Attaching a Cable to a PIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 13 Providing Power to the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 90: Connecting DC Power to a Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply . . . . . 146
Figure 91: Connecting DC Power to a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply in 2-INPUT Mode
Figure 92: Connecting Power to the Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . 150
Figure 93: Connecting DC Power Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 94: Connecting Negative (−) DC Power Cables to INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4.
Figure 95: Connecting Negative (−) DC Power Cables to INPUT 2 and INPUT 5
Figure 96: Connecting Positive (+) DC Power Cables to RTN 2, RTN 5, RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4.
Figure 97: Connecting DC Power Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 98: Connecting Negative (−) DC Power Cables to INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4.
Figure 99: Connecting Negative (−) DC Power Cable to INPUT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 100: Connecting Positive (+) DC Power Cable to RTN 2, RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, RTN 4.
Figure 101: Connecting DC Power Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 102: Connecting Negative (−) DC Power Cables to INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4.
Figure 103: Connecting Positive (+) DC Power Cables to RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4.
Figure 104: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply ..... 164
Figure 105: Connecting Power to the Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply . . . . . 166
Figure 106: Fastening the AC Power Cord to the Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Part 3 T640 Router Hardware Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Replacement Procedures
Chapter 15 Maintaining T640 Router Hardware Components ..... 179
Figure 107: Do Not Grasp the Connector Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 108: Do Not Carry an FPC with Only One Hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 109: Do Not Rest the FPC on an Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 110: Holding an FPC Vertically .....
Figure 111: Do Not Stack FPCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 17 Replacing T640 Router Hardware Components ..... 217
Figure 112: Removing a CIP
Figure 113: Installing a CIP
Figure 114: Routing Engine Interface Ports and Alarm Relay Contacts ..... 224
Figure 115: Ethernet Cable Connectors .....
Figure 116: Routing Engine Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 117: Routing Engine Alarm Relay Wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 118: Removing a Standard Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 119: Installing an Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 120: Removing the Standard Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 121: Installing a Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 122: Installing a Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 123: Removing a Standard Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 124: Removing the Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 125: Installing the Air Deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 126: Installing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 127: Removing the Standard Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 128: Installing the Quiet Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 129: Removing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 130: Installing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 131: Removing the Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 132: Installing the Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 133: Removing the Quiet Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 134: Installing the Quiet Rear Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 135: Removing the Front Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 136: Replacing the Front Filter Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 137: Installing the Front Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 138: Removing the Rear Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 139: Removing the Rear Air Filter Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 140: Installing the Rear Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 141: Removing a Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 142: Installing a Replacement Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 143: Removing a Standard Control Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 144: Removing a T-CB
Figure 145: Installing a Standard Control Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 146: Installing a T-CB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 147: Removing an LCC-CB
Figure 148: Installing an LCC-CB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 149: Removing the Routing Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 150: Removing a Routing Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 151: Installing a Routing Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 152: Reinstalling the Routing Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 153: Removing a PC Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 154: Installing a PC Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 155: Installing the DIMM Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 156: Removing an SSD
Figure 157: Installing an SSD
Figure 158: Removing a CompactFlash Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 159: Installing a CompactFlash Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 160: Removing an SCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 161: Installing an SCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 162: Removing a SIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 163: Installing a SIB
Figure 164: Removing a SIB
Figure 165: Removing a T640 FPC
Figure 166: Installing an FPC
Figure 167: Installing a T640 FPC
Figure 168: Removing a PIC
Figure 169: Installing a PIC
Figure 170: Connecting Fiber-Optic Cable to a PIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 171: Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP)
Figure 172: Removing a XENPAK Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 173: Installing a XENPAK Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 174: Disconnecting Power Cables from a Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
Figure 175: Removing a Two-Input 160-A Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 176: Rear of the Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors ..... 310
Figure 177: Installing a Replacement Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . 313
Figure 178: Connecting Power Cables to a Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
Figure 179: Disconnecting Power Cables from the DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . 315
Figure 180: Rear of the Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors ..... 316
Figure 181: Removing a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Figure 182: Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 183: Installing a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 184: Standard Cable Restraint on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply .... 319
Figure 185: Optional Cable Restraint on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Figure 186: Connecting Power Cables to the Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 187: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 188: Disconnecting Power Cables from the Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Figure 189: Removing a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 190: Rear of the Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors . . . . . . . 326
Figure 191: Connecting a Power Cable to a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Figure 192: Installing a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Figure 193: DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 194: Disconnecting Power Cables from the DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . 330
Figure 195: Removing a DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 196: Rear of the Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors ..... 332
Figure 197: Inserting the DC Power Supply into the Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 198: Attaching the DC Power Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 199: Disconnecting a DC Power Cable from a Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
Figure 200: Disconnecting a DC Power Cable from a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Figure 201: Disconnecting a DC Power Cable from a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Figure 202: Connecting a DC Power Cable to a Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
Figure 203: Connecting a DC Power Cable to a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Figure 204: Connecting a DC Power Cable to a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Figure 205: Disconnecting the DC Power Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 206: Connecting the DC Power Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 207: Removing the Power Supply Side Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 208: Installing the Power Supply Side Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 209: Rear of the DC Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors . . . . . 347
Figure 210: Disconnecting DCPower Cables from a Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
Figure 211: Disconnecting Power Cables from the Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Figure 212: Disconnecting Power Cables from the Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Figure 213: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply . . . . . . 352
Figure 214: Connecting Power to the Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply . . . . . 354
Figure 215: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 216: Disconnecting the Power Cord from a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
Figure 217: Removing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Figure 218: Rear of the Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors ..... 358
Figure 219: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply ..... 359
Figure 220: Installing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Figure 221: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 222: Disconnecting the Power Cord from a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
Figure 223: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply ..... 364
Figure 224: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 225: Disconnecting the AC Power Cord from a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
Figure 226: Removing a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Figure 227: Connecting Power to the Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply . . . . 368
Figure 228: Installing a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Figure 229: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 230: Disconnecting the AC Power Cord from a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply ....
Figure 231: Connecting Power to the Wye 3-Phase AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . 372
Figure 232: Removing a Front Air Filter Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 233: Installing a Front Air Filter Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 234: Removing the AC Power Supply Side Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 235: Installing the Side Power Supply Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 4 Appendixes
Appendix A T640 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information 381
Figure 236: Placing a Component into an Electrostatic Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Figure 237: ESD Point on the Front of T640 Chassis .....
Figure 238: ESD Point on the Rear View of T640 Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix D T640 Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications ..... 425
Figure 239: T640 DC Power and Grounding Cable Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 240: T640 DC Power Cable Lug
Figure 241: Typical DC Source Cabling from PEMO to Feed A .....
Figure 242: Typical DC Source Cabling from PEM1 to Feed B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 243: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord .....
Figure 244: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix G Contacting Customer Support and Returning T640 Router Hardware . . 453
Figure 245: Serial Number ID Label
Figure 246: T-CB Serial Number Label
Figure 247: LCC-CB Serial Number Label
Figure 248: CIP Serial Number Label
Figure 249: Craft Interface Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 250: FPC Serial Number Label
Figure 251: PIC Serial Number Label .....
Figure 252: Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Serial Number Label ..... 458
Figure 253: Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Serial Number Label ..... 458
Figure 254: Six-Input DC Power Supply Serial Number Label ..... 45
Figure 255: Routing Engine Serial Number Label .....
Figure 256: SCG Serial Number Label
Figure 257: Standard SIB and SIB Version B Serial Number Label ..... 460
Figure 258: LCC-SIB Serial Number Label
List of Tables
About the Documentation ....
Table 1: Notice Icons.... xxix
Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions
Part 1 T640 Router Product Overview
Chapter 3 T640 Router Hardware Component Overview
Table 3: T640 Hardware Components .....
Table 4: Identifying the FPCs Supported by the T640 Router
Table 5: FPCs Supported by the T640 Router
Table 6: Links to the SIBs From the FPCs
Table 7: SIB LEDs....32
Table 8: T640 Supported Routing Engines
Table 9: Routing Engine 600 LEDs
Table 10: Routing Engine 1600 LEDs
Table 11: Routing Engine 2000 LEDs
Table 12: Routing Engine C1800 LEDs
Table 13: T640 Supported Control Boards
Table 14: Standard Control Board LEDs
Table 15: T-CB LEDs
Table 16: LCC-CB LEDs
Table 17: Supported SCGs
Table 18: SCG LEDs 51
Table 19: Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button
Table 20: T640 Host Subsystem LEDs
Table 21: SIB LEDs on the Craft Interface
Table 22: FPC LEDs
Table 23: CIP LEDs....59
Table 24: Supported Power Supplies
Table 25: Components Powered by Each Input
Table 26: Fault Tolerance
Table 27: Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply LEDs
Table 28: Components Powered by Each Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Input 64
Table 29: Fault Tolerance
Table 30: Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs
Table 31: Components Powered by Each Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Input 67
Table 32: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs
Table 33: Components Powered by Each Six-Input DC Power Supply Input . . . . 69
Table 34: Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs
Table 35: Delta AC Power Supply LEDs .....
Part 2 T640 Router Initial Installation
Chapter 4 Preparing for T640 Router Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 36: Site Preparation Checklist .....
Chapter 6 Unpacking the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 37: Router Parts List
Table 38: Accessory Box Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 7 Installing the T640 Router Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Table 39: T640 Four-Post or Cabinet Rack Mounting Hole Locations ..... 93
Table 40: T640 Open-Frame Rack Mounting Hole Locations ..... 9
Part 3 T640 Router Hardware Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Replacement Procedures
Chapter 16 Troubleshooting T640 Router Hardware Components ..... 199
Table 41: SONET/SDH Interface Alarm Messages
Table 42: T640 Cooling System Alarm Messages .....
Table 43: FPC Alarm Messages .....
Table 44: T640 Power Supply Alarm Messages .....
Table 45: SIB Alarm Messages .....
Table 46: SCG Alarm Messages
Table 47: T640 Host Subsystem Alarm Messages .....
Table 48: Control Board Alarm Messages .....
Table 49: T640 Chassis Alarm Messages
Chapter 17 Replacing T640 Router Hardware Components ..... 217
Table 50: Field-Replaceable Units
Table 51: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement ..... 218
Table 52: Effect of Taking the Host Subsystem Offline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part 4 Appendixes
Appendix B T640 Physical Specifications
Table 53: T640 Physical Specifications
Appendix C T640 Environmental Specifications ....
Table 54: Router Environmental Specifications .....
Appendix D T640 Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications ..... 425
Table 55: T640 Power System Electrical Specifications ..... 4
Table 56: T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications . . 428
Table 57: T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications 428
Table 58: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications ..... 429
Table 59: Six-Input DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications ..... 429
Table 60: T640 Component DC Power Requirements .....
Table 61: Number of Cables Required .....
Table 62: T640 Power Cable Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 63: T640 AC Power System Electrical Specifications ..... 43
Table 64: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications ..... 436
Table 65: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications ..... 437
Table 66: T640 Base AC Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 67: Typical AC Power Requirements for T640 Components ..... 438
Table 68: Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Cord Specifications ..... 440
Appendix E T640 Router Cable and Wire Guidelines and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 443
Table 69: Ethernet Specifications
Table 70: SONET/SDH Specifications
Table 71: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 72: Cable and Wire Specifications for Routing Engine Management and Alarm Interfaces
Appendix F T640 Router Cable Connector Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 73: RJ-45 Connector Pinouts
Table 74: DB-9 Connector Pinouts .....
Table 75: RJ-48 Connector Pinouts
About the Documentation
- Junos OS Documentation and Release Notes on page xxix
• Documentation Conventions on page xxix
• Documentation Feedback on page xxxi - Requesting Technical Support on page xxxi
Junos OS Documentation and Release Notes
For a list of related Junos OS documentation, see http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/software/junos/.
If the information in the latest release notes differs from the information in the documentation, follow the Junos OS Release Notes.
To obtain the most current version of all Juniper Networksal documentation, see the product documentation page on the Juniper Networks website at http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/.
Documentation Conventions
Table 1 on page xxix defines the notice icons used in this guide.
Table 1: Notice Icons
| DescriptionMeaningIcon | ||
 | Indicates important features or instructions.Informational note | |
 | Indicates a situation that might result in loss of data or hardware damage.Caution | |
 | Alerts you to the risk of personal injury or death.Warning | |
 | Alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.Laser warning |
Table 2 on page xxx defines the text and syntax conventions used in this guide.
Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions
| ExamplesDescriptionConvention | ||
| Represents text that you type.Boldtext like this configuration mode, type theconfigurecommand:user@host>configure | ||
| Fixed-width text like this | Represents output that appears on theuser@host>show chassis alarms terminal screen.No alarms currently active | |
| Italic text like this | Introduces or emphasizes important new terms.Identifies book names.Identifies RFC and Internet draft titles. | A policy term is a named structure that defines match conditions and actions.Junos OS System Basics Configuration GuideRFC 1997, BGP Communities Attribute |
| Italic text like this | Represents variables (options for whichConfigure the machine's domain name: you substitute a value) in commands or configuration statements.[edit]root@# set system domain-name domain-name | |
| Text like this | Represents names of configuration statements, commands, files, and directories; configuration hierarchy levels;or labels on routing platform components. | To configure a stub area, include the stub statement at the[edit protocols ospf area area-id] hierarchy level.The console port is labeled CONSOLE. |
| <>(angle brackets) | Enclose optional keywords or variables. | stub; |
| | (pipe symbol) | Indicates a choice between the mutual broadcast | multicast exclusive keywords or variables on either side of the symbol. The set of choice(string1 | string2 | string3) often enclosed in parentheses for clarity. | |
| # (pound sign) | rsvp { # Required for dynamic MPLS only indicates a same line as the configuration statement to which it applies. | |
| [ ] (square brackets) | Enclose a variable for which you can community name members [substitute one or more values. | community-ids] |
| Indention and braces ( { } ) | Identify a level in the configuration hierarchy. | [edit]routing-options {static {route default {nexthop address; retain;}}} |
| ; (semicolon) | Identifies a leaf statement at a configuration hierarchy level. | |
Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions (continued)
| ExamplesDescriptionConvention | ||
| GUI Conventions | ||
| Bold text like this | Represents graphical user interface (GUI) In the Logical Interfaces box, sele items you click or select. | All Interfaces.To cancel the configuration, click Cancel. |
| > (bold right angle bracket) | Separates levels in a hierarchy of men to the configuration editor hierarchy, selections. | select Protocols>Ospf. |
Documentation Feedback
We encourage you to provide feedback, comments, and suggestions so that we can improve the documentation. You can send your comments to techpubs-comments@juniper.net, or fill out the documentation feedback form at https://www.juniper.net/cgi-bin/docbugreport/. If you are using e-mail, be sure to include the following information with your comments:
- Document or topic name
- URL or page number
- Software release version (if applicable)
Requesting Technical Support
Technical product support is available through the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC). If you are a customer with an active J-Care or JNASC support contract, or are covered under warranty, and need post-sales technical support, you can access our tools and resources online or open a case with JTAC.
- JTAC policies—For a complete understanding of our JTAC procedures and policies, review the JTAC User Guide located at http://www.juniper.net/us/en/local/pdf/resource-guides/7100059-en.pdf.
- Product warranties—For product warranty information, visit http://www.juniper.net/support/warranty/.
- JTAC hours of operation—The JTAC centers have resources available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.
Self-Help Online Tools and Resources
For quick and easy problem resolution, Juniper Networks has designed an online self-service portal called the Customer Support Center (CSC) that provides you with the following features:
• Find CSC offerings: http://www.juniper.net/customers/support/
• Search for known bugs: http://www2.juniper.net/kb/
• Find product documentation: http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/
• Find solutions and answer questions using our Knowledge Base: http://kb.juniper.net/
- Download the latest versions of software and review release notes: http://www.juniper.net/customers/csc/software/
- Search technical bulletins for relevant hardware and software notifications: https://www.juniper.net/alerts/
- Join and participate in the Juniper Networks Community Forum: http://www.juniper.net/company/communities/
- Open a case online in the CSC Case Management tool: http://www.juniper.net/cm/
To verify service entitlement by product serial number, use our Serial Number Entitlement (SNE) Tool: https://tools.juniper.net/SerialNumberEntitlementSearch/
Opening a Case with JTAC
You can open a case with JTAC on the Web or by telephone.
- Use the Case Management tool in the CSC at http://www.juniper.net/cm/.
- Call 1-888-314-JTAC (1-888-314-5822 toll-free in the USA, Canada, and Mexico).
For international or direct-dial options in countries without toll-free numbers, see http://www.juniper.net/support/requesting-support.html.
PART 1
T640 Router Product Overview
• T640 Router Overview on page 3
• T640 Router System Architecture Overview on page 5
• T640 Router Hardware Component Overview on page 11
CHAPTER 1
T640 Router Overview
• T640 Router Description on page 3
• T640 Component Redundancy on page 4
T640 Router Description
The T640 Core Router is a complete routing system that provides Gigabit Ethernet, SONET/SDH, and other high-speed interfaces for large networks and network applications, such as those supported by Internet service providers (ISPs).
Application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs) are a definitive part of the router design; these ASICs enable the router to achieve data forwarding rates that match current fiber-optic capacity.
The router accommodates up to eight Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs), which can each be configured with a variety of network media types—altogether providing up to 128 SONET/SDH OC48/STM16, 32 SONET/SDH OC192/STM64, or 128 Gigabit Ethernet ports for the router. In a standalone configuration, the router's maximum aggregate throughput is 320 Gbps, full duplex.
The router is a modular, rack-mountable system. Two routers can be installed in one standard, 78-in. telco rack.
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 Physical Specifications on page 421
•T640 Environmental Specifications on page 423
•T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 427
T640 Component Redundancy
The T640 Core Router is designed so that no single point of failure can cause the entire system to fail. The following major hardware components are redundant:
- Switch Interface Boards (SIBs)—The router has five SIBs. A T640 router that is connected to a TX Matrix platform requires T640-SIBs; see “T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description” on page 30) Each Type 1 FPC and Type 2 FPC has a dedicated ASIC with five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (one link per SIB). Each Type 3 FPC has two dedicated ASICs, and each ASIC has five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (a total of 10 links). Each Type 4 FPC has one dedicated ASIC with ten high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (two links per SIB). One of the five SIBs—usually SIB4—acts as a backup to the remaining four SIBs. If a SIB fails, the backup SIB becomes active and traffic forwarding continues without any degradation. When the failed SIB is replaced, it becomes the new backup.
- Host subsystem—The host subsystem consists of a Routing Engine functioning together with a control board. The router can have one or two host subsystems. If two host subsystems are installed, one functions as the master and the other functions as the backup. If the master host subsystem (or either of its components) fails, the backup can take over as the master. To operate, each host subsystem requires a Routing Engine installed in an adjacent slot to a control board.
If the Routing Engines are configured for graceful switchover, the backup Routing Engine automatically synchronizes its configuration and state with the master Routing Engine. Any update to the master Routing Engine state is replicated on the backup Routing Engine. If the backup Routing Engine assumes mastership, packet forwarding continues through the router without interruption. For more information about graceful switchover, see the Junos OS Administration Library for Routing Devices. - SONET Clock Generators (SCGs)—The router has a standard configuration of one SCG. A second can be purchased to function as backup. If one SCG fails, the other becomes the master SCG. Mastership of the SCGs is independent of the host subsystem, so routing functions are not affected.
- Power supplies—The router has two power supplies, which share the load evenly. If one power supply fails, the other power supply can provide full power to the router indefinitely.
- Cooling system—The cooling system has redundant components, which are controlled by the host subsystem. If one of the fans fails, the host subsystem increases the speed of the remaining fans to provide sufficient cooling for the router indefinitely.
Related
Documentation
•T640 Router Description on page 3
•Reinstalling Components in the T640 Chassis on page 123
•T640 System Architecture Description on page 5
CHAPTER 2
T640 Router System Architecture Overview
• T640 System Architecture Description on page 5
• T640 Routing Engine Functions on page 6
• T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture on page 7
• Data Flow Through the T640 Router on page 8
T640 System Architecture Description
The router architecture cleanly separates control operations from packet forwarding operations. This design eliminates processing and traffic bottlenecks, permitting the router to achieve high performance. Control operations in the router are performed by the host subsystem, which runs Junos OS to handle routing protocols, traffic engineering, policy, policing, monitoring, and configuration management. Forwarding operations in the router are performed by the Packet Forwarding Engines, which consist of hardware, including ASICs, designed by Juniper Networks.
The T640 Core Router has two main architectural components:
- Routing Engine—This component provides Layer 3 routing services and network management.
- Packet Forwarding Engines—These high-performance, ASIC-based components provide Layer 2 and Layer 3 packet switching, route lookups, and packet forwarding.
The Routing Engine and the Packet Forwarding Engines perform their primary tasks independently, although they constantly communicate through multiple 100-Mbps links. This arrangement streamlines forwarding and routing control and runs Internet-scale backbone networks at high speeds. Figure 1 on page 6 shows the relationship between the Routing Engine and the Packet Forwarding Engines.
Figure 1: Router Architecture
flowchart
graph TD
A["Packet In"] --> B["Packet Forwarding Engines"]
B --> C["Packet Out"]
D["Routing Engine"] <-->|100 Mbps links| B
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
T640 Routing Engine Functions
The Routing Engine handles all routing protocol processes, as well as the software processes that control the router's interfaces, the chassis components, system management, and user access to the router. These routing and software processes run on top of a kernel that interacts with the Packet Forwarding Engine.
The Routing Engine includes the functions and features:
- Processing of routing protocol packets—The Routing Engine handles all packets that concern routing protocols, freeing the Packet Forwarding Engine to handle only packets that represent Internet traffic.
- Software modularity—Because each software process is devoted to a different function and uses a separate process space, the failure of one process has little or no effect on the others.
- In-depth Internet functionality—Each routing protocol is implemented with a complete set of Internet features and provides full flexibility for advertising, filtering, and modifying routes. Routing policies are set according to route parameters (for example, prefix, prefix lengths, and BGP attributes).
- Scalability—The Junos routing tables have been designed to hold all the routes in current networks with ample capacity for expansion. Additionally, the Junos OS can efficiently support large numbers of interfaces and virtual circuits.
- Management interface—Different levels of system management tools are provided, including the Junos OS command-line interface (CLI), the Junos XML management protocol, the craft interface, and SNMP.
- Storage and change management—Configuration files, system images, and microcode can be held and maintained in primary and secondary storage systems, permitting local or remote upgrades.
- Monitoring efficiency and flexibility—The router supports functions such as alarm handling and packet counting on every port, without degrading packet-forwarding performance.
The Routing Engine constructs and maintains one or more routing tables (see Figure 2 on page 7). From the routing tables, the Routing Engine derives a table of active routes, called the forwarding table, which is then copied into the Packet Forwarding Engine. The design of the ASICs allow the forwarding table in the Packet Forwarding Engine to be updated without interrupting forwarding performance.
Figure 2: Control Packet Handling for Routing and Forwarding Table Updates
flowchart
graph TD
A["Routing protocol process"] --> B["Routing Engine"]
B --> C["Forwarding table"]
C --> D["Packet Forwarding Engines"]
D --> E["Packets out"]
F["Forwarding table updates"] --> C
G["Packets in"] --> C
H["Routing protocol packets from network"] --> B
I["1240"] --> D
Related Documentation
Replacing a T640 Routing Engine on page 265.
•T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33
•Maintaining the T640 Routing Engines on page 183
T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture
The Packet Forwarding Engines provide the Layer 2 and Layer 3 packet switching, forwarding, and route lookup functions. In a maximum configuration with eight Type 3 FPCs installed, the Packet Forwarding Engines can forward up to 640 million packets per second (Mpps) for all packet sizes. The maximum aggregate throughput rate for the T640 router is 320 Gbps (full duplex). The Packet Forwarding Engines are implemented in ASICs that are physically located on the FPCs and the PICs.
Each Packet Forwarding Engine consists of the following components (see Figure 3 on page 8):
- Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASIC, which performs Layer 2 and Layer 3 encapsulation and de-encapsulation, and manages the division and reassembly of packets within the T640 router.
-
Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs, which manage the buffering of data cells in memory and the queueing of notifications.
• T-series Internet Processor, which provides the route lookup function. -
Switch Interface ASICs, which extract the route lookup key and manage the flow of data cells across the switch fabric.
• Media-specific ASICs on the PICs that perform control functions tailored to the PIC media types.
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 Physical Specifications on page 421
•Replacing T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Components on page 287
Data Flow Through the T640 Router
To ensure the efficient movement of data through the T640 Core Router, the router is designed so that ASICs on the hardware components handle the forwarding of data. Data flows through the T640 router in the following sequence (see Figure 3 on page 8):
Figure 3: Data Flow Through the T640 Router
flowchart
graph TD
A["Packets in"] --> B["PIC"]
B --> C["Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASIC"]
C --> D["Switch Interface ASIC"]
D --> E["T-series Internet Processor ASIC"]
E --> F["Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC"]
F --> G["Switch Interface ASIC"]
G --> H["Switch Fabric"]
I["Packets out"] --> J["PIC"]
J --> K["Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASIC"]
K --> L["Switch Interface ASIC"]
L --> M["Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs"]
M --> N["RDRAM"]
N --> O["Switch Interface ASIC"]
O --> P["Switch Fabric"]
Q["1545"] --> R["Switch Fabric"]
S["Midplane"] --> T["Switch Fabric"]
- Packets arrive at an incoming PIC interface.
- The PIC passes the packets to the FPC, where the Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASIC performs Layer 2 and Layer 3 parsing and divides the packets into 64-byte cells.
-
The Switch Interface ASIC extracts the route lookup key, places it in a notification and passes the notification to the T-series Internet Processor. The Switch Interface ASIC also passes the data cells to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs for buffering.
-
The Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs pass the data cells to memory for buffering.
- The T-series Internet Processor performs the route lookup and forwards the notification to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC.
- The Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC sends the notification to the Switch Interface ASIC facing the switch fabric, unless the destination is on the same Packet Forwarding Engine. In this case, the notification is sent back to the Switch Interface ASIC facing the outgoing ports, and the packets are sent to the outgoing port without passing through the switch fabric (see Step 13).
- The Switch Interface ASIC sends bandwidth requests through the switch fabric to the destination port. The Switch Interface ASIC also issues read requests to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC to begin reading data cells out of memory.
- The destination Switch Interface ASIC sends bandwidth grants through the switch fabric to the originating Switch Interface ASIC.
- On receipt of each bandwidth grant, the originating Switch Interface ASIC sends a cell through the switch fabric to the destination Packet Forwarding Engine.
- The destination Switch Interface ASIC receives cells from the switch fabric. It extracts the route lookup key from each cell, places it in a notification, and forwards the notification to the T-series Internet Processor.
- The T-series Internet Processor performs the route lookup, and forwards the notification to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC.
- The Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC forwards the notification, including next-hop information, to the Switch Interface ASIC.
- The Switch Interface ASIC sends read requests to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC to read the data cells out of memory, and passes the cells to the Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASIC.
- The Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASIC reassembles the data cells into packets, adds Layer 2 encapsulation, and sends the packets to the outgoing PIC interface.
- The outgoing PIC sends the packets out into the network.
Related Documentation
•T640 Chassis Description on page 13
•T640 Physical Specifications on page 421
•Replacing T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Components on page 287
CHAPTER 3
T640 Router Hardware Component Overview
These topics provide an overview of the T640 router hardware components:
• T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11
• T640 Chassis Description on page 13
• T640 Midplane Description on page 15
• T640 Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) Overview on page 17
• T640 PIC Description on page 29
• T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Overview on page 29
• T640 Host Subsystem Overview on page 32
• T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Overview on page 48
• T640 Craft Interface Overview on page 51
• T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Overview on page 56
• T640 Power System Overview on page 59
• T640 Cooling System Description on page 75
• T640 Cable Management System Description on page 78
T640 Hardware Component Overview
The T640 Core Router supports the components in Table 3 on page 11, listed in alphabetic order.
Table 3: T640 Hardware Components
| DescriptionHardware Model NumberComp | ||
| N/ACable management system | “T640 Cable Management System Description” on page 78 | |
| “T640 Chassis Description” on page 13N/AChassis | ||
| Cooling system, including fan trays and air filters | FAN-REAR-TXP-LCC | “T640 Cooling System Description” on page 75FAN-REAR-TX- |
| FAN-T-FBOT | ||
| FAN-T-FTOP | ||
| FLTR-KIT-T640 | ||
| “T640 Craft Interface Description” on page 52CIP-L-T640Con | ||
| Control board | CB-L-T | “T640 Control Boards Description” on page 43 |
| CB-T | “T640 Standard Control Boards Description” onpage 44 | |
| CB-LCC | “T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs)Description” on page 45 | |
| “T640 LCC-CB Description” on page 46 | ||
| “T640 Craft Interface Description” on page 52CRAFT-T640Cr | ||
| “T640 FPC Description” on page 17“T640 FPCs Supported” | ||
| Host subsystem, including controlboard and Routing Engine | Engine. | “T640 Host Subsystem Description” on page 32See control I |
| “T640 Midplane Description” on page 15N/A | ||
| PIC | T640 Interface Module Reference | “T640 PIC Description” on page 29 |
| Power system | PWR-T-10KW-DELTA-AC | “T640 Power System Description” on page 60 |
| PWR-T-10KW-WYE-AC | “T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power SupplyDescription” on page 61 | |
| PWR-T-DC | “T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power SupplyDescription” on page 63 | |
| PWR-T1600-3-80-DC | ||
| PWR-T1600-4-60-DC | “T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power SupplyDescription” on page 66 | |
| PWR-T-6-60-DC | “T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description”on page 69 | |
| “T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC PowerSupply Description” on page 71 |
Table 3: T640 Hardware Components (continued)
| DescriptionHardware Model NumberComp | ||
| Routing Engine | RE-600-2048 | “T640 Routing Engine Description” on page 34 |
| RE-1600-2048 | “T640 RE-600 Description” on page 34 | |
| RE-A-2000-4096 | “T640 RE-1600 Description” on page 36 | |
| RE-DUO-C1800-8G | “T640 RE-2000 Description” on page 38 | |
| RE-DUO-C1800-16G | “T640 RE-C1800 Description” on page 40 | |
| SONET Clock Generator (CCG) | SCG-T-EC | “T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description” on page 48 |
| SCG-T | ||
| Switch Interface Board (SIB) | SIB-TXP-T1600 | “T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description” on page 30 |
| SIB-T1600 | “T640 LCC-CB Description” on page 46 | |
| “T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description” on page 45 |
Related Documentation
T640 Router Description on page 3.
•T640 Field-Replaceable Units on page 217
T640 Chassis Description
The T640 Core Router chassis is a rigid sheet metal structure that houses all the other router components (see Figure 4 on page 14 and Figure 5 on page 15). The chassis measures 37.45 in. (95.1 cm) high, 31 in. (78.7 cm) deep, and 17.43 in. (44.3 cm) wide. For physical specifications, see "T640 Physical Specifications" on page 421. The chassis can be installed into many types of racks or cabinets. For more information, see "T640 Rack Requirements" on page 82.
The chassis includes the following features (see Figure 4 on page 14 and Figure 5 on page 15):
• One pair of metal flanges for front-mounting or mounting in a four-post rack or cabinet.
• One pair of metal brackets for center-mounting.
- Installation handles on each side to facilitate positioning the router in the rack. Do not use the handles to lift the router.
- Two electrostatic discharge (ESD) points (banana plug receptacles), one front and one rear.
CAUTION: Before removing or installing components of a router, attach an ESD strap to an ESD point and place the other end of the strap around
your bare wrist. Failure to use an ESD strap could result in damage to the router.
WARNING: The router must be connected to earth ground during normal operation.
Figure 4: Front View of T640 Chassis
Figure 5: Rear View of T640 Chassis
For chassis serial number information, see "Locating T640 Component Serial Numbers Using the CLI" on page 453.
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
•T640 Physical Specifications on page 421
•T640 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications on page 425
•T640 Installation Safety Guidelines on page 390
T640 Midplane Description
The T640 Core Router midplane is located in the center of the chassis and forms the rear of the FPC card cage (see Figure 6 on page 16). The FPCs install into the midplane from the front of the chassis, and the SIBs, Routing Engines, control boards, and SCGs
install into the midplane from the rear of the chassis. The power supplies and cooling system components also connect to the midplane.
The midplane performs the following major functions:
- Data path—Data packets are transferred across the midplane from the Packet Forwarding Engine on the originating FPC to the SIBs, and from the SIBs across the midplane to the Packet Forwarding Engine on the destination FPC.
- Power distribution—The router power supplies are connected to the midplane, which distributes power to all the router components.
- Signal path—The midplane provides the signal path to the FPCs, SIBs, Routing Engines, and control boards, and other system components for monitoring and control of the system.
Figure 6: T640 Midplane
For chassis serial number information , see "Locating T640 Component Serial Numbers Using the CLI" on page 453.
Related T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11. Documentation •T640 Router Description on page 3 •T640 Physical Specifications on page 421
T640 Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) Overview
• T640 FPC Description on page 17
• T640 FPCs Supported on page 27
T640 FPC Description
Up to eight Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) install vertically in the front of the T640 Core Router (see Figure 7 on page 18). The FPC slots are numbered left to right from FPC0 to FPC7. An FPC can be installed into any FPC slot on the router, regardless of which PICs it contains.
If a slot is not occupied by an FPC, an FPC blank panel must be installed to shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the router.
Each FPC contains one or two Packet Forwarding Engines. The Packet Forwarding Engines receive incoming packets from the PICs installed on the FPC and forward them through the switch planes to the appropriate destination port. Each FPC contains data memory that is managed by the Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs.
FPCs are hot-removable and hot-insertable, as described in "T640 Field-Replaceable Units" on page 217. When you install an FPC into a functioning router, the Routing Engine downloads the FPC software, the FPC runs its diagnostics, and the PICs housed on the FPC are enabled. Forwarding continues uninterrupted during this process. For FPC replacement instructions, see "Replacing a T640 FPC" on page 288.
Each FPC consists of the following components:
- FPC card carrier.
- One or two Packet Forwarding Engines, consisting of Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASICs, Switch Interface ASICs, T-series Internet Processor ASICs, and a Memory Mezzanine Board (MMB) which includes the Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs. Each Type 1, Type 2, and Type 4 FPC has one Packet Forwarding Engine, and each Type 3 FPC has two Packet Forwarding Engines.
- Processor Mezzanine Board (PMB), which includes a 300-MHz CPU, system controller, 256 MB of SDRAM, and two Fast Ethernet interfaces.
- Two LEDs, located on the craft interface above the FPC, that display the status of the FPC. For more information about the FPC LEDs, see “T640 Craft Interface FPC LEDs and Online/Offline Buttons” on page 55.
- FPC online/offline button, located on the craft interface above the FPC.
Figure 7: FPC Installed in a T640 Chassis
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack cabinet with internal compartments and drive bays (no text or labels visible)FPC Terminology
Regardless of whether you are holding an FPC vertically or horizontally, this document uses the same terms for all four edges of the FPC (see Figure 8 on page 19):
- Faceplate—Edge of the FPC that has slots into which you insert the PICs
- Connector edge—Edge opposite the faceplate; this edge has the connectors that attach to the midplane
- Top edge—Edge at the top of the FPC when it is vertical
- Bottom edge—Edge at the bottom of the FPC when it is vertical
Identifying T640 FPCs
Check the label on the faceplate to identify the FPC. For FPCs without a label on the faceplate, check the location of a PIC's offline button and how the PIC is secured to the FPC. See Table 4 on page 19.
Table 4: Identifying the FPCs Supported by the T640 Router
| Label on the FPCFaceplateFPC | Method of Securing the PIC to the FPCLocation | ||
| E FPC1Enhanced FPC1 | PIC | Two captive screwsSlightly beneath the fac | |
| E-II FPC1Enhanced II FPC1 | PIC | Two captive screwsSlightly beneath the fac | |
| T640-FPC1-ESEnhanced Scaling FPC1 | PIC | Two captive screwsSlightly beneath the fac | |
| NoneFPC2 | faceplate of each PIC | Two captive screwsInside an opening direc | |
| E FPC2Enhanced FPC2 | faceplate of each PIC | Two captive screwsInside an opening direc | |
| E-II FPC2Enhanced II FPC2 | faceplate of each PIC | Two captive screwsInside an opening direc | |
| Enhanced Scaling FPC2 T640-FPC2-ES | faceplate of each PIC | Two captive screwsInside an opening direc | |
Table 4: Identifying the FPCs Supported by the T640 Router (continued)
| Label on the FPCFaceplateFPC | Method of Securing the PIC to the FPCLocation | ||
| NoneFPC3 | Inside an opening directly on the faceplate of each PIC | Plastic ejector handle at the top of the PIC faceplate; captive screw at the bottom of the PIC faceplate | |
| E FPC3Enhanced FPC3 | Inside an opening directly on the faceplate of each PIC | Two plastic ejector handles at the top and bottom of the PIC faceplate | |
| E-11 FPC3Enhanced II FPC3 | Inside an opening directly on the faceplate of each PIC | Two plastic ejector handles at the top and bottom of the PIC faceplate | |
| T640-FPC3-ESEnhanced Scaling | Scalings:EPCan opening directly on the faceplate of each PIC | Two plastic ejector handles at the top and bottom of the PIC faceplate | |
| Enhanced Scaling FPC4 | FPC4T640 | Inside an opening directly on the faceplate of each PIC | Two plastic ejector handles at the top and bottom of the PIC faceplate |
| Enhanced Scaling FPC4-IP | T640-FPC4-IP-EST640 | Inside an opening directly on the faceplate of each PIC | Two plastic ejector handles at the top and bottom of the PIC faceplate |
The T640 router supports the Enhanced Scaling FPC1, as shown in Figure 9 on page 21.
Figure 9: Enhanced Scaling FPC1 Supported by the T640 Router
The T640 router supports the standard FPC2 and FPC3, as shown in Figure 10 on page 22
Figure 10: Standard FPC2 and FPC3 Supported by the T640 Router
natural_image
Technical line drawings of two server racks labeled FPC2 and FPC3, showing internal components and wiring (no text or symbols beyond labels)The T640 router supports the Enhanced II FPC1, FPC2 and FPC3, as shown in Figure 11 on page 23.
Figure 11: Enhanced II FPC1, FPC2, and FPC3 Supported by the T640 Router
The T640 router supports the Enhanced Scaling FPC2, as shown in Figure 12 on page 24.
Figure 12: Enhanced Scaling FPC2 Supported by the T640 Router
The T640 router supports the Enhanced Scaling FPC3, as shown in Figure 13 on page 25.
Figure 13: Enhanced Scaling FPC3 Supported by the T640 Router
The T640 router supports the Enhanced Scaling FPC4, as shown in Figure 14 on page 26.
Figure 14: Enhanced Scaling FPC4 Supported by the T640 Router
The T640 router supports the T640 Enhanced Scaling FPC4-1P, as shown in Figure 15 on page 27.
Figure 15: T640 Enhanced Scaling FPC4-IP Supported by the T640 Router
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
•T640 FPCs Supported on page 27
•Maintaining T640 FPCs on page 186
•Troubleshooting the T640 FPCs on page 206
T640 FPCs Supported
Table 5 on page 28 lists the FPCs for the T640 routers. You can install any combination of the FPCs currently supported. First Junos OS Release Supported indicates the first release that the FPC is supported in the T1600 router.
NOTE: End of life (EOL) indicates that the product has been removed from the price list and is no longer available for purchase. End of support (EOS) indicates that no new support contracts are available on these products and the last contract will expire on the EOS date associated with each product. For more information about EOS or EOL products, see the product support notification (PSN) hardware end-of-life announcements.
Table 5: FPCs Supported by the T640 Router
| FPC Model NumberFPC Name | Maximum FPC Type of PICs | Maximum Throughput per FPC | First Junos OS Release | ||
| 1 | 6.34 Gbps4T640-FPC1-EEnhanced F | ||||
| EOL | |||||
| PSN-2007-12-035 | |||||
| 7.44 Gbps4T640-FPC1-E2Enhanced I | |||||
| EOL | |||||
| PSN-2010-08-920 | |||||
| FPC1 | 9.44 Gbps4T640-FPC1-ESEnhanced | ||||
| 2 | FPC2 | 4T640-FPC2 | 5.316 Gbps | ||
| Enhanced FPC2 | 4T640-FPC2-E | 6.316 Gbps | |||
| EOL | |||||
| PSN-2007-12-035 | |||||
| Enhanced II FPC2 | 4T640-FPC2-E2 | 7.416 Gbps | |||
| EOL | |||||
| PSN-2010-08-920 | |||||
| FPC2 | Enhanced Scaling | 4T640-FPC2-ES | 9.516 Gbps | ||
| 3 | FPC3 | 4T640-FPC3 | 5.340 Gbps | ||
| Enhanced FPC3 | 4T640-FPC3-E | 6.340 Gbps | |||
| EOL | |||||
| PSN-2007-12-035 | |||||
| Enhanced II FPC3 | 4T640-FPC3-E2 | 7.440 Gbps | |||
| EOL | |||||
| PSN-2010-08-920 | |||||
| FPC3 | Enhanced Scaling | 4T640-FPC3-ES | 40 Gbps | 9.0 | |
| FPC Model NumberFPC Name | Maximum No. of Type of PICs | Maximum Throughput per FPC | First Junos OS Release | ||
| 4 | FPC4 | 7.550 Gbps1T640-FPC4-ESEnhanced | |||
| EOL | |||||
| PSN-2010-07-878 | |||||
| FPC4-1P | 9.550 Gbps1T640-FPC4-IP-ESEnhanc |
Related Documentation
T640 FPC Description on page 17.
T640 PIC Description
PICs provide the physical connection to various network media types, receiving incoming packets from the network and transmitting outgoing packets to the network. During this process, each PIC performs framing and line-speed signaling for its media type. Before transmitting outgoing data packets, the PICs encapsulate the packets received from the FPCs. Each PIC is equipped with an ASIC that performs control functions specific to the media type of that PIC.
PICs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can install up to four PICs in the slots of each Type 1, 2, and 3 FPC, and one PIC in a Type 4 FPC. Type 1 and Type 2 PICs have captive screws at their upper and lower corners. Type 3 PICs have an upper ejector handle and a lower captive screw. Type 4 PICs have an upper ejector handle and a lower ejector handle.
The router supports various PICs, including ATM, Channelized, Gigabit Ethernet, IP Services, and SONET/SDH interfaces. Blank PICs resemble other PICs but do not provide any physical connection or activity. When a slot is not occupied by a PIC, you must insert a blank PIC to fill the empty slot and ensure proper cooling of the system.
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11
• T640 PICs Supported
• T640 End-of-Life PICs Supported
T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Overview
• T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description on page 30
• T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) LEDs on page 31
T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description
The Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) provide the switching function to the destination FPC (see Figure 16 on page 31).
The SIBs create the switch fabric for the router, providing up to a total of 640 million packets per second (Mpps) of forwarding. Five SIBs are installed in the router. The SIBs are located at the center rear of the chassis in the slots labeled SIB0 through SIB4 (top to bottom).
SIBs are hot-insertable and hot-removable.
One of the five SIBs—usually SIB4—acts as a backup to the remaining four SIBs. If a SIB fails, the backup SIB becomes active and traffic forwarding continues without any degradation. When the failed SIB is replaced, it becomes the new backup.
Each SIB consists of the following components:
- Switch Fabric ASICs.
• High-speed links (HSLs) to each FPC. See Table 6 on page 30. - Three LEDs—ACTIVE, OK, and FAIL—located on the SIB faceplate that display the status of the SIB. "T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) LEDs" on page 31 describes the functions of the SIB LEDs.
- SIB online/offline button, located on the SIB faceplate.
Each T640-SIB also has a fiber-optic adapter for connection to a TX Matrix router. See the TX Matrix Router Hardware Guide.
Table 6: Links to the SIBs From the FPCs
| Links to SIBsFPC Type | |
| Type 1 FPC | Each FPC has one dedicated ASIC with five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (one link per SIB) |
| Type 2 FPC | Each FPC has one dedicated ASIC with five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (one link per SIB) |
| Type 3 FPC | Each FPC has two dedicated ASICs, and each ASIC has five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (a total of 10 links). |
| Type 4 FPC | Each FPC has one dedicated ASIC with ten high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (two links per SIB). |
The T640 router supports these types of SIBs:
- Standard SIB.
- Standard SIB version B (supported in Junos OS Release 7.3 and later)—Required to support the Enhanced Scaling FPCs in a standalone T640 router. If you use one or more Enhanced Scaling FPCs in a T640 router that is not part of a routing matrix, each
SIB in the router must be a SIB version B. All the SIBs in the T640 router can be either standard SIB or SIB version B. You cannot use both on the same router at the same time.
Figure 16: Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B
- The T640-SIB (supported in Junos OS Release 7.0 and later) is required to support T640 routers connected to a TX Matrix platform; see Figure 17 on page 31. The T640-SIB supports the Enhanced Scaling FPC4 for T640 routers connected to a TX Matrix platform.
Figure 17: T640-SIB
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
•T640 Router Description on page 3
•T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) LEDs on page 31
•Maintaining the T640 SIBs on page 193
•Replacing a T640 SIB on page 280
•Upgrading to a T640 Standard SIB Version B on page 283
T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) LEDs
Three LEDs—ACTIVE, OK, and FAIL—are located on the SIB faceplate and display the status of the SIB. Table 7 on page 32 describes the functions of the LEDs. If all three LEDs are off, the SIB is not receiving power. The OK and FAIL LEDs are replicated on the craft interface.
Table 7: SIB LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLabel | |||
| SIB is in active mode.On steadilyGreenACTIVE | |||
| SIB is functioning normally.On steadilyGreenOK | |||
| SIB is starting up.Blinking | |||
| SIB has failed.On steadilyYellowFAIL |
Related Documentation
T640 Router Description on page 3.
•T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description on page 30
•Maintaining the T640 SIBs on page 193
•Replacing a T640 SIB on page 280
T640 Host Subsystem Overview
• T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32
• T640 Routing Engine Overview on page 33
• T640 Control Boards Overview on page 42
T640 Host Subsystem Description
The host subsystem provides the routing and system management functions of the router. You can install one or two host subsystems on the router. To operate, each host subsystem functions as a unit; the Routing Engine requires the corresponding control board, and vice versa.
NOTE: We recommend that you install two host subsystems for redundant protection. If you install only one host subsystem, we recommend that you install it in slot REO.
Each host subsystem has three LEDs that display its status. The host subsystem LEDs are located on the upper right of the craft interface. For more information about the host subsystem LEDs, see "T640 Craft Interface Host Subsystem LEDs" on page 54.
Related Documentation
• T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11
•T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33
•T640 Control Boards Description on page 43
•Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline on page 256
- Maintaining the T640 Host Subsystem on page 183
T640 Routing Engine Overview
• T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33
• T640 RE-600 Description on page 34
• T640 RE-600 LEDs on page 36
• T640 RE-1600 Description on page 36
• T640 RE-1600 LEDs on page 38
• T640 RE-2000 Description on page 38
• T640 RE-2000 LEDs on page 39
• T640 RE-C1800 Description on page 40
• T640 RE-C1800 LEDs on page 41
T640 Routing Engine Description
The Routing Engine runs Junos OS. The software processes that run on the Routing Engine maintain the routing tables, manage the routing protocols used on the router, control the router interfaces, control some chassis components, and provide the interface for system management and user access to the router.
The T640 router is shipped with Junos OS preinstalled and ready to be configured when the T640 router is powered on. There are three copies of the software: one on a CompactFlash card in the Routing Engine, one on a hard disk or solid-state drive in the Routing Engine, and one on a PC Card or USB storage device that can be inserted into the slot in the Routing Engine faceplate.
You can install one or two Routing Engines in the router. The Routing Engines install into the upper rear of the chassis in the slots labeled RE0 and RE1. Each Routing Engine requires a control board to be installed in the adjacent slot. RE0 installs below CBO, and RE1 installs above CB1. A Routing Engine does not power up without a control board present in the adjacent slot.
NOTE: If two Routing Engines are installed, they must both be the same hardware model.
If two Routing Engines are installed, one functions as the master and the other acts as the backup. If the master Routing Engine fails or is removed, and the backup is configured appropriately, the backup takes over as the master. If the host system is redundant, the backup Routing Engine is hot-removable and hot-insertable, but the master Routing Engine is hot-pluggable. A Routing Engine that is not redundant requires that you power down the router before replacement.
NOTE: For specific information about Routing Engine components (for example, the amount of DRAM), issue the show chassis routing-engine command.
The ports for connecting the Routing Engine to external management devices are located on the Connector Interface Panel (CIP).
The T640 router supports the Routing Engines listed in Table 8 on page 34.
Table 8: T640 Supported Routing Engines
| First Supported Junos OS ReleaseModel Num | ||
| 5.3RE-600-2048RE-600 (EOL) | ||
| “T640 RE-600 Description” on page 34 | ||
| 6.2RE-1600-2048RE-1600 (EOL) | ||
| “T640 RE-1600 Description” on page 36 | ||
| 8.1RE-A-2000-4096RE-2000 | ||
| “T640 RE-2000 Description” on page 38 | ||
| RE-DUO-C1800-8GRE-C18002 for standalone T640 routers | ||
| “T640 RE-C1800 Description” on page 40 | RE-DUO-C1800-16G | 11.4R2 for standalone T640 routers |
| NOTE: The RE-C1800 is not supported for T640 routers connected to a TX Matrix router. | ||
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
• T640 Routing Engine Functions on page 6
- Maintaining the T640 Routing Engines on page 183
T640 RE-600 Description
Each Routing Engine 600 (shown in Figure 18 on page 35) consists of the following components:
- CPU—Runs Junos OS to maintain the router's routing tables and routing protocols. It has a Pentium-class processor.
- SDRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing Engine processes.
- CompactFlash card—Provides primary storage for software images, configuration files, and microcode. The fixed CompactFlash card is inaccessible from outside the router.
-
Hard disk—Provides secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and rebooting the system if the CompactFlash card fails.
-
EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.
- Interfaces for management access—Provide information about Routing Engine status to devices (console, laptop, or terminal server) connected to ports located on the Connector Interface Panel (CIP).
Figure 18: Routing Engine 600
The faceplate of the Routing Engine 600 contains the following:
- One PC Card slot—Accepts a removable PC Card, which stores software images for system upgrades.
A slot labeled PC CARD on the Routing Engine faceplate accepts a Type I PC Card, as defined in the PC Card Standard published by the Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA). The router is shipped with a PC Card that contains Junos OS. The PC Card can be used to copy Junos OS from the PC Card onto the Routi Engine. You can also copy Junos OS from the Routing Engine onto a PC Card, for example, to create a backup copy of upgrade software that you have obtained from Juniper Networks. Instructions for copying software to a PC Card are available at the Juniper Networks Support Web site (http://www.juniper.net/support/). After logging in, navigate to the Customer Support Center, then to the download page for Junos OS.
NOTE: The software on a PC Card is loaded only onto the Routing Engine into which the PC Card is inserted. It is not automatically copied to the other Routing Engine.
- Reset button—Reboots the Routing Engine when pressed.
- HD LED
The RE-600 Routing Engine boots from the storage media in this order: the PC Card (if present), then the CompactFlash card (if present), then the hard disk.
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
•T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32
•T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33
•T640 RE-600 LEDs on page 36
•Maintaining the T640 Routing Engines on page 183
T640 RE-600 LEDs
Table 9 on page 36 describes the functions of the HD LED.
Table 9: Routing Engine 600 LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLabel | |||
| YellowHD | blinking | Indicates activity on the hard drive.On steadily or |
NOTE: The LEDs on the Routing Engine do not necessarily indicate routing-related activity.
NOTE: The LEDs that report host module status (including Routing Engine status) are on the craft interface rather than the Routing Engine faceplate.
Related Documentation
T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32.
•T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33
•T640 RE-600 Description on page 34
•T640 LED Overview on page 200
•Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 213
T640 RE-1600 Description
The RE-1600 Routing Engine boots from the storage media in this order: the PC Card in SLOT 0 (if present), then the PC Card in SLOT 1 (if present), then the CompactFlash card (if present), then the hard disk.
Figure 19: Routing Engine 1600 (RE-1600)
Each RE-1600 (shown in Figure 19 on page 36) consists of the following components:
- CPU—Runs Junos OS to maintain the router's routing tables and routing protocols. It has a Pentium-class processor.
- SDRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing Engine processes.
- CompactFlash card—Provides primary storage for software images, configuration files, and microcode. The fixed CompactFlash card is inaccessible from outside the router.
- Hard disk—Provides secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and rebooting the system if the CompactFlash card fails.
- EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.
- Interfaces for management—Provide information about Routing Engine status to devices (console, laptop, or terminal server) connected to the Routing Engine ports located on the CIP.
The faceplate of the RE-1600 contains the following:
- Two PC Card slots—Accept removable PC Cards, which store software images for system upgrades.
The slots accept a Type I PC Card, as defined in the PC Card Standard published by the Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA). The router is shipped with a PC Card that contains Junos OS. The PC Card can be used to copy Junos OS from the PC Card onto the Routing Engine. You can also copy Junos OS from the Routing Engine onto a PC Card, for example, to create a backup copy of upgrade software that you have obtained from Juniper Networks. Instructions for copying software to a PC Card are available at the Juniper Networks Support Web site (http://www.juniper.net/support/). After logging in, navigate to the Customer Support Center, then to the download page for Junos OS.
NOTE: The software on a PC Card is loaded only onto the Routing Engine into which the PC Card is inserted. It is not automatically copied to the other Routing Engine.
- Reset button—Reboots the Routing Engine when pressed.
• HD LED and Slot LEDs 0 and 1 LEDs.
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
•T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32
•T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33
•T640 RE-1600 LEDs on page 38
•Maintaining the T640 Routing Engines on page 183
T640 RE-1600 LEDs
LEDs—Table 10 on page 38 describes the functions of these LEDs.
Table 10: Routing Engine 1600 LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLabel | |||
| Slot LEDs 0 and 1 | green alternately | BlinkingRed and | Indicates that the Routing Engine is booting and the firmware is checking if a PC card is installed. |
| On steadilyGreen | Indicates that the Routing Engine booted from the PC Card. | ||
| YellowHD | blinking | Indicates activity on the hard drive.On steadily or |
NOTE: The LEDs on the Routing Engine do not necessarily indicate routing-related activity.
NOTE: The LEDs that report host module status (including Routing Engine status) are on the craft interface rather than the Routing Engine faceplate.
Related Documentation
T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32.
•T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33
•T640 RE-1600 Description on page 36
•Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 213
T640 RE-2000 Description
Each RE-2000 (shown in Figure 20 on page 39) consists of the following components:
- CPU—Runs Junos OS to maintain the router's routing tables and routing protocols. It has a Pentium-class processor.
- DRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing Engine processes.
- CompactFlash card—Provides primary storage for software images, configuration files, and microcode. The fixed CompactFlash card is inaccessible from outside the router.
-
Hard disk—Provides secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and rebooting the system if the CompactFlash card fails.
-
EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.
- Interfaces for management access—Provide information about Routing Engine status to devices (console, laptop, or terminal server) connected to the Routing Engine ports located on the CIP.
Figure 20: Routing Engine 2000 (RE-2000)
The faceplate of the RE-2000 contains the following:
- USB port—Provides a removable media interface through which you can install the Junos OS manually. The Junos OS supports USB version 1.0.
- Reset button—Reboots the Routing Engine when pressed.
- Offline button—Takes the Routing Engine offline when pressed.
- Extractor clips—Control the locking system that secures the Routing Engine.
• HDD and ONLINE LEDs
The RE-2000 Routing Engine boots from the storage media in this order: the USB device, then the CompactFlash card (if present), then the hard disk, then the LAN.
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
•T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32
•T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33
•T640 RE-2000 LEDs on page 39
•Maintaining the T640 Routing Engines on page 183
T640 RE-2000 LEDs
Table 11 on page 39 describes the functions of these LEDs.
Table 11: Routing Engine 2000 LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLabel |
Indicates disk activity for the hard disk drive. On steadilyBlue
Table 11: Routing Engine 2000 LEDs (continued)
| DescriptionStateColorLabel | |||
| Routing Engine is functioning normally.On steadilyGreenONLIM | |||
| Routing Engine is transitioning online.Blinking | |||
| Routing Engine has failed.On steadilyRed |
NOTE: The LEDs on the Routing Engine do not necessarily indicate routing-related activity.
Related Documentation
T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32.
•T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33
•T640 RE-2000 Description on page 38
•Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 213
T640 RE-C1800 Description
• RE-C1800 Components on page 40
• RE-C1800 Boot Order on page 41
RE-C1800 Components
Each RE-C1800 (Figure 21 on page 40) consists of the following components:
- CPU—Runs the Junos OS to maintain the routing tables and routing protocols.
- DRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing Engine processes.
- EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.
- Interfaces for management access—Provide information about Routing Engine status to devices (console, laptop, or terminal server) connected to the management ports located on the CIP.
Figure 21: Routing Engine C1800 (RE-C1800)
The faceplate of the RE-C1800 contains the following:
- USB port—Provides a removable media interface through which you can install the Junos OS manually. The Junos OS supports USB version 1.1 and version 2.0 devices.
- CompactFlash card slot—Provides primary storage for software images, configuration files, and microcode.
- Two solid-state disk (SSD) slots—Provides secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and rebooting the system if the CompactFlash card fails.
NOTE: DISK2 is not currently supported.
- Reset button—Reboots the Routing Engine when pressed.
- Offline button—Takes the Routing Engine offline when pressed.
• Four LEDs—CF, DISK1, DISK2, and ONLINE. - Extractor clips—Control the locking system that secures the Routing Engine.
RE-C1800 Boot Order
The RE-C1800 Routing Engine boots from the storage media in this order: the USB device, then the CompactFlash card (if present), then DISK1, then the LAN.
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
•T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32
•T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33
•T640 RE-C1800 LEDs on page 41
T640 RE-C1800 LEDs
Figure 22 on page 41 shows the RE-C1800 LEDs. Table 12 on page 42 describes the functions of the LEDs on the faceplate of the Routing Engine.
Figure 22: RE-C1800 LEDs
NOTE: The LEDs on the Routing Engine do not necessarily indicate routing-related activity.
Table 12: Routing Engine C1800 LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLabel | ||
| On steadilyGreenCard indicates disk activity on the CompactFlash card. | ||
| - | Off | There is no disk activity on the CompactFlash card. |
| Indicates activity for the disk.On steadilyGreenDISK1 | ||
| There is no activity for the disk.Off- | ||
| On steadilyGreenDISK2 applicable. | ||
| - | Off | NOTE: DISK2 is not currently supported. |
| On steadilyGreenONLNGEngine is functioning normally. | ||
| On steadilyReRouting Engine is not functioning normally. | ||
| - | Off | Routing Engine is not online or not functioning normally. |
| On steadilyGreenUSB's activity on the USB port. | ||
| Off- | There is no activity on the USB port. | |
Related Documentation
T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33
• T640 RE-C1800 Description on page 40
- Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 213
T640 Control Boards Overview
• T640 Control Boards Description on page 43
• T640 Standard Control Boards Description on page 44
• T640 Standard Control Boards LEDs on page 44
• T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description on page 45
• T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs on page 46
• T640 LCC-CB Description on page 46
• T640 LCC-CB LEDs on page 47
T640 Control Boards Description
• Control Board Function on page 43
• Control Board Slots on page 43
• Control Boards Supported on page 43
Control Board Function
This chassis supports up to two control boards. The Routing Engine requires an adjacent control board to provide control and monitoring functions for the router. These functions include determining Routing Engine mastership, controlling power and reset for the other router components, monitoring and controlling fan speed, and monitoring system status.
Control Board Slots
You can install up to two control boards in the router. Control boards install into the upper rear of the chassis in the slots labeled CBO and CB1 (referred to as CB-0 and CB-1, top to bottom). If two control boards are installed, one functions as the master and the other as its backup. If the master fails or is removed, the backup restarts and becomes the master.
Each control board requires a Routing Engine to be installed in the adjacent slot. CBO installs above RE0, and CB1 installs below RE1. Control boards cannot function if a Routing Engine is not present in the adjacent slot.
If the host system is redundant, the backup control board is hot-removable and hot-insertable, but the master control board is hot-pluggable. A control board that is not redundant is hot-pluggable.
Control Boards Supported
The T640 router supports the control boards listed in Table 13 on page 43.
Table 13: T640 Supported Control Boards
| First Supported Junos OS ReleaseModel Num |
5.3CB-L-TStandard control board (EOL
PSN-2006-09-024)
7.0CB-TT-CB
NOTE: The T-CB is required for T640 routers connected to a TX Matrix router.
CB-LCCLCC-CB
11.2 for standalone T640 routers.
NOTE: The LCC-CB is not supported for T640 routers connected to a TX Matrix router.
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
•T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32
•T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33
•T640 Standard Control Boards Description on page 44
•T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description on page 45
•T640 LCC-CB Description on page 46
T640 Standard Control Boards Description
Figure 23 on page 44 shows the standard control board.
Figure 23: T640 Standard Control Board
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
•T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32
•T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33
•T640 Standard Control Boards LEDs on page 44
T640 Standard Control Boards LEDs
Three LEDs, located on the standard control board faceplate, indicate the status of the control board.. Table 14 on page 44 describes the functions of the standard control board LEDs.
Table 14: Standard Control Board LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLabel | |||
| Control board is functioning as the master.On steadilyBlueMASTE | |||
| Control board has failed.On steadilyYellowFAIL | |||
| OK | Green | On steadily | Control board is online and is functioning normally. |
| BlinkingControl board is powering up, but not online. | |||
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•Replacing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB on page 259
•Maintaining the T640 Control Boards on page 184
T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description
Each T-CB consists of the following components:
• 100-MB Ethernet switch for intermodule communication.
- PCI bus to the Routing Engines.
- Processor subsystem (SPMB).
Figure 24 on page 45 shows the T-CB.
Figure 24: T-CB
The following components are located on the T-CB faceplate:
• The MASTER, FAIL, and OK LEDs, which indicate the status of the T-CB.
• Online/offline button.
NOTE: When the adjacent Routing Engine is online, the online/offline button on the T-CB faceplate is nonfunctional. For more information, see "Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline" on page 256.
- Two RJ-45 ports labeled AUX and CIP on the T-CB faceplate.
For T640 routers connected to a TX Matrix platform, only the CIP port is used. For more information, see the TX Matrix Router Hardware Guide. - The M/S and CHASSIS ID configuration switches.
- For a standalone T640 router, the M/S and CHASSIS ID configuration switches must always be set to S and 0.
- For T640 routers connected to a TX Matrix platform, the M/S and CHASSIS ID configuration switches must always be set to M and the chassis identifier (ID) of the router. In this case, both T-CBs must have the same chassis ID. For more information, see the TX Matrix Router Hardware Guide.
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
•T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32
•T640 Control Boards Description on page 43
•T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs on page 46
T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs
Three LEDs, located on the T-CB faceplate, indicate the status of the T-CB. Table 15 on page 46 describes the functions of the T-CB LEDs.
Table 15: T-CB LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLabel | ||
| T-CB is functioning as the master.On steadilyBlueMASTER | ||
| T-CB has failedEXOn steadilyYellow | ||
| On steadyBlueLine and is functioning normally. | ||
| Blinking T-CB is powering up, but not online. |
Related Documentation
T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32
•T640 Control Boards Description on page 43
•T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description on page 45
•Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 213
•Troubleshooting the T640 Control Board on page 214
T640 LCC-CB Description
Each LCC-CB consists of the following components:
• 100-MB Ethernet switch for intermodule communication.
- PCI bus to the Routing Engines.
- Switch processor mezzanine board (SPMB).
Figure 25 on page 47 shows the LCC-CB.
Figure 25: LCC-CB
The following components are located on the LCC-CB faceplate:
• Three LEDs labeled MASTER, FAIL, and OK indicate its status.
• The online/offline button.
- Two configuration switches—M/S and CHASSIS ID—that must be set to S and O for standalone T640 routers.
- RJ-45 ports labeled SFC0 through SFC5, which are not currently supported on the T640 router. Two LEDs for each port—labeled LINK and ACT—are also not supported.
- One JCS port, which is not supported on the T640 router. The LINK LED indicates the status of the port.
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
•T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32
•T640 Control Boards Description on page 43
•T640 LCC-CB LEDs on page 47
T640 LCC-CB LEDs
Status LEDs and port LEDs are located on the faceplate of the LCC-CB (see Figure 26 on page 47).
Figure 26: LCC-CB LEDs
The LEDs located in the middle of the LCC-CB indicate its status. Table 16 on page 48 describes the functions of the LCC-CB LEDs.
Table 16: LCC-CB LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLabel | |||
| LCC-CB is functioning as the master.On steadilyBlueMASTER | |||
| LCC-CB is functioning as the backup.Off- | |||
| LCC-CB has failed.On steadilyYellowFAIL | |||
| No faults have been detected on the LCC-CB.Off- | |||
| OK | Green | On steadily | LCC-CB is online and is functioning normally. |
| Blinking | LCC-CB is powering up, but not online. | ||
| Off- | LCC-CB is offline. |
The LEDs located next to each port indicate its status. The ports and the port LEDs are not currently supported for the T640 router.
Related Documentation
• T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11
• T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32
• T640 Control Boards Description on page 43
• T640 LCC-CB Description on page 46
- Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 213
- Troubleshooting the T640 Control Board on page 214
T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Overview
• T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description on page 48
• T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) LEDs on page 50
T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description
The SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) provide 19.44-MHz Stratum 3 clock signal for the SONET/SDH interfaces on the router. One SCG is shipped as part of the standard router configuration, but up to two SCGs can be installed to provide redundancy. SCGs are installed into the upper rear of the chassis in the slots labeled SCG0 and SCG1.
Backup SCGs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. Master and nonredundant SCGs are hot-pluggable.
The router supports the SCGs in Table 17 on page 49.
NOTE: Redundant SCGs must be the same model number, except during upgrade.
Table 17: Supported SCGs
| FirstSupported Junos OS ReleaseModel NumberNa | ||
| (Figure 27 on page 49) | 5.3SCG-TSCG with DB-9 ports | |
| (Figure 28 on page 49) | 10.4SCG-T-ECSCG with RJ-48 ports | |
Figure 27: SCG with DB-9 Ports
Figure 28: SCG with RJ-48 ports
Each SCG consists of the following components:
• 19.44-MHz Stratum 3 clock.
- Field-programmable gate array (FPGA) that performs multiplexing of clock sources.
These components are located on the SCG faceplate:
- Three LEDs—OK, FAIL, and MASTER, that display the status of the SCG.
• SCG online/offline button.
- Two external clock inputs.
NOTE: Junos OS Release 10.4 and later supports the external clock inputs on the SCG with RJ-48 ports. The external clock inputs are not supported on the SONET Clock Generator (SCG) with DB-9 ports.
For information about configuring external clock synchronization for T Series routers, see Junos OS Administration Library for Routing Devices
For information about configuring an interface transmit clock, see the Junos OS Network Interfaces Library for Routing Devices.
- Two LEDs for each RJ-48 external clock input that display the status of the links.
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
•T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) LEDs on page 50
•Replacing a T640 SCG on page 278
•Maintaining the T640 SCGs on page 185
.T640 RJ-48 Connector Pinouts for the SCG EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS Ports on page 450
•T640 Component Serial Number Label Locations on page 454
T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) LEDs
Three LEDs, located on the SCG faceplate, display the status of the SCG. Table 18 on page 51 describes the functions of the SCG LEDs. Two LINK LEDs, located on the left of each RJ-48 port, display the status of the external clock inputs links. The other LEDs on the right of each port are not used.
NOTE: The external clock inputs on the SCG with DB-9 ports are not functional.
Figure 29 on page 50 shows the LEDs on the SCG with RJ-48 ports.
Figure 29: SCG with RJ-48 ports
Table 18 on page 51 describes the functions of the SCG LEDs. The LINK LED is not applicable to the SCG with DB-9 ports.
Table 18: SCG LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLabel | ||
| On steadilyGreenO&CG is online and is functioning normally. | ||
| Off | SCG is not online or not functioning normally. | |
| SCG has failed.On steadilyYellowFAIL | ||
| Off | SCG is offline or functioning normally. | |
| SCG is functioning as master.On steadilyBlueMA | ||
| Off | SCG is not functioning as the master. | |
| Link isGreenLNknd active.On Steadily | ||
| Off | No link. | |
Related Documentation
T640•SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description on page 48
• Replacing a T640 SCG on page 278
- Maintaining the T640 SCGs on page 185
• T640 LED Overview on page 200
- Troubleshooting the T640 SONET Clock Generators on page 212
• T640 Component Serial Number Label Locations on page 454
T640 Craft Interface Overview
• T640 Craft Interface Description on page 52
• T640 Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and ACO/LT Button on page 52
• T640 Craft Interface LCD and Navigation Buttons on page 53
• T640 Craft Interface Host Subsystem LEDs on page 54
• T640 Craft Interface SIB LEDs on page 55
• T640 Craft Interface FPC LEDs and Online/Offline Buttons on page 55
T640 Craft Interface Description
The craft interface allows you to view status and troubleshooting information at a glance and to perform many system control functions. It is hot-insertable and hot-removable. The craft interface is located on the front of the router above the FPCs and contains the following:
Figure 30: Front Panel of the T640 Craft Interface
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11
•Replacing a T640 Craft Interface on page 254
T640 Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and ACO/LT Button
Two large alarm LEDs are located at the upper left of the craft interface (see Figure 30 on page 52). The circular red LED lights to indicate a critical condition that can result in a system shutdown. The triangular yellow LED lights to indicate a less severe condition that requires monitoring or maintenance. Both LEDs can be lit simultaneously.
A condition that causes an LED to light also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact on the connector interface panel (CIP), as described in "T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description" on page 56. The LCD on the craft interface reports the cause of the alarm, as described in "T640 Craft Interface LCD and Navigation Buttons" on page 53.
To deactivate red and yellow alarms, press the button labeled ACO/LT (for "alarm cutoff/lamp test"), which is located to the right of the alarm LEDs. Deactivating an alarm turns off both LEDs and deactivates the device attached to the corresponding alarm relay contact on the CIP. However, the LCD continues to report the alarm message until you clear the condition that caused the alarm.
Table 19 on page 53 describes the alarm LEDs and alarm cutoff button in more detail.
Table 19: Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button
| DescriptionStateColorShape | |||
| On steadilyRed Critical alarm LED—Indicates a critical condition that can cause the router to stop functioning. Possible causes include component removal, failure, or overheating. | |||
| On steadilyYellow Warning alarm LED—Indicates a serious but nonfatal error condition, such as a maintenance alert or a significant increase in component temperature. | |||
| — | — | Alarm cutoff/lamp test button—Deactivates red and yellow alarms. Causes all LEDs on the craft interface to light (for testing purposes), when pressed and held. | |
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 LED Overview on page 200
•Replacing a T640 Craft Interface on page 254
T640 Craft Interface LCD and Navigation Buttons
A four-line LCD is located in the craft interface, along with six navigation buttons. The LCD operates in two modes:
- LED Idle Mode
- LED Alarm Mode
During normal operation, the LCD operates in idle mode and reports current status information, as shown in Figure 31 on page 53.
Figure 31: T640 LCD in Idle Mode
The lines in the display report the following information:
- First line—Router name.
- Second line—Length of time the router has been running, reported in the following form:
Up days + hours:minutes
- Third and fourth lines—Status messages, which rotate at 2-second intervals. Some conditions, such as removal or insertion of a system component, can interrupt the messages.
To add a message that alternates every 2 seconds with the default status messages, use the set chassis display message command. For more information, see set chassis display message.
When a red or yellow alarm occurs, the LCD switches to alarm mode and reports the alarm condition, as shown in Figure 32 on page 54.
Figure 32: T640 LCD in Alarm Mode
1264
The lines in the display report the following information:
- First line—Router name.
• Second line—Number of active alarms. - Third and fourth lines—Individual alarm messages, with the most severe condition shown first. The prefix on each line indicates whether the alarm is a red (R) or yellow (Y) alarm.
For an overview of alarm messages that can appear on the LCD, see "T640 Alarm Messages Overview" on page 202.
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 LED Overview on page 200
•Replacing a T640 Craft Interface on page 254
T640 Craft Interface Host Subsystem LEDs
Each host subsystem has three LEDs, located on the upper right of the craft interface, that indicate its status. The LEDs labeled HOST0 show the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE0 and the control board in slot CB0. The LEDs labeled HOST1 show the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE1 and the control board in slot CB1. Table 20 on page 54 describes the functions of the host subsystem LEDs.
Table 20: T640 Host Subsystem LEDs
Table 20: T640 Host Subsystem LEDs (continued)
| DescriptionStateColorLabel | |||
| Host is functioning as the master.On steadilyGreenMASTER |
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 LED Overview on page 200
•Replacing a T640 Craft Interface on page 254
T640 Craft Interface SIB LEDs
Each SIB has two LEDs on the craft interface that indicate its status. The SIB LEDs, labeled SIB0 through SIB4, are located on the upper right of the craft interface. The ACTIVE LED on the SIB faceplate is not replicated on the craft interface. Table 21 on page 55 describes the functions of the SIB LEDs.
Table 21: SIB LEDs on the Craft Interface
| DescriptionStateColorLabel | |||
| SIB has failed on steadilyRed | |||
| On steadily, SIB is OKnctioning normally. | |||
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 LED Overview on page 200
•Replacing a T640 Craft Interface on page 254
T640 Craft Interface FPC LEDs and Online/Offline Buttons
Each FPC slot has two LEDs that indicate its status. The FPC LEDs, labeled FPC0 through FPC7, are located along the bottom of the craft interface. Table 22 on page 55 describes the functions of the FPC LEDs.
Table 22: FPC LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLabel | ||
| FAOn steadilyFPC has failed. | ||
| On steadilyFGreenOKnctioning normally. | ||
| Blinking FPC is starting up. | ||
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 LED Overview on page 200
•Replacing a T640 Craft Interface on page 254
T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Overview
• T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 56
• T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) LEDs on page 58
T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description
• CIP Components on page 56
• Management Ports on page 57
• Alarm Relay Contacts on page 58
CIP Components
The Connector Interface Panel (CIP) consists of Ethernet, console, and auxiliary connectors for the Routing Engines and alarm relay contacts (see Figure 33 on page 57).
Figure 33: CIP
The front electrostatic discharge point is located near the bottom of the CIP. The CIP is located at the left side of the FPC card cage.
The CIP is hot-pluggable.
Management Ports
The CIP has two sets of ports that you use to connect the Routing Engines to external management devices. From these management devices, you can use the CLI to configure the router.
The upper set of ports, labeled HOST 0, connects to the Routing Engine in slot RE0; and the lower set, labeled HOST1, connects to the Routing Engine in slot RE1. Each set includes the following ports:
- ETHERNET—Connects the Routing Engine through an Ethernet connection to a management LAN (or any other device that plugs into an Ethernet connection) for out-of-band management. The port uses an autosensing RJ-45 connector to support both 10- and 100-Mbps connections.
- One small LED on the upper left edge of the ETHERNET port, labeled ACT, indicates whether traffic is passing through the port.
- One small LED on the lower left edge of the ETHERNET port indicates the connection in use: the yellow LED lights for a 10-Mbps connection, and the green LED lights for a 100-Mbps connection.
NOTE: When an RE-C1800 is installed, the connection LED is always yellow for both a 10-Mbps connection and 100-Mbps connection.
- CONSOLE—Connects the Routing Engine to a system console through an RS-232 (EIA-232) serial cable.
- AUXILIARY—Connects the Routing Engine to a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device through an RS-232 (EIA-232) serial cable.
Alarm Relay Contacts
The CIP has two alarm relay contacts for connecting the router to external alarm devices. Whenever a system condition triggers either the red or yellow alarm on the craft interface, the alarm relay contacts are also activated. The alarm relay contacts are located below the Routing Engine ports. The terminal blocks that plug into the alarm relay contacts are supplied with the router. They accept wire of any gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 m ^2 m which is not provided. Use the gauge of wire appropriate for the external device you are connecting.
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
•Replacing the T640 CIP on page 220
•T640 Component Serial Number Label Locations on page 454
•T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 448
•T640 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine ETHERNET Port on page 449
•T640 DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine AUXILIARY and CONSOLE Ports on page 450
T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) LEDs
Two small LEDs on the left edge of the ETHERNET port indicate activity and the speed of the connection in use. Table 23 on page 59 describes the functions of the LEDs.
NOTE: For routers with RE-C1800 Routing Engines, see the release notes for your router regarding more information about the LED behavior for the ETHERNET port.
Table 23: CIP LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLED | |||
| ACT 0 and ACT1 | Green | On steadily | Traffic is passing through the port. |
| No traffic is passing through the port.Off-- | |||
| YEL= 10M | On steadilyGreenGRN = 100Mbps connection | ||
| On steadilyYellow | 10-Mbps connectionNOTE: When RE-C1800 Routing Engines are installed, the yellow LED indicates a 100-Mbps connection. | ||
| Off-- | Control board is offline. | ||
Related Documentation
T640 Core Router Release Notes
• T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 56
• T640 RE-C1800 Description on page 40
- Connecting the T640 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 138
• T640 LED Overview on page 200
T640 Power System Overview
• T640 Power System Description on page 60
• T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Description on page 61
• T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 62
• T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description on page 63
• T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 65
• T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description on page 66
• T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 68
• T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description on page 69
• T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs on page 70
• T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 71
• T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs on page 74
T640 Power System Description
The router supports two load-sharing DC power supplies, located at the lower rear of the chassis. The power supplies connect to the midplane, which distributes different output voltages produced by the power supply to the router components, depending on voltage requirements.
The T640 router supports the DC power supplies in Table 24 on page 60.
NOTE: Mixing power supplies with a different number of inputs in the same router is supported only during upgrade. Mixing different types of power supplies is not supported during normal operations.
Table 24: Supported Power Supplies
| First Supported Junos OS ReleaseModel |
5.3PWR-T-DCTwo-input 160-A C
PSN-2010-01-644)
See the "T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Description" on page 61.
8.5PWR-T1600-3-80-DCThree-inp
See the "T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description" on page 63.
NOTE: For the T640 router, this power supply is supported only in 2-INPUT mode.
10.0PWR-T1600-4-60-DCFour-inp
See the "T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description" on page 66..
12.1PWR-T-6-60-DCSix-input DC
See the "T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description" on page 69..
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
• Powering On a DC-Powered T640 Router on page 162
- Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
• T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 427
T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Description
- Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply on page 61
- Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Inputs on page 61
- Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance on page 62
Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
Each two-input 160-A DC power supply weighs approximately 23 lb (10.5 kg) and consists of two inputs, two 80-A (@ -48 VDC) circuit breakers, a fan, and LEDs to monitor the status of the power supply. Figure 34 on page 61 shows the two-input 160-A DC power supply.
Figure 34: Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Inputs
Each two-input 160-A DC power supply has two inputs—INPUT 1 and INPUT 0, from top to bottom—each with its own 80-A (@ -48 VDC) circuit breaker.
NOTE: All inputs on the two-input 160-A DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the two-input 160-A DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
Table 25 on page 61 describes which components are powered by each input.
Table 25: Components Powered by Each Input
| Provides Power to These ComponentsInput | |
| INPUT 0 | FPCs in slots FPC0 and FPC1, SIBs, control boards, Routing Engines, CIP, craft interface, and fan trays |
| FPCs in slots FPC2 through FPC7INPUT 1 |
Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance
When the router is operating normally and both power supplies in a redundant power system are switched on, load sharing between them occurs automatically. When one power supply fails or is turned off, the other power supply immediately assumes the entire electrical load for the system. A single power supply with both inputs active can provide full power for as long as the router is operational. Table 26 on page 62 describes the behavior of the two-input 160-A DC power supply and router if one of the inputs fails.
Table 26: Fault Tolerance
| Fault Tolerance When One Input Fails or Is Disconnect | |
| Nonredundant power supplies | If either input fails, the router shuts down. |
| NOTE: We recommend that you install redundant power supplies. | |
| Redundant power supplies | If either input on one power supply fails, the other power supply assumes the electrical load for both inputs. If one of the inputs on the other power supply is not functional, the router shuts down. |
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
• Powering On a DC-Powered T640 Router on page 162
- Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply LEDs
Four LEDs on each two-input 160-A DC power supply faceplate indicate the status of the power supply. In addition, a power supply failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface. Table 27 on page 62 describes the functions of the power supply LEDs.
Table 27: Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply LEDs
| LEDDescriptionStateColor | |||
| CB OK | Green | On steadily | Circuit breaker is on. |
| Off | Circuit breaker is off. | ||
| CB TRIP | Yellow | On steadily | Circuit breaker is not turned on, or host subsystem has detected a failure and has turned the circuit breaker off. |
| Off | No problems have occurred with circuit breaker, or the power supply is off. | ||
Table 27: Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply LEDs (continued)
| DescriptionStateColorLED | ||
| On steadilyYellowOVER | TEMPer supply has exceeded recommended temperature. | |
| Off | Power supply is within the recommended temperature or is not turned on. | |
| On steadilyBlueDC OK | Power supply is installed correctly and is functioning normally. | |
| Blinking | Power supply is starting up, is not properly installed, or is not functioning correctly. One of the inputs might have failed, or the power supply might not be receiving sufficient power. | |
| Power supply is not powered on.Off |
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
•Powering On a DC-Powered T640 Router on page 162
- Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
•T640 LED Overview on page 200
T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description
• Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 63
• Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Inputs on page 64
• Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance on page 64
Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Each three-input 240-A DC power supply weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg) and consists of three inputs, three 80-A circuit breakers, a fan, and LEDs to monitor the status of the power supply. Figure 35 on page 64 shows the three-input 240-A DC power supply in 2-INPUT mode.
Figure 35: Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Inputs
The three-input 240-A DC power supply inputs are labeled INPUT 0, INPUT1, and INPUT 2, from top to bottom. Each input consists of -48 VDC and return, each with its own 80-A circuit breaker. The input mode switch on the faceplate allows you to set the DC power supply to either 2-INPUT or 3-INPUT mode. 2-INPUT mode is required for the T640 router and TX Matrix router.
Table 28 on page 64 describes which components are powered by each input.
Table 28: Components Powered by Each Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Input
| Three-Input Modelinput |
INPUT 0 T640-SIBs, control boards, fan trays, Routing Engines, and FPCs in slots FPC0 and FPC1
FPCs in slots FPC2 through FPC7INPUT 1
INPUT 2 This input is not supported in 2-INPUT mode.
Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance
When the router is operating normally and both power supplies are switched on, load sharing between them occurs automatically. When one power supply fails or is turned off, the other power supply immediately assumes the entire electrical load for the system. A single power supply can provide full power for as long as the router is operational. Table 29 on page 65 describes the behavior of the power supply if one of the inputs fails
Table 29: Fault Tolerance
| Fault Tolerance When One Input Falls or is Disconn | |
| Nonredundant power supply | If this input fails, the router shuts down. |
| NOTE: We recommend that you install redundant power supplies. | |
| Redundant power supplies | If an input on one power supply fails, the other power supply assumes the electrical load for all inputs. If one input on the other power supply is not functional, the router shuts down. |
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
• Powering On a DC-Powered T640 Router on page 162
•Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs
LEDs on each power supply faceplate (see Figure 36 on page 65) indicate the status of the power supply. In addition, a power supply failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface. Table 30 on page 65 describes the functions of the power supply LEDs.
Figure 36: Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs
Table 30 on page 65 describes the three-input 240-A DC power supply LEDs.
Table 30: Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLED | |||
| CB ON-One per input | Green | On steadily | Circuit breaker is on. |
| Off | Circuit breaker is not turned on, or host subsystem has detected a failure and has turned the circuit breaker off. |
Table 30: Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs (continued)
| DescriptionStateColorLED | ||
| power supply | On steadilyBlueDC | OKHeOne the power supply is correctly set to 2-INPUT mode and INPUT 0 and INPUT 1 are properly energized, the DC OK LED indicates that the power supply is functioning normally. |
| Blinking | Power supply is starting up, is not functioning, is not properly installed, or is not operating properly. | |
| PRESENT-One per input | Input is receiving voltage.On steadilyGreenINPUT | |
| Input voltage is not present.Off | ||
| TEMP-One per power supply | On steadilyYellowOVER | Power supply has exceeded recommended temperature. |
| Off | Power supply is within the recommended temperature or the power supply is not on. |
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60
• Powering On a DC-Powered T640 Router on page 162
- Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
• T640 LED Overview on page 200
T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description
• Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 66
• Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Inputs on page 67
• Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance on page 67
Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Each four-input 240-A DC power supply weighs approximately 26.6 lb (12.0 kg) and consists of four inputs, four 60-A circuit breakers, a fan, and LEDs to monitor the status of the power supply. Figure 37 on page 67 shows the four-input 240-A DC power supply.
Figure 37: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Inputs
The four-input 240-A DC power supply inputs are labeled INPUT 0, INPUT 1, and INPUT 2, and INPUT 3 from top to bottom. Each input consists of -48 VDC and return, each with its own 60-A circuit breaker.
Table 31 on page 67 describes which components are powered by each input.
Table 31: Components Powered by Each Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Input
| ComponentsInput | |
| SIBs, control boards, Routing Engines, and half the system fan powerINPUT ( | |
| INPUT1 | FPCs in slots FPC0 and FPC1 and half the system fan power |
| FPCs in slots FPC2 through FPC4INPUT 2 | |
| FPCs in slots FPC5 through FPC7INPUT 3 |
Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance
When the router is operating normally and both power supplies are switched on, load sharing between them occurs automatically. When one power supply fails or is turned off, the other power supply immediately assumes the entire electrical load for the system. A single power supply can provide full power for as long as the router is operational. If any of the four inputs fails, the router shuts down, and the other power supply assumes the electrical load for all four inputs.
Related Documentation
T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 68.
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•Replacing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 323
•T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 428
T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs
LEDs on each four-input 240-A DC power supply faceplate (see Table 32 on page 68) indicate the status of the power supply. In addition, a power supply failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface. Figure 38 on page 68 displays the power supply LEDs.
Figure 38: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs
Table 32: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLED | |||
| PRESENT-One per input | Input is receiving voltage.On steadilyGreenINPUT | ||
| Input voltage is not present.Off | |||
| input | Circuit breaker is on.On steadilyGreenCB ON-One | ||
| Off | Circuit breaker is not turned on, or host subsystem has detected a failure and has turned the circuit breaker off. | ||
| power supply | DC OK—One steadilyBlue | When all four inputs are properly energized, the DC OK LED indicates that the power supply is functioning normally. | |
| Blinking | Either the power supply is starting up, or it is not functioning, not properly installed, or not operating properly. | ||
| TEMP-One per power supply | OVER On steadilyYellow | Power supply has exceeded recommended temperature. | |
| Off | Power supply is within the recommended temperature or the power supply is not on. | ||
Related • T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description on page 66 Documentation
•Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
•T640 LED Overview on page 200
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•Replacing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 323
T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description
• Power Supply Components on page 69
- Inputs on page 69
• Redundancy on page 70
Power Supply Components
Each six-input DC power supply weighs approximately 39.7 lb (18.0 kg) and consists of six inputs, two blowers, a front and side air filter, and LEDs to monitor the status of the power supply. Each power supply is cooled by its own internal cooling system.
Figure 39 on page 69 shows the six-input DC power supply.
NOTE: There are no circuit breakers or passive fuses in the router.
Figure 39: Six-Input DC Power Supply
Inputs
The six-input DC power supply inputs are labeled INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 2, INPUT 3, INPUT 4, and INPUT 5, from top to bottom. Each 60 A input consists of -48 VDC and return.
Table 33 on page 69 describes which components are powered by each input.
Table 33: Components Powered by Each Six-Input DC Power Supply Input
| ComponentsInput |
Fan traysINPUT 0
Table 33: Components Powered by Each Six-Input DC Power Supply Input (continued)
| ComponentsInput | |
| INPUT 1 through INPUT 5 | FPCs, Routing Engines, control boards, SIBs, craft interface, and other components in the router. |
Redundancy
When the router is operating normally and both power supplies are switched on, load sharing between them occurs automatically. When one power supply fails or is turned off, the other power supply immediately assumes the entire electrical load for the system. A single power supply can provide full power for as long as the router is operational.
Related Documentation
T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs on page 70.
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply on page 329
•T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 428
T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs
LEDs on each six-input DC power supply faceplate indicate the status of the power supply. In addition, a power supply failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface. Table 34 on page 70 displays the power supply LEDs.
Table 34: Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLED | |||
| PRESENT-One per input | Input is receiving voltage.On steadilyGreenINPUT | ||
| Off | Input voltage is not present. | ||
| power supply | DC OKOne red-pallBlue | When all inputs are properly energized, the DC OK LED indicates that the power supply is functioning normally. | |
| Blinking | Either the power supply is starting up, or it is not functioning, not properly installed, or not operating properly. | ||
| TEMP-One per power supply | OVER On steadilyYellow | Power supply has exceeded recommended temperature. | |
| Off | Power supply is within the recommended temperature or the power supply is not on. | ||
Related Documentation
T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description on page 69.
•Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
•T640 LED Overview on page 200
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply on page 329
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description
• Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply on page 71
• Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply on page 72
• AC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance on page 73
Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
Each three-phase delta AC power supply weighs approximately 31.0 lb (14.06 kg). A metal wiring compartment contains the AC terminal block and ground labeled GND. The AC terminal block consists of three input terminals labeled L1, L2, and L3, from left to right. The power switch provides power to the router. Each power supply's cooling system consists of two fans, a front air filter, and a side air filter. LEDs provide the status of the power supply. Figure 40 on page 71 shows the three-phase delta AC power supply.
Figure 40: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical line drawing of an industrial power supply unit with fan, cooling pipes, and housing (no text or symbols)Figure 41 on page 72 shows the three-phase delta AC power supply connections.
Figure 41: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Connections
Figure 42 on page 72 shows the three-phase delta AC power cord.
Figure 42: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord
natural_image
Technical line drawing of two types of electrical connectors: a threaded cable and a plug (no text or symbols present)Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
Each three-phase wye AC power supply weighs approximately 31.0 lb (14.06 kg). A metal wiring compartment contains the AC terminal block and ground labeled GND. The AC terminal block consists of four input terminals labeled L1, L2, L3, and N, from left to right. The power switch provides power to the router. Each power supply's cooling system consists of two fans, a front air filter, and a side air filter. LEDs provide the status of the power supply. Figure 43 on page 73 shows the three-phase wye AC power supply.
Figure 43: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical line drawing of an industrial power supply unit with fan, cooling pipes, and pipe connection (no text or symbols)Figure 44 on page 73 shows the three-phase wye AC power supply connections.
Figure 44: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Connections
Figure 45 on page 73 shows the three-phase wye AC power cord.
Figure 45: Wye Three-Phase AC Power Cord
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a multi-core cable with exposed wires and connectors, plus a close-up of its internal structure (no text or symbols)AC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance
When the router is operating normally and both power supplies are switched on, load sharing between them occurs automatically. When one power supply fails or is turned
off, the other power supply immediately assumes the entire electrical load for the system. A single power supply can provide full power for as long as the router is operational.
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
•T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs on page 74
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•T640 AC Power Requirements on page 437
•T640 AC Power Cord Specifications on page 439
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs
Figure 46 on page 74 shows the LEDs on each three-phase delta AC power supply faceplate. The three-phase wye AC power supply has the same LEDs. The LEDs in Table 35 on page 74 indicate the status of the power supply. In addition, a power supply failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface.
Figure 46: Delta AC Power Supply LEDs
Table 35: Delta AC Power Supply LEDs
| DescriptionStateColorLED | |||
| power supply | On steadilyGreenACTOK-AC terminal block is receiving voltage. | ||
| - | Off | The AC terminal block is not receiving voltage. | |
| power supply | DC OK-ON-SEepollyBlue | Power supply is functioning normally. | |
| Blinking | Power supply is starting up, or is not functioning or operating properly, or is not properly installed. | ||
| - | Off | The power supply fails or the AC terminal block is not receiving voltage. | |
| TEMP-One per power supply | - | On steadilyYellowOVERpower supply has exceeded recommended temperature. | |
| - | Off | If the DC OK and AC OK are or steadily, this LED indicates that power supply is within the recommended temperature. | |
Related Documentation
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 71.
•T640 LED Overview on page 200
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•T640 AC Power Requirements on page 437
T640 Cooling System Description
The cooling system components work together to keep all router components within the acceptable temperature range. The host subsystem monitors the temperature of the router components. When the router is operating normally, the fans function at lower than full speed. If a fan fails or the ambient temperature rises above a threshold, the speed of the remaining fans is automatically adjusted to keep the temperature within the acceptable range. If the ambient maximum temperature specification is exceeded and the system cannot be adequately cooled, the Routing Engine shuts down some or all of the hardware components.
• Airflow on page 75
• Fan Trays on page 76
• Air Filters on page 77
• Power Supply Cooling System on page 77
Airflow
Figure 47 on page 76 shows the airflow through the router.
Figure 47: Airflow Through the Chassis
Fan Trays
NOTE: The standard fan trays and quiet fan trays are not interchangeable with each other. All fans in the chassis must be either standard fan trays or quiet fan trays.
The cooling system contains the following fan trays:
- One rear fan tray cools the components installed in the rear card cage (the Routing Engines, control boards, SCGs, and the SIBs). The T640 router supports the following types of rear fan trays:
- The standard rear fan tray with five blowers (EOL) is supported by Junos OS 5.3 and later. It has no label and is not interchangeable with the standard front fan trays.
- The standard rear fan tray with eight fans is supported by Junos OS 8.5 and later. It has no label and is not interchangeable with the standard front fan trays.
- The quiet rear fan tray, labeled REAR FANTRAY FAN-R-S and supported by Junos OS 11.1 and later, contains eight fans and is not interchangeable with the quiet front fan trays.
- One upper front fan tray and one lower front fan tray that cool the components installed in the front card cage (the FPCs, PICs, CIP, and midplane). The T640 router supports the following front fan trays:
- The upper and lower standard front fan trays, each of which contain six fans and have no labels. Both standard fan trays are interchangeable with each other.
- Each quiet front fan tray contains four fans, as indicated by the four fan icons on the faceplate.
NOTE: The quiet upper front fan tray and quiet lower front fan tray are not interchangeable with each other. In addition to the labels, the quiet upper fan tray also has an upward pointing arrow above the four fan icons on the faceplate.
The quiet upper front fan tray is labeled FAN-T-FTOP-S and UPPER FANTRAY (see Figure 48 on page 77).
Figure 48: Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray
The quiet lower front fan tray is labeled FAN-T-FBOT-S and LOWER FANTRAY (see Figure 49 on page 77).
Figure 49: Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray
All fan trays are hot-insertable and hot-removable.
Air Filters
The cooling system contains a front air filter and a rear air filter. All air filters are hot-insertable and hot-removable.
Power Supply Cooling System
The power supply cooling system consists of the following:
• Each DC power supply contains one fan that cools that power supply.
• Each AC power supply contains two fans that cool that power supply.
Related Documentation
T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11.
•Maintaining the T640 Air Filters on page 180
•Maintaining the T640 Fan Trays on page 181
•Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 203
T640 Cable Management System Description
The cable management system (see Figure 50 on page 78) consists of a row of nine semicircular plastic bobbins mounted on the front of the router below the FPC card cage. The PIC cables pass between the bobbins and into the tray, keeping the cables organized and securely in place. The curvature of the bobbins also helps maintain the proper bend radius for optical PIC cables.
You can pull the cable management system up and outward to lock it into the maintenance position. This allows you to access the lower fan tray and the front air filter.
Figure 50: Cable Management System
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a mechanical support structure with multiple curved slots and mounting brackets (no text or symbols)Related Documentation
•T640 Hardware Component Overview on page 11
•T640 Router Description on page 3
•T640 Chassis Description on page 13
PART 2
T640 Router Initial Installation
• Preparing for T640 Router Installation on page 81
• T640 Router Installation Overview on page 85
- Unpacking the T640 Router on page 87
• Installing the T640 Router Mounting Hardware on page 93
• Installing the T640 Router into a Rack on page 99
• Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 101
• Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift on page 109
• Grounding the T640 Router on page 133
- Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 135
• Providing Power to the T640 Router on page 143
• Performing the Initial T640 Junos OS Configuration on page 171
CHAPTER 4
Preparing for T640 Router Installation
• T640 Site Preparation Checklist on page 81
• T640 Rack Requirements on page 82
• T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 83
T640 Site Preparation Checklist
The checklist in Table 36 on page 81 summarizes the tasks you need to perform when preparing a site for router installation.
Table 36: Site Preparation Checklist
| DatePerformed | ||
| Environment | ||
| Verify that environmental factors such as "T640 Environmental Specifications" temperature and humidity do not exceed routerpage 423 tolerances. | ||
| Power | ||
| Measure distance between external power sources and router installation site. | "T640 DC Power Distribution" on page 433“T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications” on page 432 | |
| Locate sites for connection of system grounding. | "T640 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications" on page 425 | |
| Calculate the power consumption and requirements. | "T640 DC Power System Requirements" on page 430 | |
| Rack | ||
| Verify that your rack meets the minimum requirements for the installation of the routerpage 82 | "T640 Rack Requirements" on page 82 | |
| Plan rack location, including required space clearances. | "T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance" on page 83 | |
Table 36: Site Preparation Checklist (continued)
| DatePerformed | |||
| If a rack is used, secure rack to floor and structure. | BuildingRack Requirements" on page 82 | ||
| Cables | |||
| Acquire cables and connectors: | "Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables" on page 446 | ||
| ·Determine the number of cables needed based on your planned configuration. | |||
| ·Review the maximum distance allowed for each cable. Choose the length of cable based on the distance between the hardware components being connected. | |||
| Plan the cable routing and management. | "Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables" on page 191 | ||
Related Documentation
T640 Router Installation Summary on page 85. •T640 Installation Safety Guidelines on page 390
T640 Rack Requirements
The T640 Core Router can be installed in a rack or cabinet. Many types of racks are acceptable, including four-post (telco) racks and open-frame racks. An example of an open-frame rack is shown in Figure 51 on page 83.
The router is designed for installation in a 19-in. rack as defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number EIA-310-D) published by the Electronics Industry Association (http://www.eia.org).
With the use of adapters, the router is designed to fit into a 600-mm-wide rack, as defined in the four-part Equipment Engineering (EE); European telecommunications standard for equipment practice (document numbers ETS 300 119-1 through 119-4) published by the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (http://www.etsi.org). Use approved wing devices to narrow the opening between the rails.
The rack rails must be spaced widely enough to accommodate the router chassis's external dimensions: 37.45 in. (95.1 cm) high, 31 in. (78.7 cm) deep, and 17.43 in. (44.3 cm) wide. The outer edges of the mounting brackets extend the width to 19 in. (48.3 cm). The spacing of rails and adjacent racks must also allow for the clearances around the router and rack that are specified in "T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance" on page 83.
The chassis height of 37.45 in. (95.1 cm) is approximately 21.4 U. A U is the standard rack unit defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number EIA-310-D) published by the Electronics Industry Association. You can stack two routers in a rack that has at least 42.8 U (74.9 in. or 1.90 m) of usable vertical space.
The rack must be strong enough to support the weight of the fully configured router, up to approximately 565 lb (256.3 kg). If you stack two fully configured routers in one rack, it must be capable of supporting about 1130 lb (512.6 kg).
Figure 51: Typical Open-Frame Rack
Always secure the rack to the structure of the building. If your geographical area is subject to earthquakes, bolt the rack to the floor. For maximum stability, also secure the rack to ceiling brackets.
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 93
•Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack on page 96
T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance
When planning the installation site, you need to allow sufficient clearance around the rack (see Figure 52 on page 84):
- For the cooling system to function properly, the airflow around the chassis must be unrestricted. Figure 47 on page 76 depicts the airflow in the router.
NOTE: If you mount the router in a cabinet, be sure that ventilation is sufficient to prevent overheating.
- For service personnel to remove and install hardware components, there must be adequate space at the front and back of the router. At least 24 in. (61 cm) is required both in front of and behind the router. NEBS GR-63 recommends that you allow at least 30 in. (72.6 cm) in front of the rack and 24 in. (61.0 cm) behind the rack.
Figure 52: T640 Chassis Dimensions and Clearance Requirements
Related Documentation
•T640 Chassis Description on page 13
•T640 Cooling System Description on page 75
•T640 Physical Specifications on page 421
CHAPTER 5
T640 Router Installation Overview
• T640 Router Installation Summary on page 85
T640 Router Installation Summary
It is important to proceed through the installation process in the following order:
- Prepare your installation site.
See "T640 Site Preparation Checklist" on page 81.
- Review the safety guidelines.
See "General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices" on page 383.
- Unpack the router and verify the parts received.
"Unpacking the T640 Router" on page 87.
- Install the mounting hardware.
See “Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet” on page 93 or “Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack” on page 96.
- Install the router.
See “Mounting the T640 Chassis Using a Mechanical Lift” on page 104 or “Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually” on page 120.
- Ground the router.
See "Connecting the T640 Grounding Cable" on page 133.
- Connect the router to a management device.
See “Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device” on page 136.
- Power on the router.
See "Powering On a DC-Powered T640 Router" on page 162.
- Perform the initial system configuration.
See "Initially Configuring the T640 Router" on page 171.
Related •T640 Chassis Description on page 13 Documentation •T640 Installation Safety Guidelines on page 390
CHAPTER 6
Unpacking the T640 Router
- Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the T640 Router on page 87
- Unpacking the T640 Router on page 87
• Verifying the T640 Router Parts Received on page 89
Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the T640 Router
To unpack the router and prepare for installation, you need the following tools:
• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2
- 1/2-in. or 13-mm open-end or socket wrench to remove bracket bolts from the shipping pallet
- Blank panels to cover any slots not occupied by a component
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 Router Description on page 3
Unpacking the T640 Router
The router is shipped in a wooden crate. A wooden pallet forms the base of the crate. The router chassis is bolted to this pallet. Quick Start installation instructions and a cardboard accessory box are also included in the shipping crate.
The shipping crate measures 50 in. (127 cm) high, 30 in. (76.2 cm) wide, and 41 in. (104 cr deep. The total weight of the crate containing the router and accessories can range from 582 lb (267 kg) to 650 lb (295 kg).
NOTE: The router is maximally protected inside the shipping crate. Do not unpack it until you are ready to begin installation.
To unpack:
- Move the shipping crate to a staging area as close to the installation site as possible, where you have enough room to remove the components from the chassis. While the chassis is bolted to the pallet, you can use a forklift or pallet jack to move it.
- Position the shipping crate with the arrows pointing up.
- Open all the latches on the shipping crate.
- Remove the front door of the shipping crate cover and set it aside.
- Slide the remainder of the shipping crate cover off the pallet.
- Remove the foam covering the top of the router.
- Remove the accessory box and the Quick Start documentation.
- Verify the parts received.
- Remove the vapor corrosion inhibitor (VCI) packs attached to the pallet, being careful not to break the VCI packs open.
- To remove the brackets holding the chassis on the pallet, use a 1/2-in. socket wrench and a number 2 Phillips screwdriver to remove the bolts and screws from the brackets.
- Store the brackets and bolts inside the accessory box.
- Save the shipping crate cover, pallet, and packing materials in case you need to move or ship the router at a later time.
- Proceed with the installation.
Figure 53: Contents of the T640 Shipping Crate
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•Verifying the T640 Router Parts Received on page 89
•Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 102
•Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually on page 120
Verifying the T640 Router Parts Received
A packing list is included in each shipment. Check the parts in the shipment against the items on the packing list. The packing list specifies the part numbers and descriptions of each part in your order.
If any part is missing, contact a customer service representative.
The main shipment contains the router chassis with installed components, listed in Table 37 on page 89, and an accessory box, which contains the parts listed in Table 38 on page 90.
Table 37: Router Parts List
| QuantityComponent | |
| 1Chassis, including midplane, craft interface | |
| Up to 8FPCs | |
| Up to 4 per FPCPICs | |
| 5SIBs | |
| 1 or 2Routing Engines | |
| 1 or 2 (one for each Routing Engine)Control boards | |
| 1 or 2SCGs | |
| 2Power supplies | |
| CIP | 1 |
| 2Front fan trays | |
| 1Rear fan tray | |
| 1Quick Start installation | |
| mounting options. | 1Large mounting shelf-Required for all |
| four-post rack or cabinet | 1Small mounting shelf-Required only for |
| 2Spacer bars (attached to the back of the front-mounting flanges on the chassis-Required only for four-post rack or cabinet | |
| Blank panels for slots without components installed | One blank panel for each slot not occupied by a component |
Table 38: Accessory Box Parts List
| QuantityPart | |
| 1Affidavit for T1 connection | |
| cables | 2Connectors for alarm relay |
| (female) adapter | 1DB-9 (male) to DB-25 |
| 1ESD wrist strap with cable | |
| connect Routing Engine to management device | 1Ethernet cable, 15-ft length, to |
| hook-and-loop fasteners (male and female) | 1 of eachPCMCIA Card holder and |
| lugs | 36 lugs are included.DC power and grounding cableOne lug is for the grounding cable. The remaining cable lugs are for the DC power cables. The number of cable lugs variesdepending on the power supply and how many cables are being connected. |
| cable to chassis | 2Screws to fasten grounding |
| lug | 2Washers for grounding cable |
| restraints | 2Optional cable management |
| 1Product warranty | |
| 1Read me first document | |
| Bag of 14Screws to mount chassis | |
| connect Routing Engine to management console | 1Serial cable, 6-ft length, to |
| 1End User License Agreement |
Related Documentation
•T640 Chassis Description on page 13
•Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 102
•Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually on page 120
CHAPTER 7
Installing the T640 Router Mounting Hardware
• Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 93
• Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack on page 96
Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet
To prepare to install the T640 router into a four-post rack or cabinet:
• Install cage nuts, if needed.
• Install the large mounting shelf and the spacer bars on the front rack rail.
• Install the small mounting shelf on the rear rack rail.
- Remove the center-mounting brackets from the chassis.
The mounting brackets and flanges have holes for rack-mounting screws, spaced at 5.25 in. (13.34 cm).
Table 39 on page 93 specifies the holes in which you insert mounting screws (an X indicates a mounting hole location), and cage nuts if needed. The hole distances are relative to one of the standard U divisions on the rack. The bottom of all mounting shelves is at 0.04 in. (0.02 U) above a U division.
Table 39: T640 Four-Post or Cabinet Rack Mounting Hole Locations
| Large ShelfDist | Spacer Base | Small AbskelfU | |
| X19.86 | U34.75 in. (88.3 cm)60 | ||
| X16.86 | U29.51 in. (74.9 cm)51 | ||
| X13.86 | U24.26 in. (61.6 cm)42 | ||
| 19.01 in. (48.3 cm)33 | X10.86 | U | |
| 13.76 in. (34.9 cm)24 | X7.86 | U |
Table 39: T640 Four-Post or Cabinet Rack Mounting Hole Locations (continued)
| Large ShelfDist | Spacer Base | Small AbskelfU | ||
| XX4.86 U8.51 in. (21.6 cm)15 | ||||
| X3.86 U6.76 in. (17.1 cm)12 | ||||
| X2.86 U5.01 in. (12.7 cm)9 | ||||
| 3.26 in. (8.3 cm)6 | XX1.86 U | |||
| 3 | 1.51 in. (3.8 cm) | X0.86 U | ||
| 2 | 0.88 in. (2.2 cm) | 0.50 U | X | |
To install the mounting shelves and spacer bars:
- Install cage nuts, if needed, in the mounting holes specified in Table 39 on page 93:
- On the front rack rails, install cage nuts in the holes specified for the large shelf and the spacer bars.
- On the rear rack rails, install cage nuts in the holes specified for the small shelf.
- On the front of each front rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw into the lowest hole specified in Table 39 on page 93 for the large shelf and the spacer bars.
- Install the large shelf on the front rack rails. Rest the bottom slot of each flange on a mounting screw.
- Tighten all the screws completely.
- The router is shipped with each spacer bar attached to the rear of each front-mounting flange. Remove each spacer bar by removing the screws that fasten the spacer bar to the front-mounting flange.
Figure 4 on page 14 shows the front-mounting flanges. - Place one of the spacer bars over a flange of the installed large shelf. Position the notch in the rear of the spacer bar so the upper part of the bar is flush with the rack rail and the lower part is flush with the flange of the shelf (see Figure 54 on page 95).
- Insert a mounting screw into each of the nonthreaded holes in the recesses of the spacer bar to secure the spacer bar. Each hole should have a cage nut behind it.
- Repeat Steps 6 and 7 for the other spacer bar.
- Tighten all the screws completely.
-
On the back of each rear rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw into the lowest hole specified in Table 39 on page 93 for the small shelf.
-
Install the small shelf on the back rack rails. Rest the bottom slot of each flange on a mounting screw. The small shelf installs on the back of the rear rails, extending toward the center of the rack. The bottom of the small shelf on the rear rack rails must align with the bottom of the large shelf on the front rack rails.
-
Partially insert screws into the open holes in the ears of the small shelf.
-
Tighten all the screws completely.
-
Remove the center-mounting brackets from the chassis by loosening the screws at the top and bottom of each bracket.
Figure 4 on page 14 shows the center-mounting brackets.
Figure 54: Positioning the Spacer Bar on the Rack
Figure 55: Installing the Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•Verifying the T640 Router Parts Received on page 89
•Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack on page 96
•T640 Site Preparation Checklist on page 81
Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack
Before installing the T640 router into an open-frame rack, you must first install the large mounting shelf on the rack. If you are front-mounting the router, you must remove the center-mounting brackets from the chassis. In an open-frame rack, center-mounting is generally preferable to front-mounting because the more even distribution of weight provides greater stability. The small mounting shelf and the spacer bars are not needed.
To install the mounting hardware for an open-frame rack (see Figure 56 on page 97):
- Install cage nuts, if needed, in the mounting holes specified in Table 40 on page 98.
-
On the rear of each rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw into the lowest hole specified in Table 40 on page 98 for the large shelf.
-
Install the large shelf on the rack. Rest the bottom slot of each flange on a mounting screw.
- Partially insert screws into the open holes in the ears of the large shelf.
- Tighten all the screws completely.
- Remove the mounting brackets from the chassis by loosening the screws at the top and bottom of each bracket.
The router is shipped with each spacer bar attached to the rear of each front-mounting flange. Remove each spacer bar by removing the screws that fasten the spacer bar to the front-mounting flange.
Figure 4 on page 14 shows the front-mounting flanges.
Figure 56: Installing the Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack
Table 40 on page 98 specifies the mounting holes in which you insert the mounting screws (an X indicates a mounting hole location), and cage nuts if needed. The hole distances are relative to one of the standard U divisions on the rack. For reference, the bottom of all mounting shelves is at 0.04 in. (0.02 U) above a U division.
Table 40: T640 Open-Frame Rack Mounting Hole Locations
| Large ShelfDistan | |
| X19.50 U34.13 in. (86.7 cm)59 | |
| X17.50 U30.63 in. (77.8 cm)53 | |
| X16.50 U28.88 in. (73.3 cm)50 | |
| X14.50 U25.38 in. (64.5 cm)44 | |
| X13.50 U23.63 in. (60.0 cm)41 | |
| X11.50 U20.13 in. (51.1 cm)35 | |
| 32 18.38 in. (46.7 cm) | X10.50 U |
| 31 17.75 in. (45.1 cm) | X10.14 U |
Related Documentation
• T640 Chassis Description on page 13
• Verifying the T640 Router Parts Received on page 89
• T640 Site Preparation Checklist on page 81
CHAPTER 8
Installing the T640 Router into a Rack
• Overview of Installing the T640 Router in a Rack on page 99
Overview of Installing the T640 Router in a Rack
Before installing the router in a rack, verify that the following tasks have been completed:
- Review the "T640 Site Preparation Checklist" on page 81 to verify that all the tasks required to prepare the site for router installation have been completed.
- Review the safety information. To avoid harm to yourself or the router as you install and maintain it, follow the guidelines for working with and near electrical equipment, as well as the safety procedures for working with routers. However, providing an exhaustive set of guidelines for working with electrical equipment is beyond the scope of this documentation.
See "T640 Installation Safety Guidelines" on page 390 and "General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices" on page 383.
- Remove the router from the shipping crate.
See "Unpacking the T640 Router" on page 87.
- Install the mounting hardware.
See “Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack” on page 96 or “Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet” on page 93.
Because of the router's size and weight—up to 565 lb (256.3 kg) depending on the configuration—we strongly recommend that you install the router using a mechanical lift, as described in "Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift" on page 102. If you do not use a lift to install the router, refer to "Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually" on page 120 for complete instructions to safely install the router. Without a mechanical lift, at least four people are needed to safely lift the chassis into the rack or cabinet.
CHAPTER 9
Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift
• Overview of Installing a T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 101
- Tools Required to Install the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 101
• Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 102
Overview of Installing a T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift
Because of the T640 router's size and weight—up to 565 lb (256.3 kg) depending on the configuration—we strongly recommend that you install the router using a mechanical lift.
- Gather the tools required to install the router.
See "Tools Required to Install the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift" on page 101 - Install the router using a mechanical lift.
See "Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift" on page 102.
a. Remove the power supplies.
b. Attach the installation handle.
c. Mount the chassis in the rack or cabinet.
d. Remove the installation handle, and reinstall the power supplies.
Tools Required to Install the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift
To install the T640 chassis using a mechanical lift, you need the following tools:
- Mechanical lift
• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, number 2
Related Documentation
T640 Router Installation Summary on page 85.
•T640 Installation Safety Guidelines on page 390
Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift
- Removing the T640 Power Supplies on page 102
- Attaching the T640 Router Installation Handle on page 103
- Mounting the T640 Chassis Using a Mechanical Lift on page 104
- Removing the T640 Router Installation Handle and Reinstalling the Power Supplies on page 107
Removing the T640 Power Supplies
The power supplies are located at the rear of the chassis below the SIBs. Each two-input 160-A DC power supply weighs approximately 23 lb (10.5 kg). Each three-input 240-A DC power supply weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg). Each four-input 240-A DC power supply weighs approximately 26.6 lb (12.0 kg). Each six-input DC power supply weighs 39.7 lb (18.0 kg). Each AC power supply weighs 31.0 lb (14.06 kg).
To remove the power supplies, starting with the upper power supply:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the two-input 160-A, three-input 240-A, or four-input 240-A DC power supply faceplates to the off position (O), or the power switches on the AC power supply or six-input DC power supply faceplates to the standby position. We recommend this even though the power supplies are not connected to power sources.
- Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely.
- Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.
- Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly to start removing the power supply. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 57 on page 103).
CAUTION: Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.
-
Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
-
Repeat the procedure for the other power supply.
NOTE: Figure 57 on page 103 shows the two-input 160-A DC power supply, but the procedure also applies to the three-input 240-A DC power supply, four-input 240-A DC power supply, or six-input DC power supply.
Figure 57: Removing a Power Supply Before Installing the Router
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack with cooling fans and drive bays (no text or symbols)Attaching the T640 Router Installation Handle
To assist you with the installation of the T640 router, attach the installation handle over the power supply slots of the chassis. To remove the power supplies and attach the handle, starting with the upper power supply:
-
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
-
Switch the circuit breakers on the two-input 160-A, three-input 240-A, or four-input 240-A power supply faceplate to the off position (O), or switch the power switch on the six-input DC power supply to the standby position. We recommend this even though the power supplies are not connected to power sources.
-
Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely. Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.
-
Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.
-
Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly to start removing the power supply. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 58 on page 104).
CAUTION: Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.
-
Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
-
Repeat the procedure for the other power supply.
-
Attach the installation handle by tightening the captive screws of the handle into the holes previously occupied by the captive screws of the power supplies (see Figure 59 on page 104).
Figure 58: Removing a Power Supply Before Installing the Installation Handle
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack with cooling fans and drive bays (no text or symbols)Figure 59: Attaching the Installation Handle
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with mounting brackets and a door, showing no text or symbols.Mounting the T640 Chassis Using a Mechanical Lift
CAUTION: Before front-mounting the router in a rack, have a qualified technician verify that the rack is strong enough to support the router's weight and is adequately supported at the installation site.
To install the T640 router using a lift (see Figure 61 on page 107):
-
If you are installing the router in an open-frame rack, ensure that the rack is in its permanent location and is secured to the building. Ensure that the installation site allows adequate clearance for both airflow and maintenance. For details, see "T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance" on page 83.
-
Load the router onto the lift, making sure it rests securely on the lift platform (see Figure 60 on page 106).
CAUTION: Do not lift the router using the installation handle, or the handles on the sides of the chassis. Use these handles only to help position the router.
-
Using the lift, position the router in front of the rack or cabinet, centering it in front of the mounting shelves.
-
Lift the chassis approximately 0.75 in. above the surface of the mounting shelves and position it as close as possible to the shelves.
-
Carefully slide the router onto the mounting shelves so that the bottom of the chassis and the mounting shelves overlap by approximately 2 inches.
-
With one person pulling on the installation handle from the rear of the rack or cabinet while two people push on the front-mounting flanges, slide the router onto the mounting shelves until the mounting brackets or front-mounting flanges contact the rack rails or spacer bars (depending on your type of installation). The shelves ensure that the holes in the mounting brackets and the front-mounting flanges of the chassis align with the holes in the rack rails.
If you center-mount the chassis, you use the center-mounting brackets attached to the chassis; if you front-mount the chassis, you use the front-mounting flanges.
-
Move the lift away from the rack.
-
If you are installing the router in a four-post rack or cabinet, install a mounting screw and a cage nut into each of the holes aligned with the threaded holes in the spacer bars. If you are installing the router in an open-frame rack, install a mounting screw into each of the open mounting holes aligned with the rack, starting from the bottom.
-
Visually inspect the alignment of the router. If the router is installed properly in the rack, all the mounting screws on one side of the rack should be aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side and the router should be level.
Figure 60: Loading the Router onto the Lift
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a mechanical lifting device with wheels and control panel (no text or symbols)Figure 61: Installing the Router in the Rack
NOTE: This illustration depicts the router being installed in a four-post rack. For an illustration of the mounting hardware required foranopen-frame rack, see Figure 56 on page 97.
Removing the T640 Router Installation Handle and Reinstalling the Power Supplies
After you have installed the T640 router, remove the installation handle and reinstall the two power supplies in the chassis, starting with the lower power supply:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Loosen the captive screws on the installation handle completely, and remove the handle from the chassis.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the two-input 160-A, three-input 240-A, or four-input 240-A power supply faceplate to the off position (O), or the power switch on the AC power supplies or six-input DC power supplies to the standby position.
-
Using both hands, slide the power supply into the chassis until you feel resistance.
-
Twist the ejector handles at the upper corners of the power supply faceplate clockwise until they stop.
- Tighten the captive screws at the lower corners of the power supply faceplate to secure the power supply in the chassis.
- Repeat the procedure for the upper power supply.
Figure 62: Reinstalling a Power Supply
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack with ventilation fans and drive bays (no text or symbols)Related Documentation
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
•T640 Router Installation Summary on page 85
•T640 Installation Safety Guidelines on page 390
CHAPTER 10
Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift
• Overview of Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift on page 109
- Tools and Parts Required to Install the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift on page 110
- Removing Components from the T640 Chassis on page 110
• Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually on page 120
- Reinstalling Components in the T640 Chassis on page 123
Overview of Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift
To install the T640 router without a mechanical lift:
- Review the safety information. To avoid harm to yourself or the router as you install it, follow the safety guidelines and procedures for working with routers. However, providing an exhaustive set of guidelines for working with electrical equipment is beyond the scope of this documentation.
See "General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices" on page 383, and "T640 Installation Safety Guidelines" on page 390
- Verify that the site has been prepared for the router installation.
See "T640 Site Preparation Checklist" on page 81.
- Verify that the mounting hardware has been installed.
See "Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack" on page 96 or "Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet" on page 93.
- Remove the router from the shipping crate.
See Unpacking the T1600 Router.
- Gather the tools required to install the router.
See “Tools and Parts Required to Install the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift” on page 110.
- Remove components from the chassis to make it easier to install into the rack or chassis.
See "Removing Components from the T640 Chassis" on page 110.
- Install the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually.
NOTE: With components removed, the chassis weighs approximately 205 lb (93 kg). At least four people are needed to safely lift the chassis into the rack or cabinet.
See "Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually" on page 120.
- Reinstall the components removed from the chassis.
See "Reinstalling Components in the T640 Chassis" on page 123.
Related Documentation
T640 Router Description on page 3.
Tools and Parts Required to Install the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift
To install the T640 router, you need the following tools and parts:
• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
- Flat-blade (−) screwdriver, number 1
• 7/16-in.(11 mm) nut driver or socket wrench
• ESD grounding wrist strap
Related Documentation
T640 Router Installation Summary on page 85.
•T640 Installation Safety Guidelines on page 390
Removing Components from the T640 Chassis
If you cannot use a mechanical lift to install the T640 router (the preferred method), you can install it manually. Before installing the router manually, you must first remove most components from the chassis, and you must reinstall the components after the router is installed in the rack. With components removed, the chassis weighs approximately 205 lb (93 kg).
This procedure to remove components from the chassis is for initial installation only, and assumes that you have not connected power cables or cords to the router. The procedure describes how to remove components from the chassis, first from the rear and then from the front:
- Removing the T640 Power Supplies on page 111
- Removing the T640 SIBs on page 112
- Removing the T640 Control Boards on page 113
-
Removing the T640 SCGs on page 114
-
Removing the T640 Standard or Quiet Rear Fan Tray on page 115
- Removing the T640 Cable Management System on page 116
- Removing the T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays on page 117
- Removing the T640 FPCs on page 118
Removing the T640 Power Supplies
The power supplies are located at the rear of the chassis below the SIBs. Each two-input 160-A DC power supply weighs approximately 23 lb (10.5 kg). Each three-input 240-A DC power supply weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg). Each four-input 240-A DC power supply weighs approximately 26.6 lb (12.0 kg). Each six-input DC power supply weighs 26.6 lb (12.0 kg). Each AC power supply weighs 31.0 lb (14.06 kg).
To remove the power supplies, starting with the upper power supply:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the DC power supply faceplates to the off position (O) or the power switches on the AC power supply faceplates to the standby position. We recommend this even though the power supplies are not connected to power sources.
- Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely.
- Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.
- Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly to start removing the power supply. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 63 on page 112).
CAUTION: Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.
- Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
- Repeat the procedure for the other power supply.
NOTE: Figure 63 on page 112 shows the two-input 160-A DC power supply, but the procedure also applies to the three-input 240-A DC power supply, four-input 240-A DC power supply, or six-input DC power supply.
Figure 63: Removing a Power Supply Before Installing the Router
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack with cooling fans and drive bays (no text or symbols)Removing the T640 SIBs
Five standard SIBs, SIB version B, or T640-SIBs are installed in the router. The SIBs are located in the rear of the chassis in the slots marked SIB0 through SIB4. Each SIB weighs approximately 6.8 lb (3.1 kg).
To remove a SIB (see Figure 64 on page 113):
- Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Loosen the captive screws (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2) on the ejector handles on each side of the SIB faceplate.
- Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the SIB.
- Grasp both ejector handles, pull firmly, and slide the SIB about three-quarters of the way out of the chassis.
- Place one hand underneath the SIB to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place it on the antistatic mat.
- Repeat the procedure for each of the remaining SIBs.
Figure 64: Removing a SIB
natural_image
Technical line drawing of an electrical enclosure with internal components and mounting brackets (no text or symbols)Removing the T640 Control Boards
The router can have up to two control boards. These are located in the upper rear of the chassis in the slots marked CBO and CB1. Each one weighs approximately 5 lb (2.3 kg).
To remove the T640 control boards (see Figure 65 on page 114 and Figure 66 on page 114):
- Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Loosen the captive screws on the ejector handles on both sides of the control board faceplate.
- Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the control board.
- Grasp the ejector handles and slide the control board about halfway out of the chassis.
- Place one hand underneath the control board to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place it on the antistatic mat.
CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on one another after you remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.
- Repeat the procedure for the second control board.
Figure 65: Removing a T-CB
natural_image
Technical line drawing of an electronic device chassis with mounting brackets and internal components (no text or symbols)Figure 66: Removing an LCC-CB
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with internal components and mounting brackets (no text or symbols)Removing the T640 SCGs
The router can have one or two SCGs installed. The SCGs are located in the upper rear of the chassis, above the control boards and Routing Engines. Each SCG weighs approximately 1.9 lb (0.9 kg).
To remove the SCGs (see Figure 67 on page 115):
- Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Loosen the captive screws on the edges of the SCG faceplate.
- Grasp the SCG by the handle on the faceplate, and slide it out of the chassis.
- Place the SCG on the antistatic mat.
- Repeat the procedure for the second SCG.
Figure 67: Removing an SCG
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack with internal components and mounting bracket (no text or symbols)Removing the T640 Standard or Quiet Rear Fan Tray
WARNING: Use this procedure only for routers that are powered off.
The rear fan tray is mounted vertically on the right side of the rear of the chassis. Each standard or quiet rear fan tray weighs about 10 lb (4.5 kg).
To remove the rear fan tray (see Figure 68 on page 116):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Loosen the captive screws on the top and bottom of the fan tray faceplate, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
- Grasp the handles and pull the fan tray out of the chassis.
Figure 68: Removing the Rear Fan Tray
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with multiple drive bays and fan dividers (no text or labels)Removing the T640 Cable Management System
The cable management system is located below the FPC card cage. The cable management system weighs approximately 5 lb (2.3 kg).
To remove the cable management system:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Using a 3/8-in. nut driver, unscrew the nuts on the corners of the cable management system.
- Grasp the bottom of the cable management system and pull it straight out from the studs on the front of the chassis.
Removing the T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays
WARNING: Use this procedure only for routers that are powered off.
The upper front fan tray is located above the FPC card cage, and the lower front fan tray is located below the air filter. Each standard front fan tray weighs about 18.6 lb (8.4 kg). Each quiet front fan tray weighs about 17.8 lb (8.1 kg).
To remove the standard front fan trays (see Figure 69 on page 118):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the faceplate of one of the fan trays.
- Grasp the handles and pull the fan tray halfway out of the chassis.
- Place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.
- Repeat the procedure to remove the remaining front fan tray.
To remove the quiet upper front fan tray (see Figure 70 on page 118):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the fan tray faceplate.
- Grasp both sides of the fan tray, and pull the fan tray out of the chassis approximately 1 to 3 inches.
- Press the two latches located on each side of the fan tray up to release the fan tray from the chassis.
- Place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.
To remove the quiet lower front fan tray:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the fan tray faceplate.
- Grasp both sides of the fan tray, and pull the fan tray out of the chassis approximately 1 to 3 inches.
- Press the two latches located on each side of the fan tray up to release the fan tray from the chassis.
- Place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.
Figure 69: Removing the Standard Upper Front Fan Tray
natural_image
Line drawing of a server rack with multiple ports and a control panel (no text or symbols)Figure 70: Removing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray
Removing the T640 FPCs
The router holds up to eight FPCs, which are installed vertically in the front of the router. An empty FPC weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg) and a fully configured FPC can weigh up to 32 lb (14.5 kg).
To remove an FPC (see Figure 71 on page 120):
- Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Before removing the FPCs, record their location in the chassis so that you can reinstall each FPC in the correct slot.
- If you are removing a Type 2 FPC or Type 3 FPC, loosen the screws inside the ejector handles at the top and bottom of the FPC faceplate.
-
Simultaneously turn both the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the FPC.
-
Grasp the handles and slide the FPC straight out of the card cage halfway.
-
Place one hand around the front of the FPC (the PIC housing) and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the FPC completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.
CAUTION: The weight of the FPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 32 lb (14.5 kg)—as you slide the FPC out of the chassis.
When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.
Do not stack FPCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
- Repeat the procedure for each remaining FPC.
Figure 71: Removing a T640 FPC
natural_image
Line drawing of a server rack unit with internal compartments and mounting ports (no text or symbols)Related Documentation
T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386.
•T640 FPC Description on page 17
•T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description on page 30
•T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description on page 45
•T640 Power System Description on page 60
•T640 Cooling System Description on page 75
Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually
To install the T640 router in the rack (see Figure 73 on page 123):
CAUTION: If you are installing two routers in one rack, install the lower one first. Installing a router in the upper position in a rack or cabinet requires a lift.
CAUTION: Before front-mounting the router in a rack, have a qualified technician verify that the rack is strong enough to support the router's weight and is adequately supported at the installation site.
CAUTION: Lifting the chassis and mounting it in a rack requires four people. The empty chassis weighs approximately 205 lb (93 kg).
- If you are installing the router in an open-frame rack, ensure that the rack is in its permanent location and is secured to the building. Ensure that the installation site allows adequate clearance for both airflow and maintenance. For details, see "T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance" on page 83.
- Attach the installation handle by tightening the captive screws of the handle into the holes previously occupied by the captive screws of the power supplies (see Figure 72 on page 121). Tighten the screws, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
Figure 72: Attaching the Installation Handle
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with mounting brackets and a door, showing no text or symbols.- Position the router in front of the rack or cabinet, centering it in front of the mounting shelves. Use a pallet jack if one is available.
CAUTION: Do not lift the router using the installation handle, or the handles on the sides of the chassis. Use these handles only to help position the router.
- With two people in the front and two people in the back, hold onto the bottom of the chassis and carefully lift it onto the mounting shelves.
WARNING: To prevent injury, keep your back straight and lift with your legs, not your back. Avoid twisting your body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure that your footing is solid.
- With one person pulling on the installation handle from the rear of the rack or cabinet while two people push on the front-mounting flanges, slide the router onto the mounting shelves until the mounting brackets or front-mounting flanges contact the rack rails or spacer bars (depending on your type of installation). The shelves ensure that the holes in the mounting brackets and the front-mounting flanges of the chassis align with the holes in the rack rails.
If you center-mount the chassis, you use the center-mounting brackets attached to the chassis; if you front-mount the chassis, you use the front-mounting flanges.
-
If you are installing the router in a four-post rack or cabinet, install a mounting screw and a cage nut into each of the holes aligned with the threaded holes in the spacer bars. If you are installing the router in an open-frame rack, install a mounting screw into each of the open mounting holes aligned with the rack, starting from the bottom.
-
Loosen the captive screws on the installation handle completely, and remove the handle from the chassis.
-
Visually inspect the alignment of the router. If the router is installed properly in the rack, all the mounting screws on one side of the rack should be aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side and the router should be level.
Figure 73: Installing the Router in the Rack
NOTE: This illustration depicts the router being installed in a four-post rack. For an illustration of the mounting hardware required for an open-frame rack, see Figure 56 on page 97.
Related Documentation
T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386.
•T640 Router Installation Summary on page 85
•Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 102
•T640 Installation Safety Guidelines on page 390
Reinstalling Components in the T640 Chassis
After the T640 chassis is installed in the rack, you reinstall the removed components before booting and configuring the router. The following procedures describe how to reinstall components in the chassis, first in the rear and then in the front:
-
Reinstalling the T640 Standard or Quiet Rear Fan Tray on page 124
-
Reinstalling the T640 SCGs on page 125
-
Reinstalling the T640 Control Boards on page 126
- Reinstalling the T640 SIBs on page 127
- Reinstalling the T640 Power Supplies on page 128
- Reinstalling the T640 FPCs on page 129
- Reinstalling T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays on page 130
- Reinstalling the T640 Cable Management System on page 132
Reinstalling the T640 Standard or Quiet Rear Fan Tray
To reinstall the rear fan tray (see Figure 74 on page 125):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Grasp the fan tray by its handles and insert it straight into the chassis.
- Tighten the captive screws on the top and bottom of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.
Figure 74: Reinstalling the Rear Fan Tray
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with multiple drive bays and fan holders (no text or labels)Reinstalling the T640 SCGs
To reinstall the SCGs (see Figure 75 on page 126):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Carefully align the sides of the SCG with the guides in the SCG slot.
- Grasp the SCG by its handle and slide it straight into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.
- Tighten the captive screws on the corners of the SCG faceplate.
- Repeat the procedure to reinstall the remaining SCG.
Figure 75: Reinstalling an SCG
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with internal components and mounting brackets (no text or symbols)Reinstalling the T640 Control Boards
To reinstall the control boards (see Figure 76 on page 126 and Figure 77 on page 127):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Carefully align the sides of the control board with the guides inside the chassis.
- Slide the control board into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.
- Grasp both ejector handles and press them inward to seat the control board.
- Tighten the captive screws on the ejector handles, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
- Repeat the procedure to reinstall the remaining control board.
Figure 76: Reinstalling a T-CB
natural_image
Technical line drawing of an electronic device chassis with mounting brackets and internal components (no text or symbols)Figure 77: Reinstalling an LCC-CB
natural_image
Technical line drawing of an internal server rack with ports and connectors (no text or symbols)Reinstalling the T640 SIBs
To reinstall the SIBs (see Figure 78 on page 128):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Place one hand underneath the SIB to support it. With the other hand, hold one of the ejector handles on the SIB faceplate.
- Carefully align the sides of the SIB with the guides inside the chassis.
- Slide the SIB into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.
- Grasp both ejector handles and press them inward to seat the SIB.
- Tighten the captive screws on the ejector handles.
- Repeat the procedure for each of the remaining SIBs.
Figure 78: Reinstalling a SIB
natural_image
Technical line drawing of an internal server rack with multiple drive bays and a door panel (no text or symbols)Reinstalling the T640 Power Supplies
Each two-input 160-A DC power supply weighs approximately 23 lb (10.5 kg). Each three-input 240-A DC power supply weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg). Each four-input 240-A weighs approximately 26.6 lb (12.0 kg). Each six-input DC power supply weighs 39.7 lb (18.0 kg).
Reinstall the lower power supply first, then the upper power supply. To reinstall the power supplies, see Figure 79 on page 129.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the two-input 160-A, three-input 240-A, or four-input 240-A power supply faceplate to the off position (O), or the power switch on the AC power supplies or six-input DC power supplies to the standby position.
- Using both hands, slide the power supply into the chassis until you feel resistance.
- Twist the ejector handles at the upper corners of the power supply faceplate clockwise until they stop.
- Tighten the captive screws at the lower corners of the power supply faceplate to secure the power supply in the chassis.
- Repeat the procedure for the upper power supply.
CAUTION: "Removing the T640 Power Supplies" on page 111 shows the two-input 160-A DC power supply, but the procedure also applies to the three-input 240-A DC power supply, four-input 240-A DC power supply, or six-input DC power supply.
Figure 79: Reinstalling a Power Supply
natural_image
Technical diagram of a server rack with cooling fans and drive bays (no text or labels)Reinstalling the T640 FPCs
To reinstall FPCs (see Figure 80 on page 130):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Using the list you created when you removed the FPCs, locate the slot in the FPC card cage in which you plan to install the FPC.
- Inspect the slots in the FPC card cage to verify that there are no missing or bent pins on the midplane.
- Inspect each FPC to verify that the connectors are not misaligned or damaged.
CAUTION: When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.
-
Lift the FPC into place and carefully align first the bottom and top of the FPC with the guides inside the card cage. Be sure the FPC is right-side up, with the components on the right of the FPC.
-
Gently rest the bottom edge of the FPC on the bottom edge of the slot opening, making contact a short distance forward of the power connector.
CAUTION: Take care not to bend or otherwise damage the power connector prongs.
- Slide the FPC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.
-
Starting with the ejector handles on the FPC faceplate nearly horizontal, simultaneously turn both ejector handles clockwise to seat the FPC.
-
If you are installing a Type 2 FPC or Type 3 FPC, tighten the screws inside the ejector handles to secure the FPC. Do not overtighten them.
- Repeat the procedure to reinstall each remaining FPC.
Figure 80: Reinstalling an FPC
natural_image
Line drawing of an industrial rack-mounted server unit with multiple panels and control panel (no text or symbols visible)Reinstalling T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays
To reinstall the standard front fan trays (see Figure 83 on page 132):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Grasp one of the fan trays by its handles and insert it straight into the chassis.
- Tighten the captive screw on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.
- Repeat the procedure to reinstall the remaining fan tray.
To reinstall the quiet front fan trays:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Locate the fan tray labeled FAN-T-FTOP-S UPPER FANTRAY.
- Press the two latches located on each side of the quiet upper front fan tray up, and insert the fan tray straight into the upper front fan tray slot (see Figure 81 on page 131).
- Grasp the upper front fan tray by its handles and insert it straight into the upper fan tray slot (see Figure 81 on page 131.
- Tighten the captive screws on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.
- Locate the quiet lower fan tray labeled FAN-T-FBOT-S LOWER FANTRAY.
- Press the two latches located on each side of the quiet lower front fan tray up, and insert the fan tray straight into the lower front fan tray slot (see Figure 82 on page 131).
- Tighten the captive screws on each side of the quiet lower front fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.
Figure 81: Reinstalling the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray
Figure 82: ReInstalling the Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray
Figure 83: Reinstalling the Standard Upper Front Fan Tray
natural_image
Line drawing of a rack-mounted server unit with multiple drive bays and a black arrow pointing to a component (no text or symbols)Reinstalling the T640 Cable Management System
To reinstall the cable management system:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Position the cable management system on the studs on the lower front of the chassis.
- Insert the nuts through the holes in the cable management system onto the studs on the chassis.
- Using a 3/8-in. nut driver, tighten the nuts securely.
Related Documentation
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
•T640 Chassis Description on page 13
•T640 Cooling System Description on page 75
•T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description on page 48
•T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description on page 45
•T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description on page 30
CHAPTER 11
Grounding the T640 Router
- Tools and Parts Required to Ground the T640 Router on page 133
- Connecting the T640 Grounding Cable on page 133
Tools and Parts Required to Ground the T640 Router
- Grounding cable (which you must provide)
- Grounding lug (provided with the router)
Figure 84: Grounding Lug
• M6 screws or UNC 1/4-20 screws
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications on page 425.
•Connecting the T640 Grounding Cable on page 133
Connecting the T640 Grounding Cable
You ground the T640 router by attaching a grounding cable to the grounding points on the chassis. You must provide the grounding cable (the cable lugs are supplied with the router). For grounding cable specifications, see "T640 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications" on page 425.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
-
Make sure that grounding surfaces are clean and brought to a bright finish before grounding connections are made.
-
Connect the grounding cable to a proper earth ground.
- Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lug provided with the router to the grounding cable.
- Place the grounding cable lug over the grounding The left pair is sized for M6 bolts, and the right pair is sized for UNC 1/4-20 bolts.
- Secure the grounding cable lug to the grounding points, first with the washers, then with the screws.
- Verify that the grounding cabling is correct, that the grounding cable does not touch or block access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
Related Documentation
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
CHAPTER 12
Connecting the T640 Router to Externa Devices
• Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 135
- Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices on page 136
- Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 136
- Connecting the T640 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device on page 138
- Connecting the T640 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 138
- Connecting the T640 Router to an External Clocking Device on page 140
- Connecting PIC Cables to the T640 Router on page 141
Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices
After you have grounded the T640 Core Router, you can connect the following external devices:
- An external console or auxiliary device to the CONSOLE ports on the Connector Interface Panel (CIP).
See "Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device" on page 136
- A laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device to the AUXILIARY ports on the Connector Interface Panel (CIP).
See “Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device” on page 136.
- A management network to the ETHERNET ports on the Connector Interface Panel (CIP).
See “Connecting the T640 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management” on page 138.
- An external alarm-reporting device to the alarm relay contacts on the CIP.
See "Connecting the T640 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device" on page 138.
- An external clocking device to the EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS on the SONET clock generator with RJ-48 ports.
See "Connecting the T640 Router to an External Clocking Device" on page 140.
NOTE: The external clock inputs on the SCG with DB-9 ports are not supported.
- A network connection to the ports on the PICs.
See "Connecting PIC Cables to the T640 Router" on page 141.
Related Documentation
Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices on page 136.
Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices
To connect the router to management devices and PICs, you need the following tools and parts:
• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
• 2.5-mm flat-blade (-) screwdriver
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
Related Documentation
Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 135.
Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device
To use a system console to configure and manage the Routing Engine, connect it to the appropriate CONSOLE port on the CIP. To use a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device, connect it to the appropriate AUXILIARY port on the CIP. Both ports accept an RS-232 (EIA-232) serial cable with a DB-9 female connector. One DB-9/DB-9 cable is provided with the router. To connect a device to the CONSOLE port, and another device to the AUXILIARY port, you must supply another cable.
To connect a management console or auxiliary device:
- Turn off the power to the console or auxiliary device.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Connect one end (shown in Figure 85 on page 137) of a serial cable with a DB-9 female connector to the appropriate CONSOLE or AUXILIARY port (see Figure 86 on page 137). The ports labeled HOST 0 connect to the Routing Engine in the upper Routing Engine slot (RE0), and the ports labeled HOST 1 connect to the Routing Engine in the lower Routing Engine slot (RE1).
NOTE:
For console devices, configure the serial port to the following values:
- Baud rate—9600
- Parity—N
- Data bits—8
- Stop bits—1
-
Flow control—none
-
Using a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, tighten the screws on the connector.
- Attach the other end of the cable to the console or auxiliary device.
Figure 85: Console and Auxiliary Serial Port Connector
Figure 86: Console and Auxiliary Ports on the CIP
Related Documentation
Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 135.
- Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices on page 136
•T640 DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine AUXILIARY and CONSOLE Ports on page 450
•T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 448
Connecting the T640 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device
To connect the router to external alarm-reporting devices, attach wires to the RED ALARM and YELLOW ALARM relay contacts on the CIP. A system condition that triggers the red or yellow alarm LED on the craft interface also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact.
The terminal blocks that plug into the alarm relay contacts are supplied with the router. They accept wire of any gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm which is not provided. Use the gauge of wire appropriate for the external device you are connecting.
To connect an external device to an alarm relay contact:
- Prepare the required length of wire with gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm).
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- While the terminal block is not plugged into the relay contact, use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to loosen the small screws on its side. With the small screws on its side facing left, insert wires into the slots in the front of the block based on the wiring for the external device. Tighten the screws to secure the wire.
- Orient the terminal block according to the labels to the left of the appropriate relay contact (NC means "normally closed, C means "common," and (NO means "normally open").
- Plug the terminal block into the relay contact and use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws on the face of the block.
- Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.
If attaching a reporting device for the other kind of alarm, repeat the procedure.
Related Documentation
Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 135.
•T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 448
•Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices on page 136
Connecting the T640 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management
To connect the Routing Engine to a network for out-of-band management, connect an Ethernet with RJ-45 connectors to the ETHERNET port on the CIP. One cable is provided with the router.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Turn off the power to the management device.
-
Plug one end of the Ethernet cable (Figure 87 on page 139 shows the connector) in to the appropriate ETHERNET port on the CIP (see Figure 88 on page 139). The ports labeled HOST 0 connect to the Routing Engine in the upper Routing Engine slot (RE0), and the ports labeled HOST 1 connect to the Routing Engine in the lower Routing Engine slot (RE1).
- Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.
Figure 87: Routing Engine Ethernet Cable Connector
g001063
Figure 88: ETHERNET Port on the CIP
Related Documentation
Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 135.
•Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices on page 136
•T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 448
•T640 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine ETHERNET Port on page 449
Connecting the T640 Router to an External Clocking Device
To connect the router to one or two external clocking devices, connect a cable with RJ-48 connectors to one of the EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS ports on the SCG.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Plug one end of the cable into the appropriate EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS port on the SCG.
- Plug the other end of the cable into the T1 external clocking device.
- Repeat the procedure for the other EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS port on the SCG.
- Verify that the LINK LED for each port is lit steadily green.
- Configure the port. See the synchronization statement for M Series and T Series in the
- Issue the show chassis synchronization command to check the status of the port.
user@host> show chassis synchronization user@host> show chassis synchronization
Clock Synchronization Status :
Clock module on SCG 0
Current state : master
Current clock state : locked to external-a
Selected for : 2 hours, 28 minutes, 4 seconds
Selected since : 2006-02-17 01:12:58 PST
Configured sources
| Source | Priority | Deviation (in ppm) | Last deviation (in ppm) | Status |
| external-a | primary | measuring | -0.10 | in-use |
| external-b | secondary | -0.10 | -0.10 | qualified |
Clock Synchronization Status :
Clock module on SCG 1
Current state : backup
Current clock state : locked to master SCG
Selected for : 19 hours, 49 minutes, 14 seconds
Selected since : 2006-02-16 07:51:48 PST
Configured sources
Source Priority Deviation Last deviation Status
(in ppm) (in ppm)
external-a primary -0.25 -0.25 qualified
external-b secondary -0.25 -0.25 qualified
Related
Documentation
T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description on page 48.
•T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) LEDs on page 50
•Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 135
•Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices on page 136
•T640 RJ-48 Connector Pinouts for the SCG EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS Ports on page 450
Connecting PIC Cables to the T640 Router
The router supports PICs that use various kinds of network cable, including multimode and single-mode fiber-optic cable. For information about the type of cable used by each PIC, see the PIC guide for your router.
You connect PICs to the network by plugging in network cable. To connect cable to the PICs (see Figure 89 on page 142, which shows a fiber-optic PIC):
-
Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the PIC. For cable specifications, see the T640 Interface Module Reference and "Network Cable and Transceiver Overview for T Series Routers" on page 443..
-
If the PIC cable connector port is covered by a rubber safety plug, remove the plug.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
-
Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the PIC faceplate.
-
Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
Figure 89: Attaching a Cable to a PIC
Related Documentation
•T640 PIC Description on page 29
•Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 135
•Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices on page 136
CHAPTER 13
Providing Power to the T640 Router
- Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the T640 Router on page 143
- Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supplies on page 144
- Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Three-input 240-A DC Power Supplies (2-INPUT Mode) on page 146
- Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supplies on page 148
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Six 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies) on page 150
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Five 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies) on page 154
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Four 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies) on page 158
• Powering On a DC-Powered T640 Router on page 162 - Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies on page 163
- Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies on page 165
• Powering On an AC-Powered T640 Router on page 167
• Powering Off the T640 Router on page 168
Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the T640 Router
To provide power to the router, you need:
- DC-powered routers: 7/16-in. (11 mm) hexagonal-head external drive socket wrench, or nut driver, with a torque range between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm), for tightening nuts to terminal studs on each power supply on a DC-powered router.
CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs and the power supply. The absolute maximum torque that may be applied to this nut is 45 lb-in. (5.0 Nm).
- AC-powered router:
• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2 to access the metal AC wiring compartment
- 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver or 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench to attach the ground wire and input terminal wires of the AC power cord.
NOTE: Theterminalconnections have either slotted screws or hexscrews. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
Related Documentation
- Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supplies on page 144
- Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Three-input 240-A DC Power Supplies (2-INPUT Mode) on page 146
- Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supplies on page 148
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Six 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies) on page 150
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Five 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies) on page 154
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Four 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies) on page 158
- Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies on page 165
- Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies on page 163
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supplies
To connect the DC source power cables to each power supply in the T640 router:
- Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breakers. Follow the instructions for your site. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate to the off position (O).
- Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
-
Remove the nut and washer from each power terminal stud. If no washers and nuts are already installed, they should be in the accessory box.
-
Secure the cable lug on the DC power cable to the terminal stud, first with a washer, then with a nut (see Figure 90 on page 146). Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver or wrench to tighten the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut:
a. Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to a RTN (return) terminal.
b. Secure each negative (−) DC source power cable lug to a -48V (input) terminal.
NOTE: All inputs on the two-input 160-A DC power supply in slot PEMO must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the two-input 160-A DC power supply in slot PEMI must be powered by dedicated powerfeeds derived from feedB. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
- Loosen the captive screws on the cable restraints on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.
- Route the positive and negative DC power cables through the top and bottom of each cable restraint.
- Tighten the cable restraint captive screws to hold the power cables in place.
- Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.
- Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
Figure 90: Connecting DC Power to a Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
Related Documentation
Connecting the T640 Grounding Cable on page 133.
- Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Three-input 240-A DC Power Supplies (2-INPUT Mode) on page 146
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Three-input 240-A DC Power Supplies (2-INPUT Mode)
To connect the DC source power cables to the T640 router:
- Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Verify that the input mode switch is correctly set to 2-INPUT mode. See "Setting the Input Mode Switch on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply for a T640 Router" on page 316.
- Replace the cable restraint, if needed. See "Replacing the T640 Cable Restraint on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply" on page 318.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate to the OFF position (O).
-
Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
-
Remove the nut and washer from the power terminal studs for INPUT O and INPUT 1. INPUT 2 is not supported for the T640 router. If no washers and nuts are already installed, they should be in the accessory box.
-
Secure the cable lug on the DC power cable to the terminal studs for INPUT O and INPUT 1, first with a washer, then with a nut (see Figure 91 on page 148). Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver or wrench to tighten the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut):
a. Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to a RTN (return) terminal.
b. Secure each negative (−) DC source power cable lug to a -48V (input) terminal.
NOTE: INPUT 0 and INPUT 1 on the three-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEMO must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and INPUT 0 and INPUT 1 on the three-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEMI must be powered by dedicated powerfeeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system. INPUT 2 is not used for the T640 router.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
- Loosen the captive screw or screws on the cable restraint on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.
- Route the DC power cables through the cable restraint.
- Tighten the cable restraint captive screw or screws to hold the power cables in place.
- Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.
- Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
Figure 91: Connecting DC Power to a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply in 2-INPUT Mode
Related T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386.
•T640 Power System Description on page 60
.T640 DC Power Distribution on page 433
•T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications on page 432
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
Documentation
Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supplies
You connect DC power to the router by attaching power cables from the DC power sources to the terminal studs on the power supply faceplates. You must provide power cables (the cable lugs are supplied with the router).
To connect the DC source power cables to the router, follow this procedure for each power supply:
- Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate to the OFF position (O).
- Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
- Remove the nut and washer from each power terminal stud. If no washers and nuts are already installed, they should be in the accessory box.
- Attach the lugs on the DC source power cables to the terminal studs. Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts.
a. Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lugs to the RTN (return) terminals.
b. Attach the negative (−) DC source power cable lugs to the -48V (input) terminals.
Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts (see Figure 92 on page 150). Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs and the power supply. The absolute maximum torque that may be applied to this nut is 45 lb-in. (5.0 Nm).
CAUTION: All inputs on the DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
- Loosen the captive screws on the cable restraint on the right edge of the power supply faceplate (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2).
-
Route the positive and negative DC power cables through the cable restraint.
-
Tighten the cable restraint captive screws to hold the power cables in place.
- Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.
- Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
Figure 92: Connecting Power to the Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
.T640 DC Power Distribution on page 433
•T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications on page 432
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Six 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies)
You connect DC power to the router by attaching power cables from the DC power sources to the terminal studs on the power supply faceplates. You must provide power cables (the cable lugs are supplied with the router).
CAUTION: All connected inputs on the DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all connected inputs on the DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
NOTE: We recommend that the positive (+) DC source power cables for the RTN (return) terminals be 2.6 in. (6.6 cm) longer than the negative (−) DC source power cables for the -48 V (input) terminals.
CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs and the power supply. The absolute maximum torque that may be applied to this nut is 45 lb-in. (5.0 Nm).
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
To connect DC source power cables to the router, follow this procedure for each DC power supply:
- Verify that a properly rated customer site circuit breaker for each DC power cable has been installed. See the DC power electrical safety guidelines for your router for more information.
- Switch off the customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
- Verify that a licensed electrician has attached appropriate cable lugs to the DC power cables. See the DC power cable and lug specifications for your router for more information.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
- Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
- Remove the nut and washer from each power terminal stud to be connected. If no washers and nuts are already installed, they should be in the accessory box.
-
Remove the captive screws on all three cable restraints on the right edge of the power supply faceplate (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2).
-
Route the negative (−) DC source power cables for INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4 over the smallest cable restraint on the far right. The cable restraint is marked as follows top to bottom: INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4.
NOTE: You must route the cables in the locations as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.
Attach the negative (−) DC source power cable lugs INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4 to the -48 V (input) terminals on the right. Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
Figure 93: Connecting DC Power Cables
Figure94: Connecting Negative (−) DC Power Cablesto INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4
-
Replace the smallest cable restraint on the far right, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4 in place.
-
Route the negative (−) DC source power cables for INPUT 2 and INPUT 5 through the middle cable restraint. The middle cable restraint is marked as follows from top to bottom: INPUT 2, RTN 2, RTN 5, and INPUT 5.
NOTE: You must route the cables in the locations as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.
Attach the negative (−) DC source power cable lugs to the -48 V (input) terminals on the right. Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then
with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
Figure 95: Connecting Negative (−) DC Power Cables to INPUT 2 and INPUT 5
- Route the positive (+) DC source power cables for RTN 2 and RTN 5 over the middle cable restraint. The middle cable restraint is marked as follows from top to bottom: INPUT 2, RTN 2, RTN 5, and INPUT 5.
NOTE: You must route the cables as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.
Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lugs RTN 2 and RTN 5 to the RTN (return) terminals on the left. Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
-
Replace the middle cable restraint, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for INPUT 2, INPUT 5, RTN 2, and RTN 5 in place.
-
Route the positive (+) DC source power cables for RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4 over the largest cable restraint on the left. The left cable restraint is marked as follows from top to bottom: RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4.
NOTE: You must route the cables as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.
Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lugs to the RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4 terminals on the left. Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
- Replace the left cable restraint, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4 in place.
Figure 96: Connecting Positive (+) DC Power Cables to RTN 2, RTN 5, RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4
- Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.
- Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
Related Documentation
Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the T640 Router on page 143.
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Four 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies) on page 158
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Five 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies) on page 154
•Powering On the T640 Router
- Configuring DC Power on a T640 Router on page 175
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•T640 DC Power System Requirements on page 430
•T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications on page 432
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Five 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies)
You connect DC power to the router by attaching power cables from the DC power sources to the terminal studs on the power supply faceplates. You must provide power cables (the cable lugs are supplied with the router).
CAUTION: Do not use a terminal jumper for 60-A DC power cables. Using a terminal jumper is not supported for this procedure. Doing so will cause a short across the inputs and trip your external circuit breaker.
CAUTION: All connected inputs on the DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all connected inputs on the DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs and the power supply. The absolute maximum torque that may be applied to this nut is 45 lb-in. (5.0 Nm).
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
NOTE: We recommend that the positive (+) DC source power cables to be connected to the RTN (return) terminals be 2.6 in. (6.6 cm) longer than the negative (−) DC source power cables to be connected to the -48 V (input) terminals.
To connect five 60-A DC source power cables to the router, follow this procedure for each DC power supply:
- Verify that a properly rated customer site circuit breaker for each DC power cable has been installed. See the DC power electrical safety guidelines for your router for more information.
- Switch off the customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
- Verify that a licensed electrician has attached appropriate cable lugs to the DC power cables. See the DC power cable and lug specifications for your router for more information.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
- Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
-
Remove the nut and washer from each power terminal stud to be connected. If no washers and nuts are already installed, they should be in the accessory box.
-
Remove the captive screws on all three cable restraints on the right edge of the power supply faceplate (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2).
-
Route the negative (−) DC source power cables for INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4, over the smallest cable restraint on the far right. The cable restraint is marked as follows top to bottom: INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4,
NOTE: You must route the cables in the locations as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.
Attach the negative (−) DC source power cable lugs to the -48V (input) terminals on the right: INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4. Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
Figure 97: Connecting DC Power Cables
Figure98: ConnectingNegative (−) DC Power Cablesto INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4
-
Replace the smallest cable restraint on the far right, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4 in place.
-
Route the negative (−) DC source power cables for INPUT 2, through the middle cable restraint. The middle cable restraint is marked as follows from top to bottom: INPUT 2, RTN 2, RTN 5, and INPUT 5.
NOTE: You must route the cable in the location as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.
Attach the negative (−) DC source power cable lugs to the INPUT 2 -48 V (input) terminal on the right. Secure the cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the washer, then with the nut. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
Figure 99: Connecting Negative (−) DC Power Cable to INPUT 2
- Route the positive (+) DC source power cables for RTN 2 over the middle cable restraint. The middle cable restraint is marked as follows from top to bottom: INPUT 2, RTN 2, RTN 5, and INPUT 5,
NOTE: You must route the cables as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.
Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN 2 (return) terminal on the left. Secure the cable lug to the terminal stud, first with the washer, then with the nut. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to the nut.
-
Replace the middle cable restraint, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for INPUT 2 and RTN 2 in place.
-
Route the positive (+) DC source power cables for RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4 over the largest cable restraint on the left. The left cable restraint is marked as follows from top to bottom RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4,
NOTE: You must route the cables as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.
Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lugs to the RTN terminals on the left: RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4. Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
- Replace the left cable restraint, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4 in place.
Figure 100: Connecting Positive (+) DC Power Cable to RTN 2, RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, RTN 4
- Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.
- Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
Related Documentation
Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the T640 Router on page 143.
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Four 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies) on page 158
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Six 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies) on page 150
•Powering On the T640 Router
- Configuring DC Power on a T640 Router on page 175
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•T640 DC Power System Requirements on page 430
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
•T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications on page 432
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Four 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies)
You connect DC power to the router by attaching power cables from the DC power sources to the terminal studs on the power supply faceplates. You must provide power cables (the cable lugs are supplied with the router).
CAUTION: Do not use a terminal jumper for 60-A DC power cables. Using a terminal jumper is not supported for this procedure. Doing so will cause a short across the inputs and trip your external circuit breaker.
CAUTION: All connected inputs on the DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all connected inputs on the DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs and the power supply. The absolute maximum torque that may be applied to this nut is 45 lb-in. (5.0 Nm).
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
NOTE: Both DC power supplies (PEM 0 and PEM 1) must be cabled and configured exactly the same. The DC power cables must be connected to the same input terminals on each power supply.
To connect four 60-A DC source power cables to the router, follow this procedure for each DC power supply:
- Switch off the customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
- Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lugs provided with the router to the power cables. See the DC power cable and lug specifications for your router for more information.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
- Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
- Remove the nut and washer from each power terminal stud to be connected (INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, INPUT 4, and RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4). If no washers and nuts are already installed, they should be in the accessory box.
-
Remove the captive screws on the smallest cable restraint on the right edge of the power supply faceplate, and the largest cable restraint to the left (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2).
-
Route the negative (−) DC source power cables for INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4, over the smallest cable restraint on the far right. The cable restraint is marked as follows top to bottom: INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4.
NOTE: You must route the cables in the locations as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.
Attach the negative (−) DC source power cable lugs to the -48V (input) terminals on the right: INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4. Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
Figure 101: Connecting DC Power Cables
Figure 102: Connecting Negative (−) DC Power Cables to INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4
-
Replace the smallest cable restraint on the far right, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4 in place.
-
Route the positive (+) DC source power cables for RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4 over the largest cable restraint on the left. The left cable restraint is marked as follows from top to bottom RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4.
NOTE: You must route the cables as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.
Attach the negative (−) DC source power cable lugs to the RTN terminals on the left: RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4. Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with
the washers, then with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
- Replace the left cable restraint, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4 in place.
Figure 103: Connecting Positive (+) DC Power Cables to RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4
-
Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.
-
Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
Related Documentation
Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the T640 Router on page 143.
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Five 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies) on page 154
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Six 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies) on page 150
•Powering On the T640 Router
- Configuring DC Power on a T640 Router on page 175
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications on page 432
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
Powering On a DC-Powered T640 Router
To power on a DC-powered router:
- Verify that the power supply is fully inserted in the chassis and that the captive screws on their faceplates are tightened.
- Verify that the source power cables are connected to the appropriate terminal: the positive (+) source cable to the return terminal (labeled RTN) and the negative (−) source cable to the input terminal (labeled -48V).
- Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the CIP (AUXILIARY, CONSOLE, or ETHERNET). For more information about connecting management devices, see "Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices" on page 135.
- Turn on the power to the external management device.
- Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the DC power source cables.
- For a three-input 240-A DC power supply in 2-INPUT mode, four-input 240-A DC, or six-input DC power supply, verify that the INPUT PRESENT LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit steadily, indicating that the inputs are receiving power.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the two-input 160-A, three-input 240-A, or four-input 240-A DC power supply faceplate to the on position (I), or the power switch on the AC power supplies or six-input DC power supplies to the on position.
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators—such as the LEDs on the power supply, the command output displays, and messages on the LED display on the craft interface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
-
For the two-input 160-A, three-input 240-A, or four-input 240-A power supplies, verify that the CB ON LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit steadily. The CB ON LEDs blink momentarily, then light steadily to indicate that the circuit breakers are on.
-
Verify that the DC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power supply is correctly installed and is functioning properly.
NOTE: If any of the output status LEDs do not light steadily, repeat the installation and cabling procedures.
- On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.
NOTE: The Routing Engine boots as the power supply completes its startup sequence. If the Routing Engine finishes booting and you need to power off the system, see "Powering Off the T640 Router" on page 168.
Related Documentation
- Setting the Input Mode Switch on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply for a T640 Router on page 316
• Powering Off the T640 Router on page 168
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies
You connect AC power to the router with three-phase delta AC power supplies by connecting the AC power cord from an AC power supply to an AC power source.
To connect an AC power cord to an AC power source:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Switch off the customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC power source is 0 V and that there is no chance that the voltage might become active during installation.
- Detach the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, unscrew the two captive screws located on the right side of the metal AC wiring compartment.
- Open the metal door of the metal AC wiring compartment.
- Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
- Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
- Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
-
Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
-
Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC power supply (Figure 104 on page 164). Loosen the input terminal or grounding point screw, insert each wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.
NOTE: Theterminalconnections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.
b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the L1 input terminal.
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.
d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the L3 input terminal.
a. Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point labeled GND.
Figure 104: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary.
- Verify that the power cable connections are correct.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
-
Use the provided plastic cable tie to fasten the AC power cord to the power supply.
-
Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
- Repeat the procedure for the other three-phase delta AC power supply.
Related Documentation
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 71.
• Powering On an AC-Powered T640 Router on page 167
•T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 413
•T640 AC Power Cord Specifications on page 439
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies
To connect an AC power cord:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Switch off the customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC power source is 0 V and that there is no chance that the voltage might become active during installation.
- Detach the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
- Open the metal door of the metal AC wiring compartment.
- Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
- Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
- Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
-
Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
-
Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC power supply (Figure 105 on page 166). Loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, insert each wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.
NOTE: Theterminal connectionshave either slotted screwsof hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.
b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the L1 input terminal.
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.
d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the L3 input terminal.
e. Insert the wire labeled N into the N input terminal
a. Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point labeled GND.
Figure 105: Connecting Power to the Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical diagram of an electronic device showing fan, circuit board, and grid components (no readable text or symbols)- Verify that the power cable connections are correct.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
- Use the provided plastic cable tie to fasten the AC power cord to the power supply.
Figure 106: Fastening the AC Power Cord to the Power Supply
natural_image
Technical line drawing of an industrial air conditioning unit with fan and hose components (no text or symbols)- Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
- Repeat the procedure for the other three-phase wye AC power supply.
Related Documentation
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 71.
• Powering On an AC-Powered T640 Router on page 167
•T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 413
•T640 AC Power Cord Specifications on page 439
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Powering On an AC-Powered T640 Router
You can use this procedure for a router with either three-phase delta AC power supplies or three-phase wye AC power supplies. To power on the AC-powered router:
- Verify that the power supplies are fully inserted in the chassis and that the captive screws on their faceplates are tightened.
- Verify that the AC power cords are connected correctly.
- Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the CIP (AUXILIARY or CONSOLE).
NOTE: The management Ethernet port will not be functional until you have completed the initial configuration.
- Turn on the power to the external management device.
- Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breakers to provide power to the AC power cables. Follow your site's procedures.
- Verify that the AC OK LED on both AC power supply faceplates are lit steadily green, indicating that the power supplies are receiving power.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the power switch on one of the power supplies to the ON position (I). The DC OK LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily.
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds forstatus indicators—such as the output statusLEDs on the power supply, the command output, and messages on the LCD on the craft interface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
- Verify that the DC OK LED on the AC power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that power supply is correctly installed, functioning properly, and providing power to the DC outputs.
- On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.
NOTE: If the system is completely powered off when youpoweronthepower supply, the Routing Engine boots as the power supply completes its startup sequence. If the Routing Engine finishes booting, you must power off the router before powering it on again. After powering on a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off. After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
Related Documentation
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 71.
- Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies on page 163
- Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies on page 165
• Powering Off the T640 Router on page 168
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
•T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 413
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Powering Off the T640 Router
To power off a T640 router:
- On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, issue the request system halt operational mode command. The command shuts down both Routing Engines cleanly, so their state information is preserved. (If the router contains only one Routing Engine, issue the request system halt command.)
user@host> request system halt both-routing-engines
For more information about these commands, see request system halt.
- Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.
Halt the system ? [yes, no] (no) yes
*** FINAL System shutdown message from root@section2 ***
System going down IMMEDIATELY
Terminated
...
syncing disks... 11 8 done
The operating system has halted.
Please press any key to reboot.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the circuit breakers on each two-input 160-A DC power supply, three-input 240-A DC power supply, or four-input 240-A DC power supply faceplate to the off position (O) or switch the power switch on each AC power supply or six-input DC power supply faceplate to the standby position.
Related Documentation
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
• Powering On a DC-Powered T640 Router on page 162
• Powering On an AC-Powered T640 Router on page 167
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
CHAPTER 14
Performing the Initial T640 Junos OS Configuration
• Preparing to Configure the T640 Router on page 171
- Initially Configuring the T640 Router on page 171
- Configuring DC Power on a T640 Router on page 175
Preparing to Configure the T640 Router
Gather the following information before configuring the router:
- Name the router will use on the network
- Domain name the router will use
- IP address and prefix length information for the Ethernet interface
• IP address of a default router
• IP address of a DNS server - Password for the root user
Related Documentation
Initially Configuring the T640 Router on page 171.
Initially Configuring the T640 Router
The T640 Core Router is shipped with the Junos OS preinstalled and ready to be configured when the T640 router is powered on. These procedures connect a router to the network but do not enable it to forward traffic. For complete information about enabling the router to forward traffic, including examples, see the Junos OS configuration guides.
You configure the router by issuing Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) commands, either on a console device attached to the CONSOLE port on the CIP, or over a telnet connection to a network connected to the ETHERNET port on the CIP.
NOTE: These procedures enable you to use the ETHERNET management port. For the initial configuration, use a device attached to the CONSOLE port on the CIP.
- Entering Configuration Mode on page 172
- Configuring User Accounts and Passwords on page 172
- Configuring System Attributes on page 173
- Committing the Configuration on page 174
Entering Configuration Mode
- Verify that the network device is powered on.
- Log in as the root user. There is no password.
- Start the CLI.
Amnesiac <ttyd0>
login: root
root@% cli
root>
- Enter configuration mode.
root> configure
Entering configuration mode.
[edit]
root#
Configuring User Accounts and Passwords
For information about using an encrypted password or an SSH public key string (DSA or RSA), see authentication.
- Add a password to the root administration user account. Enter a clear-text password.
[edit]
root# set system root-authentication plain-text-password
New password: password
Retype new password: password
- Create a management console user account.
[edit]
root# set system login user user-name authentication plain-text-password
New Password: password
Retype new password: password
- Set the user account class to super-user.
[edit]
root@# set system login user user-name class super-user
Configuring System Attributes
For more information on configuring the backup routing and static routes, see the Junos OS Administration Library for Routing Devices.
- Configure the name of the router. If the name includes spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks (" " ).
[edit]
root@host# set system host-name host-name
NOTE: TheDNS server does not use the hostname to resolvetothe correct IP address. This hostname is usedtodisplaythe name ofthe routing engine in the CLI. Forexample, this hostname showson the command-line prompt when the user is logged on to the CLI:
user-name@host-name>
- Configure the IP address of the DNS server.
[edit]
root# set system name-server address
- Configure the router's domain name.
[edit]
root@# set system domain-name domain-name
- Configure the IP address and prefix length for the router's management Ethernet interface.
NOTE: The RE-C1800 Routing Engine (RE-DUO-1800) does not support the fxp0 interface or the fxp1 and fxp2 internal Ethernet interfaces. Use the em0 interface for the RE-C1800 Routing Engine, and fxp0 interface for all other Routing Engines supported for the router.
[edit]
root@# set Interfaces fxp0 unit 0 family Inet address address/prefix-length
[edit]
root@# set interfaces em0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length
- Configure the IP address of a backup routing engine. The backup routing engine is used while the local router is booting and if the routing process fails to start. After the routing process starts, the backup routing engine address is removed from the local routing and forwarding tables.
[edit]
root# set system backup-router address
- (Optional) Configure the static routes to remote subnets with access to the management port. Access to the management port is limited to the local subnet. To
access the management port from a remote subnet, you must add a static route to that subnet within the routing table.
[edit]
root# set routing-options static route remote-subnet next-hop destination-IP retain no-readvertise
- Configure the telnet service at the [edit system services] hierarchy level.
[edit]
set system services telnet
Committing the Configuration
- Display the configuration to verify that it is correct.
[edit]
root@# show
system {
host-name host-name;
domain-name domain-name;
backup-router address;
root-authentication {
authentication-method (password | public-key);
}
name-server {
address;
}
}
interfaces {
fxp0 {
unit 0 {
family inet {
address address/prefix-length;
}
}
}
}
- Commit the configuration to activate it on the router.
[edit]
root@# commit
- Optionally, configure additional properties by adding the necessary configuration statements. Then commit the changes to activate them on the router.
[edit]
root@host# commit
- When you have finished configuring the router, exit configuration mode.
[edit]
root@host# exit
root@host>
Related Documentation
T640 Router Description on page 3.
•Powering On a DC-Powered T640 Router on page 162
•Preparing to Configure the T640 Router on page 171
Configuring DC Power on a T640 Router
After you have connected the DC power and initially configured the router, you need to configure the number of input feeds if you connected fewer than six cables to the six-input DC power supply.
For more information about configuring the DC power supply and the commands used in the procedures, see the Junos OS Administration Library for Routing Devices.
- Configuring DC Power on a T640 Router (Five 60-A Cables on a Six-Input DC Power Supply) on page 175
- Configuring DC Power on a T640 (Four 60-A Cables on a Six-Input DC Power Supply) on page 176
Configuring DC Power on a T640 Router (Five 60-A Cables on a Six-Input DC Power Supply)
When you connect five cables on a six-input DC power supply, you must specify the number of input feeds connected in the software. If the number of physical input feeds receiving power does not match the number of configured input feeds, the router displays an alarm message.
- Configure the number of input feeds to indicate that five DC power cables are connected.
[edit]
user@host# set chassis pem feeds 5
NOTE: The default number of input feeds is 6.
- (Optional) Use the show statement to display the configuration to verify that it is correct.
[edit]
user@host# show
pem {
feeds 5;
}
- Commit the configuration to activate it on the router, and exit configuration mode.
[edit]
user@host# commit
user@host# exit
user@host>
Configuring DC Power on a T640 (Four 60-A Cables on a Six-Input DC Power Supply)
When you connect four cables on a six-input DC power supply, you must specify the number of input feeds connected in the software. If the number of physical input feeds receiving power does not match the number of configured input feeds, the router displays an alarm message.
- Configure the number of input feeds to indicate that four DC power cables are connected.
[edit]
user@host# set chassis pem feeds 4
NOTE: The default number of input feeds is 6.
- (Optional) If the power has been underprovisioned for your configuration, some FPCs might not be brought online if the available power capacity is exceeded. When you reboot the router, FPCs are brought online based on the default setting of the fru-poweron-sequence command. You can use the fru-poweron-sequence command to change the default order in which FPCs are brought online when the router is rebooted. The default sequence is the numerical order of the FPC slots (0 through 7).
[edit]
user@host# set chassis fru-poweron-sequence fru-poweron-sequence
- (Optional) Use the show statement to display the configuration to verify that it is correct.
[edit]
user@host# show
pem {
feeds 4;
}
- Commit the configuration to activate it on the router, and exit configuration mode.
[edit]
user@host# commit
user@host# exit
user@host>
Related Documentation
•T640 Power System Description on page 60
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Four 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies) on page 158
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Five 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies) on page 154
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•T640 DC Power System Requirements on page 430
PART 3
T640 Router Hardware Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Replacement Procedures
- Maintaining T640 Router Hardware Components on page 179
- Troubleshooting T640 Router Hardware Components on page 199
- Replacing T640 Router Hardware Components on page 217
CHAPTER 15
Maintaining T640 Router Hardware Components
- Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the T640 Hardware Components on page 179
• Routine Maintenance Procedures for the T640 Router on page 179 - Maintaining Cooling System Components on page 180
- Maintaining the T640 Host Subsystem on page 183
- Maintaining the T640 Routing Engines on page 183
- Maintaining the T640 Control Boards on page 184
- Maintaining the T640 SCGs on page 185
- Maintaining the T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Components on page 186
- Maintaining the T640 SIBs on page 193
- Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the T640 Hardware Components
To maintain the T640 hardware components, you need the following tools and parts:
• ESD grounding wrist strap
- Flat-blade (−) screwdriver
• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1
• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2
Related
Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 Physical Specifications on page 421
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the T640 Router
Purpose For optimum router performance, perform preventive maintenance procedures.
NOTE: Some components, such as the Connector Interface Panel (CIP) and the craft interface, require no maintenance.
Action On a regular basis:
- Inspect the installation site for moisture, loose wires or cables, and excessive dust. Make sure that airflow is unobstructed around the router and into the air intake vents.
- Check the status-reporting devices on the craft interface: system alarms, LEDs, and LCD.
- Inspect the air filters at the bottom front and left rear of the router, replacing them every 6 months. Do not run the router for more than a few minutes without the air filter in place.
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 Craft Interface Description on page 52
- Maintaining the T640 Air Filters on page 180
Maintaining Cooling System Components
- Maintaining the T640 Air Filters on page 180
- Maintaining the T640 Fan Trays on page 181
Maintaining the T640 Air Filters
Purpose For optimum cooling, verify the condition of the filters.
Action On a regular basis:
Check the air filters regularly for dust and debris. The filter elements degrade over time, so the filter elements in use, as well as spares, should be replaced every 6 months. For procedures to replace the air filters, see "Replacing a T640 Air Filter" on page 249.
Spare filter elements should be used within 1 year of manufacture. Check the date of manufacture printed on the filter. Store spare filter elements in a dark, cool, and dry place. Storing the filter elements at higher temperatures, or where they can be exposed to ultraviolet (UV) radiation, hydrocarbon emissions, or vapors from solvents, can significantly reduce their life.
CAUTION: Always keep both air filters in place while the router is operating. Because the fans are very powerful, they could pull small bits of wire or other materials into the router through the unfiltered air intake. This could damage the router components.
Related Documentation
T640 Cooling System Description on page 75.
•T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 83
•Replacing a T640 Air Filter on page 249
Maintaining the T640 Fan Trays
Purpose For optimum cooling, verify the condition of the fans.
Action On a regular basis:
- Monitor the status of the fans. The fan trays each contain multiple fans that work in unison to cool the router components. If one fan fails, the host subsystem adjusts the speed of the remaining fans to maintain proper cooling. A red alarm is triggered when a fan fails, and a yellow alarm is triggered when a fan tray is removed.
- To display the status of the fans, issue the show chassis environment command or show chassis fan command.
During normal operation, the fans in each fan tray function at less than full speed.
For the standard front fan trays and standard rear fan tray with eight fans, the output for the show chassis environment command is similar to the following:
user@host> show chassis environment
| Class Item | Status | Measurement | |
| ... | |||
| Fans | Top Left Front fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed |
| Top Left Middle fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Top Left Rear fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Top Right Front fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Top Right Middle fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Top Right Rear fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Bottom Left Front fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Bottom Left Middle fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Bottom Left Rear fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Bottom Right Front fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Bottom Right Middle fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Bottom Right Rear fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Rear Tray Top fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Rear Tray Second fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Rear Tray Third fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Rear Tray Fourth fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Rear Tray Fifth fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Rear Tray Sixth fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Rear Tray Seventh fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Rear Tray Bottom fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed... | |
Top Left and Top Right refer to fans in the upper front fan tray. Bottom Left and Bottom Right refer to fans in the lower front fan tray. Rear refers to the fans in the rear fan tray.
For the quiet fan trays, the output for the show chassis environment command is similar to the following:
user@host> show chassis environment
| Class Item | Status | Measurement | ||
| Fans | Top Left Front fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | |
| Top Left Rear fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | ||
| Top Right Front fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | ||
| Top Right Rear fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | ||
| Bottom Left Front fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | ||
| Bottom Left Rear fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | ||
| Bottom Right Front fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | ||
| Bottom Right Rear fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed | ||
| Rear Tray Top fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Second fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Third fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Fourth fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Fifth fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Sixth fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Seventh fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Bottom fan | OK | Spinning at normal speed |
Top Left and Top Right refer to the four fans in the upper front fan tray. Bottom Left and Bottom Right refer to the four fans in the lower front fan tray. Rear refers to the eight fans in the rear fan tray.
For the standard front fan trays and standard rear fan tray with eight fans, the output for the show chassis fan command is similar to the following:
| Item | Status | RPM | Measurement |
| Top Left Front fan | OK | 3420 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Top Left Middle fan | OK | 3420 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Top Left Rear fan | OK | 3450 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Top Right Front fan | OK | 3420 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Top Right Middle fan | OK | 3420 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Top Right Rear fan | OK | 3420 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Bottom Left Front fan | OK | 3420 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Bottom Left Middle fan | OK | 3450 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Bottom Left Rear fan | OK | 3360 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Bottom Right Front fan | OK | 3420 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Bottom Right Middle fan | OK | 3420 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Bottom Right Rear fan | OK | 3420 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Top fan | OK | 5190 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Second fan | OK | 5190 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Third fan | OK | 5190 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Fourth fan | OK | 5190 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Fifth fan | OK | 5190 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Sixth fan | OK | 5190 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Seventh fan | OK | 5190 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Bottom fan | OK | 5190 | Spinning at normal speed |
For the quiet fan trays, the output for the show chassis fan command is similar to the following:
| Item | Status | RPM | Measurement |
| Top Left Front fan | OK | 2220 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Top Left Rear fan | OK | 2190 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Top Right Front fan | OK | 2220 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Top Right Rear fan | OK | 2250 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Bottom Left Front fan | OK | 2220 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Bottom Left Rear fan | OK | 2220 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Bottom Right Front fan | OK | 2250 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Bottom Right Rear fan | OK | 2220 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Top fan | OK | 5190 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Second fan | OK | 5190 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Third fan | OK | 5190 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Fourth fan | OK | 5190 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Fifth fan | OK | 5190 | Spinning at normal speed |
| Rear Tray Sixth fan | OK | 5190 | Spinning at normal speed |
Rear Tray Seventh fan OK 5190 Spinning at normal speed
Rear Tray Bottom fan OK 5190 Spinning at normal speed
Related T640 Cooling System Description on page 75.
Documentation • Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 203
Maintaining the T640 Host Subsystem
Purpose For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the host subsystem. The host subsystem comprises a Routing Engine and up to two adjacent control boards functioning together.
Action On a regular basis:
- Check the host subsystem LEDs (HOST0 and HOST1) on the craft interface. If the red HOST0 FAIL or HOST1 FAIL LED is lit, look at the LCD to get more information about the cause of the problem. For more information about the LEDs and the display, see "T640 Craft Interface Description" on page 52.
During normal operations:
- The green host subsystem OK LED on the craft interface is lit.
- The red host subsystem FAIL LED on the craft interface is not lit.
- Check the LCD on the craft interface to view information about the status of the Routing Engines and control boards.
Related T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32. Documentation
•Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline on page 256
•Maintaining the T640 Routing Engines on page 183
- Maintaining the T640 Control Boards on page 184
•Replacing the T640 Host Subsystem Components on page 256
Maintaining the T640 Routing Engines
Purpose For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the Routing Engines.
Action On a regular basis:
- Check the host subsystem LEDs on the craft interface. For more information about the LEDs and the display, see "T640 Craft Interface Description" on page 52.
- Check the LCD on the craft interface to view information about the router temperature and the status of the Routing Engines.
- Issue the show chassis routing-engine command to check the status of the Routing Engines. The output is similar to the following:
user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state
Election priority
Temperature
DRAM
CPU utilization:
User
Background
Kernel
Interrupt
Idle
Start time
Uptime
Load averages:
Master
Master (default)
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
2048 Mbytes
[Non-Text]
0 percent
0 percent
1 percent
0 percent
99 percent
2002-01-22 05:21:31 UTC
10 days, 16 hours, 4 minutes, 52 seconds
1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.00
0.00
0.00
Routing Engine status:
Slot 1:
Current state
Empty
For further description of the output from the commands, see show chassis routing-engine.
Related
Documentation
T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33.
•T640 RE-600 LEDs on page 36
•T640 RE-1600 LEDs on page 38
•T640 RE-2000 LEDs on page 39
•T640 RE-C1800 LEDs on page 41
•Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 213
Maintaining the T640 Control Boards
Purpose For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the router's control boards.
Action On a regular basis:
- Check the LEDs on the control board faceplate. During normal operations:
•The green OK LED on the control board faceplate is lit.
- The green host subsystem OK LED on the craft interface is lit.
- The red host subsystem FAIL LED on the craft interface is not lit.
- The yellow FAIL LED on the control board faceplate is not lit.
- Issue the show chassis environment cb command to check the status of the control boards. The output is similar to the following:
user@host> show chassis environment cb
CB 0 status:
State
Temperature
Power:
Online Master
29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
| 1.8 V | 1809 mV |
| 2.5 V | 2496 mV |
| 3.3 V | 3295 mV |
| 4.6 V | 4687 mV |
| 5.0 V | 5042 mV |
| 12.0 V | 11985 mV |
| 3.3 V bias | 3277 mV |
| 8.0 V bias | 7472 mV |
| GBUS Revision | 40 |
| FPGA Revision | 7 |
For further description of the output from the commands, seeshow chassis environment cb.
Related Documentation
T640 Control Boards Description on page 43.
•T640 Standard Control Boards LEDs on page 44
•T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs on page 46
•T640 LCC-CB LEDs on page 47
•Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 213
•Troubleshooting the T640 Control Board on page 214
Maintaining the T640 SCGs
Purpose For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the SCGs.
Action On a regular basis:
- Check the SCG LEDs. During normal operations:
•The green OK LED on the SCG faceplate is lit.
- The yellow FAIL LED on the SCG faceplate is not lit.
- The blue MASTER LED on the SCG faceplate indicates which SCG is the master.
For more information, see "T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description" on page 48.
- Issue the show chassis environment scg command to display information about the SCGs. The output is similar to the following:
user@host> show chassis environment scg
| SCG 0 status: | |
| State | Online - Master clock |
| Temperature | 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F |
| Power: | |
| GROUND | 0 mV |
| 3.3 V | 3310 mV |
| 5.0 V | 5052 mV |
| 5.6 V | 5689 mV |
| 1.8 V bias | 1782 mV |
| 3.3 V bias | 3306 mV |
| 5.0 V bias | 4989 mV |
| 8.0 V bias | 8336 mV |
| BUS Revision | 40 |
| PGA Revision | 1.6 |
For further description of the output from the commands, see show chassis environment scg.
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32
•Replacing a T640 SCG on page 278
Maintaining the T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Components
- Maintaining T640 FPCs on page 186
• Holding and Storing T640 FPCs on page 187 - Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables on page 191
Maintaining T640 FPCs
Purpose For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the FPCs. The router can have up to eight FPCs mounted vertically in the FPC card cage at the front of the chassis.
Action On a regular basis:
- Check the LCD on the craft interface and the LEDs on the craft interface directly above each FPC slot. During normal operation:
•The OK LED lights steadily.
During normal operation, the green OK LED above the FPC on the craft interface lights steadily when the FPC is online and functioning normally. The green OK LED blinks during startup.
- Issue the CLI show chassis fpc command to check the status of installed FPCs. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the FPC is functioning normally:
user@host> show chassis fpc
| Slot | State | Temp (C) | CPU Utilization (%) | Memory DRAM (MB) | Utilization (%) | ||
| Total | Interrupt | Heap | Buffer | ||||
| 0 | Online | 23 | 2 | 0 | 256 | 12 | 49 |
| 1 | Online | 26 | 5 | 0 | 256 | 21 | 49 |
| 2 | Online | 31 | 5 | 0 | 1024 | 6 | 49 |
| 3 | Online | 31 | 8 | 0 | 1024 | 6 | 49 |
| 4 | Online | 26 | 26 | 0 | 1024 | 4 | 49 |
| 5 | Online | 25 | 2 | 0 | 256 | 12 | 49 |
| 6 | Online | 23 | 1 | 0 | 256 | 12 | 49 |
| 7 | Empty | ||||||
For more detailed output, add the detail option. The following example also specifies a slot number (0), which is optional:
user@host> show chassis fpc detail 0
Slot 0 information:
State
Temperature
Total CPU DRAM
Total SRAM
Total SDRAM
Start time
Uptime
Online
23 degrees C / 73 degrees F
256 MB
36 MB
640 MB
2008-12-12 11:02:43 PST
5 hours, 18 minutes, 51 seconds
For further description of the output from the commands, see show chassis environment fpc.
Related
Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 FPC Description on page 17
•T640 Craft Interface FPC LEDs and Online/Offline Buttons on page 55
Holding and Storing T640 FPCs
• Holding T640 FPCs on page 187
• Storing T640 FPCs on page 190
Holding T640 FPCs
CAUTION: Many components on the FPC are fragile. Failure to handle FPCs as specified in this document can cause irreparable damage.
NOTE: An FPC configured with PICs installed can weigh as much as 29 lb (13.2 kg). Be prepared to accept the full weight of the FPC as you lift it.
To prevent damage when handling or carrying FPCs:
- As you carry the FPC, do not bump it against anything. FPC components are fragile.
- Do not grasp the FPC anywhere except places that this document indicates. In particular, never grasp the connector edge, especially at the power connector in the corner where the connector and bottom edges meet (see Figure 107 on page 188).
Figure 107: Do Not Grasp the Connector Edge
- Do not carry the FPC by the faceplate with only one hand (see Figure 108 on page 189).
Figure 108: Do Not Carry an FPC with Only One Hand
natural_image
Line drawing of a person holding a device with a circular overlay and no visible text or symbols- Do not rest any edge of an FPC directly against a hard surface (see Figure 109 on page 189). If you must rest the FPC temporarily on an edge while changing its orientation between vertical and horizontal, use your hand as a cushion between the edge and the surface.
Figure 109: Do Not Rest the FPC on an Edge
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a device with a circular annotation highlighting a portion of the interior (no text or symbols present)You hold an FPC vertically when installing it into the chassis or an equipment rack. To hold an FPC vertically (see Figure 110 on page 190):
- Orient the FPC so that the faceplate faces you.
- Place one hand around the FPC faceplate about a quarter of the way down from the top edge. To avoid deforming the electromagnetic interference (EMI) shielding strip, do not press hard on it.
- Place your other hand at the bottom edge of the FPC. If the FPC has heat sinks about midway between the faceplate and connector edge, place your other hand against the heat sinks.
Figure 110: Holding an FPC Vertically
Storing T640 FPCs
When an FPC is not installed in a router, the FPC must be either stored in the container in which a spare FPC is shipped or stored horizontally with the component-side up on a flat, stable surface. When you store an FPC on a horizontal surface or in the shipping container, always place it inside an antistatic bag. Because the FPC is heavy and because antistatic bags are fragile, inserting the FPC into the bag is easier with two people. The storage procedures are as follows:
- When storing an FPC with two people, one person holds the FPC in the horizontal position with the faceplate facing their body, the other person slides the opening of the bag over the FPC connector edge.
- When storing an FPC with one person, you must insert the FPC into a bag by yourself. First lay the FPC horizontally on a flat, stable surface, component-side up. Orient the FPC with the faceplate facing you. Carefully insert the FPC connector edge into the opening of the bag, and pull the bag toward you to cover the FPC.
CAUTION: To prevent damage when storing FPCs:
- Never lay an FPC component-side down.
Figure 111: Do Not Stack FPCs
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a multi-level electronic device with no visible text or symbols- Never stack an FPC under or on top of any other component (see Figure 111 on page 191).
Related Documentation
T640 FPC Description on page 17.
•Troubleshooting the T640 FPCs on page 206
Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables
Purpose For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the PICs and PIC cables.
Action On a regular basis:
- Check the LEDs on PIC faceplates. A PIC LED lit green indicates the PIC is functioning normally. The meaning of the LED states differs for various PICs. For more information, see the T640 Interface Module Reference. If the FPC that houses the PIC detects a PIC failure, the FPC generates an alarm message to be sent to the Routing Engine.
- Issue the CLI show chassis fpc pic-status command. The PIC slots in an FPC are numbered from 0 through 3, top to bottom:
user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status
| Slot 0 Online | E-FPC Type 3 |
| PIC 0 Online | 1x 10GE(LAN),DWDM |
| PIC 2 Present | 1x OC-192 SONET XFP- Hardware Error |
| PIC 3 Online | 1x 10GE(LAN),XENPAK |
| Slot 2 Online | E2-FPC Type 2 |
| PIC 0 Online | 1x OC-48 SONET, SMIR |
| PIC 1 Online | 2x OC-12 ATM-II IQ, MM |
PIC 2 Online 8x 1GE(LAN), IQ2
Slot 3 Online FPC Type 3
PIC 0 Online 1x 10GE(LAN), XENPAK
PIC 1 Online 1x 10GE(LAN), XENPAK
PIC 2 Online 8x 1GE(TYPE3), IQ2
PIC 3 Online 8x 1GE(TYPE3), IQ2
Slot 4 Online FPC Type 4
PIC 0 Online 4x OC-192 SONET XFP
Slot 6 Online FPC Type 3
PIC 0 Online 4x OC-48 SONET
PIC 1 Online 1x Tunnel
Slot 7 Online FPC Type 4
PIC 0 Online 1x OC-768 SONET SR
For further description of the output from the command, see show chassis fpc.
- Use the cable management system to support cables and prevent cables from dislodging or developing stress points.
- Place excess cable out of the way in the cable management system. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle from the connector or cable management system, because this stresses the cable at the fastening point. Putting fasteners on the loops helps to maintain their shape.
- Keep the cable connections clean and free of dust and other particles, which can cause drops in the received power level. Always inspect cables and clean them if necessary before connecting an interface.
- Label both ends of PIC cables to identify them.
The following guidelines apply specifically to fiber-optic cable:
- When you unplug a fiber-optic cable from a PIC, always place a rubber safety plug over the transceiver on the PIC faceplate and on the end of the cable.
- Anchor fiber-optic cable to avoid stress on the connectors. When attaching fiber to a PIC, be sure to secure the fiber so it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Never let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector.
- Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
- Frequent plugging and unplugging of fiber-optic cable into and out of optical instruments, such as ATM or SONET/SDH analyzers, can cause damage to the instruments that is expensive to repair. Instead, attach a short fiber extension to the optical equipment. Any wear and tear due to frequent plugging and unplugging is then absorbed by the short fiber extension, which is easy and inexpensive to replace.
- Keep fiber-optic cable connections clean. Small microdeposits of oil and dust in the canal of the transceiver or cable connector could cause loss of light, reducing signal power and possibly causing intermittent problems with the optical connection.
To clean the transceivers, use an appropriate fiber-cleaning device, such as RIFOCS Fiber Optic Adaptor Cleaning Wands (part number 946). Follow the directions for the cleaning kit you use.
After you have cleaned the transceiver on the fiber-optic PIC, make sure that the connector tip of the fiber-optic cable is clean. Use only an approved alcohol-free
fiber-optic cable cleaning kit, such as the Opptex CableFiberSCleaner. Follow the directions for the cleaning kit you use.
Related
Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 PIC Description on page 29
•Connecting PIC Cables to the T640 Router on page 141
•Replacing T640 PIC Cables on page 298
Maintaining the T640 SIBs
Purpose For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the SIBs.
Action On a regular basis:
- Observe the status of the SIBs by checking the LEDs on the SIB faceplate. During normal operations:
•The green OK LED on the SIB faceplate is lit.
• The yellow FAIL LED on the SIB faceplate is not lit.
- To check the status of the SIBs using the CLI, issue the show chassis environment slb command. The output is similar to the following:
user@host> show chassis environment sib
| State | Online - Standby |
| Temperature | 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F |
| Power | |
| GROUND | 0 mV |
| 1.8 V | 1789 mV |
| 1.8 V bias | 1799 mV |
| 2.5 V | 2478 mV |
| 3.3 V | 3321 mV |
| 3.3 V bias | 3286 mV |
| 5.0 V bias | 5001 mV |
| 8.0 V bias | 7008 mV |
| IB 1 status: | |
| State | Online |
| Temperature | 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F |
| Power | |
| GROUND | 0 mV |
| 1.8 V | 1807 mV |
| 1.8 V bias | 1794 mV |
| 2.5 V | 2483 mV |
| 3.3 V | 3306 mV |
| 3.3 V bias | 3299 mV |
| 5.0 V bias | 5008 mV |
| 8.0 V bias | 7072 mV |
| IB 2 status: | |
| State | Online |
| Temperature | 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F |
| Power | |
| GROUND | 0 mV |
| 1.8 V | 1802 mV |
| 1.8 V bias | 1789 mV |
| 2.5 V | 2493 mV |
| 3.3 V | 3306 mV |
| 3.3 V bias | 3291 mV |
| 5.0 V bias | 5001 mV |
| 8.0 V bias | 6964 mV |
| SIB 3 status: | |
| State | Online |
| Temperature | 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F |
| Power | |
| GROUND | 0 mV |
| 1.8 V | 1794 mV |
| 1.8 V bias | 1794 mV |
| 2.5 V | 2505 mV |
| 3.3 V | 3296 mV |
| 3.3 V bias | 3299 mV |
| 5.0 V bias | 5020 mV |
| 8.0 V bias | 6822 mV |
| SIB 4 status: | |
| State | Online |
| Temperature | 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F |
| Power | |
| GROUND | 0 mV |
| 1.8 V | 1802 mV |
| 1.8 V bias | 1794 mV |
| 2.5 V | 2485 mV |
| 3.3 V | 3321 mV |
| 3.3 V bias | 3286 mV |
| 5.0 V bias | 4976 mV |
| 8.0 V bias | 7103 mV |
For more information about using the command, see show chassis environment sib.
Related Documentation
T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description on page 30.
•T640 Craft Interface SIB LEDs on page 55
•Replacing a T640 SIB on page 280
Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies
Purpose For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the power supplies.
Action On a regular basis:
- Make sure that the power and grounding cables are arranged so that they do not obstruct access to other router components.
•The power supplies require an unobstructed airflow at both the front and rear of the chassis. Periodically check the site to ensure that both the air intake at the bottom front of the chassis and the exhaust from the power supply faceplates are unobstructed. - Periodically inspect the site to ensure that the grounding and power cables connected to the router are securely in place and that no moisture is accumulating near the router. To review grounding and site wiring requirements for the router, see "T640 Chassis
Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications" on page 425 and "Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices" on page 426.
•Regularly inspect the air filters on each power supply for dust and debris, and replace the side filter on AC power supplies or front filter element on AC and DC power supplies every 6 months. To replace a power supply front air filter element, see “Replacing a Front Air Filter Element on a T640 AC or DC Power Supply” on page 373. To replace a side air filter, see “Replacing a Side Air Filter on a T640 AC Power Supply” on page 375.
•Routinely check the LEDs on the DC power supply faceplates.
For a two-input 160-A DC power supply:
- The blue DC OK LEDs light to indicate that the power supplies are functioning normally.
- The CB ON LED is lit, indicating that the circuit breaker is on.
•For a three-input 240-A DC power supply or four-input 240-A DC power supply:
- The blue DC OK LED is on, the power source is good and the power supplies are functional.
- Each INPUT PRESENT LED is lit, indicating that the input is receiving source DC power.
- The CB ON LED is lit, indicating that the circuit breaker is on.
•For a six-input DC power supply:
- The blue DC OK LED is on, the power source is good and the power supplies are functional.
- Each INPUT PRESENT LED is lit, indicating that the input is receiving source DC power.
- Routinely check the LEDs on the AC power supply faceplates. For a three-phase delta or wye AC power supply:
- The green AC OK LED lights to indicate that the power supply is receiving source AC power.
- The blue DC OK LED lights to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally.
- Check the red and yellow alarm LEDs and the LCD on the craft interface. Power supply failure or removal triggers an alarm that causes one or both of the LEDs to light and an error message to appear on the LCD. You can display the associated error messages by issuing the CLI command:
user@host> show chassis alarms
For a list of possible alarm messages, see "Troubleshooting the T640 Power System" on page 207.
- Issue the show chassis environment pem command to check the status of the power supplies.
For further description of the output from the commands, see show chassis environment pem.
- user@host> show chassis environment pem
For DC-powered routers with two-input 160-A DC power supplies, three-input 240-A DC power supplies or four-input 240-A DC power supplies, the output is similar to the following:
PEM 0 status:
| State | Online | |||
| Temperature | 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F | |||
| DC Input: | OK | |||
| DC Output | Voltage | Current | Power | Load |
| FPC 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| FPC 1 | 54558 | 981 | 53 | 7 |
| FPC 2 | 54558 | 2800 | 152 | 20 |
| FPC 3 | 54700 | 2225 | 121 | 16 |
| FPC 4 | 54375 | 2387 | 129 | 17 |
| FPC 5 | 54308 | 3543 | 192 | 25 |
| FPC 6 | 54558 | 1287 | 70 | 9 |
| FPC 7 | 54616 | 2650 | 144 | 19 |
| SCG/CB/SIB | 54150 | 181 | 9 | 0 |
PEM 1 status:
| State | Online | |||
| Temperature | 23 degrees C / 73 degrees F | |||
| DC Input: | OK | |||
| DC Output | Voltage | Current | Power | Load |
| FPC 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| FPC 1 | 50691 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| FPC 2 | 50766 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| FPC 3 | 50725 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| FPC 4 | 50725 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| FPC 5 | 50766 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| FPC 6 | 50808 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| FPC 7 | 50625 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| SCG/CB/SIB | 50300 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
For two-input 160-A DC power supplies, three-input 240-A DC power supplies in 2-INPUT mode, and four-input 240-A DC power supplies, the current sharing between DC power supplies relies on equal voltages at the input terminals of the power supplies. However, if the voltages do not match, the router operates normally as long as the DC input voltages are within the operating range provided in "T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications" on page 427.
- For DC-powered routers with six-input DC power supplies, the output is similar to the following:
user@host> show chassis environment pem
| PEM 0 status: | ||||
| State | Online | |||
| Temperature | 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F | |||
| DC Input: | OK | |||
| Voltage(V) | Current(A) | Power(W) | Load(%) | |
| INPUT 0 | 53.500 | 7.437 | 397 | 52 |
| INPUT 1 | 53.750 | 10.812 | 581 | 77 |
| INPUT 2 | 53.125 | 9.562 | 507 | 67 |
| INPUT 3 | 53.625 | 11.125 | 596 | 79 |
| INPUT 4 | 53.750 | 9.875 | 530 | 70 |
| INPUT 5 | 53.250 | 9.500 | 505 | 67 |
| DC Output | Voltage(V) | Current(A) | Power(W) | Load(%) |
| FPC 0 | 0.000 | 0.000 | 0 | 0 |
| FPC 1 | 0.000 | 0.000 | 0 | 0 |
| FPC 2 | 0.000 | 0.000 | 0 | 0 |
| FPC 3 | 0.000 | 0.000 | 0 | 0 |
| FPC 4 | 55.375 | 9.562 | 529 | 70 |
| FPC 5 | 0.062 | 0.000 | 0 | 0 |
| FPC 6 | 55.062 | 9.000 | 495 | 66 |
| FPC 7 | 55.437 | 9.000 | 498 | 66 |
| SCG/CB/SIB | 55.375 | 15.375 | 851 | 70 |
| FAN | 49.000 | 7.875 | 385 | 51 |
- For AC-powered routers, the output is similar to the following:
user@host> show chassis environment pem
PEM 1 status:
| State | Online | |||
| Temperature | 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F | |||
| AC Input: | OK | |||
| DC Output | Voltage(mV) | Current(mA) | Power(W) | Load(%) |
| FPC 0 | 55183 | 7056 | 389 | 51 |
| FPC 1 | 55633 | 7018 | 390 | 52 |
| FPC 2 | 55533 | 5187 | 288 | 38 |
| FPC 3 | 55533 | 7081 | 393 | 52 |
| FPC 4 | 55508 | 6612 | 367 | 48 |
| FPC 5 | 55791 | 7337 | 409 | 54 |
| FPC 6 | 55675 | 2593 | 144 | 19 |
| FPC 7 | 55608 | 7600 | 422 | 56 |
| SCG/CB/SIB | 55308 | 5600 | 309 | 25 |
Related Documentation
•T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 62
•T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 65
•T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 68
•T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs on page 70
•T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs on page 74
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
CHAPTER 16
Troubleshooting T640 Router Hardware Components
• Overview of Troubleshooting Resources for the T640 Router on page 199
• T640 LED Overview on page 200
• T640 Alarm Messages Overview on page 202
- Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 203
- Troubleshooting the T640 FPCs and PICs on page 206
- Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
- Troubleshooting the T640 SIBs on page 211
- Troubleshooting the T640 SONET Clock Generators on page 212
- Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 213
- Troubleshooting the T640 Control Board on page 214
- Troubleshooting the T640 Craft Interface on page 215
Overview of Troubleshooting Resources for the T640 Router
To troubleshoot a router, you use the Junos OS command-line interface (CLI), LCD, alarms, devices connected to the alarm relay contacts on the CIP, and LEDs on both the components and craft interface.
- LEDs—When the Routing Engine detects an alarm condition, it lights the red or yellow alarm LED on the craft interface as appropriate. In addition, you can also use the component-specific LEDs on the craft interface and on the faceplate of a component to troubleshoot the router.
- LCD—When a red or yellow alarm occurs, the cause of the alarm messages is displayed on the craft interface LCD.
- Alarm devices connected to the alarm relay contact on the CIP—When a red or yellow alarm occurs, it trips the corresponding alarm relay contact on the CIP.
- CLI—The CLI is the primary tool for controlling and troubleshooting hardware, Junos OS, routing protocols, and network connectivity. Use the CLI to display more information about alarms. CLI commands display information from routing tables, information specific to routing protocols, and information about network connectivity derived from
the ping and traceroute utilities. For information about using the CLI to troubleshoot the Junos OS, see the appropriate Junos OS configuration guide.
- JTAC—If you need assistance during troubleshooting, you can contact the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) by using the Web or by telephone. If you encounter software problems, or problems with hardware components not discussed here, contact JTAC.
Related Documentation
T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 56.
•T640 LED Overview on page 200
•T640 Alarm Messages Overview on page 202
- Contacting Customer Support on page 461
T640 LED Overview
• Craft Interface LEDs on page 200
• Component LEDs on page 201
Craft Interface LEDs
The craft interface is the panel on the front of the router that displays system status messages and allows you to troubleshoot the router. The craft interface is located at the top of the chassis above the FPC card cage. It contains LEDs, buttons, and an LCD showing status messages for the router.
To display system alarm messages on the LCD, see "T640 Alarm Messages Overview" on page 202. For more information about using the craft interface, see "T640 Craft Interface Description" on page 52.
LEDs on the craft interface include:
- Host subsystem LEDs—Three LEDs (one green MASTER, one green OK, and one red FAIL) indicate the status of each host subsystem. The host subsystem LEDs are located on the upper right of the craft interface, and are labeled HOST0 and HOST1.
See "T640 Craft Interface Host Subsystem LEDs" on page 54.
- SIB LEDs—Two LEDs (one red FAIL and one green OK) indicate the status of each SIB. The SIB LEDs are located on the upper right of the craft interface, and are labeled SIB0 through SIB4.
See "T640 Craft Interface SIB LEDs" on page 55.
- FPC LEDs—Two LEDs (one red FAIL and one green OK) indicate the status of each FPC. The FPC LEDs are located along the bottom edge of the craft interface, and are labeled FPC0 through FPC7.
See "T640 Craft Interface FPC LEDs and Online/Offline Buttons" on page 55.
- Alarm LEDs—One large red circular LED and one large yellow triangular LED, located on the upper left of the craft interface, indicate two levels of alarm conditions. You can determine the cause of the alarm condition by looking at the LCD on the craft interface.
See "T640 Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and ACO/LT Button" on page 52.
Component LEDs
The following LEDs are located on various router components and display the status of those components:
- Connector interface panel (CIP) LEDs—Two small LEDs on left edge of the ETHERNET port on the CIP indicate the connection in use.
NOTE: When RE-C1800 are installed, the LEDs are always yellow for both a 10-Mbps connection and 100-Mbps connection.
See "T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) LEDs" on page 58.
- Control board LEDs—Three LEDs on each control board faceplate indicate the status of that control board. If no LEDs are lit, the control board is not receiving power.
See “T640 Standard Control Boards LEDs” on page 44, “T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs” on page 46, or “T640 LCC-CB LEDs” on page 47.
- PIC LEDs—Each port on each PIC has an LED that indicates the status of the port.
See the T640 Interface Module Reference.
- SIB LEDs—Three LEDs on each SIB faceplate—ACTIVE, OK, and FAIL—indicate the status of that SIB.
See "T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) LEDs" on page 31
- SCG LEDs—Three LEDs on each SCG faceplate indicate the status of that SCG.
T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) LEDs on page 50
- Power supply LEDs—LEDs on each power supply faceplate indicates the status of that power supply.
See the following documentation:
• T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 62
• T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 65
• T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 68
• T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs on page 70
• T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs on page 74
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 Component Serial Number Label Locations on page 454
•Replacing a T640 Craft Interface on page 254
T640 Alarm Messages Overview
When the Routing Engine detects an alarm condition, it lights the red or yellow alarm LED on the craft interface as appropriate, trips the corresponding alarm relay contact on the CIP, and reports the cause of the alarm in the craft interface LCD.
To view a more detailed description of the alarm cause, issue the show chassis alarms CLI command:
user@host> show chassis alarms
There are two classes of alarm messages: chassis alarms and interface alarms:
- Chassis Alarm Messages on page 202
• Interface Alarm Messages on page 202
Chassis Alarm Messages
Chassis alarms indicate a problem with a chassis component such as the cooling system or power supplies.
Interface Alarm Messages
Interface alarms Indicate a problem with a specific network interface.
In Table 41 on page 202, the text in the column labeled "LCD Message" appears in the LCD.
The text in the column labeled "CLI Message" appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command.
Table 41: SONET/SDH Interface Alarm Messages
| CLI MessageLCD Message | |
| interface-name so-x/x/x BERR-SD | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET bit error rate defect |
| interface-name so-x/x/x BERR-SF | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET bit error rate fault |
| interface-name so-x/x/x LAIS | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET line AIS |
| interface-name so-x/x/x LOF | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET loss of frame |
| interface-name so-x/x/x LOL | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET loss of light |
| interface-name so-x/x/x LOP | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET loss of pointer |
| interface-name so-x/x/x LOS | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET loss of signal |
| interface-name so-x/x/x LRDI | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET line remote defect indicator |
| interface-name so-x/x/x PAIS | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET path AIS |
| interface-name so-x/x/x PLL | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET PLL lock |
| interface-name so-x/x/x PMIS | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET path mismatch |
| interface-name so-x/x/x PRDI | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET path remote defect indicator |
| interface-name so-x/x/x REI | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET remote error indicator |
| interface-name so-x/x/x SEF | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET severely errored frame |
| interface-name so-x/x/x UNEQ | interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET unequipped |
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and ACO/LT Button on page 52
•Replacing a T640 Craft Interface on page 254
Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System
Problem The following alarms, LEDs, and other conditions indicate a problem with the cooling system:
- A red alarm indicates that temperature of the router exceeds the maximum ("temperature hot") threshold.
- Automatic shutdown of the power supplies was caused by the temperature of the router exceeding the maximum ("temperature hot") threshold. The control board turns off the power supplies because the router temperature exceeds the acceptable maximum.
•A red alarm indicates that a fan failed. - A yellow alarm indicates that the router temperature exceeds the "temperature warm" threshold.
• A yellow alarm indicates that one of the fan trays was removed. - One or more fans in a fan tray function at full speed. The control boards constantly monitor the temperatures detected by sensors on the midplane and router components, adjusting the speed of the fans as necessary.
In Table 42 on page 204, the text in the column labeled "LCD Message" appears in the display of the craft interface. The text in the column labeled "CLI Message" appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command.
Table 42: T640 Cooling System Alarm Messages
| SolutionAlarm C | |||||
| Fans | Red | Fan Failure | fan-name Failure | A fan has failed. | Replace the fan tray. |
| Fans Missing | Too many fans missing or failing | A fan tray is missing or too many fan trays have failed. | Reinstall the fan tray in the chassis. | ||
| Fan Removed | Yello Fan-name Removed | A fan tray has been removed. | Reinstall the fan tray in the chassis. | ||
| Mix of FAN-TRAYS | Minor - Mix of FAN-TRAYS | A mix of standard front fan trays and quiet front fan trays are installed in the chassis. | Check that all fan trays are either standard fan trays or quiet fan trays. Install the correct fan trays. | ||
| NOTE: During normal operations, mixing the standard and quiet fan trays is not supported. | NOTE: During an upgrade, ignore this alarm. | ||||
| sensors | Temperature Hot Temperature Hot Red Temperature temperature exceeded the hot temperature threshold. If this condition persists, the router shuts down. | Verify that the room temperature is within acceptable limits.·Verify that there is sufficient air flow.·Verify that the cooling system in the chassis is operating properly. | |||
| Sensor Failure | Temperature sensor failure | sensor failed. | Contact JTAC.A temperature | ||
| Yellow | Temperature Warm | Temperature Warm | The chassis temperature exceeded the warm temperature threshold. | ·Verify that the room temperature is within acceptable limits.·Verify that there is sufficient air flow.·Verify that the cooling system in the chassis is operating properly. |
Solution To troubleshoot the cooling system:
- Place your hand near the exhaust vents at the rear of the chassis to determine whether the fans are pushing air out of the chassis.
- If the red alarm LED on the craft interface lights, look at the craft interface display to find the source of the problem. The number of alarm conditions, as well as the source of each alarm, appears on the screen.
- If the craft interface display lists only one fan failure and the other fans are functioning normally, the fan is probably faulty and you need to replace the fan tray.
- Use the CLI to check the status of the fans. For example, you can issue the following command to get information about the source of an alarm condition:
user@host> show chassis alarms
For information about the alarms, see Table 42 on page 204.
| Related Documentation | T640 Cooling System Description on page 75.Maintaining the T640 Air Filters on page 180Maintaining the T640 Fan Trays on page 181Replacing a T640 Air Filter on page 249 |
Troubleshooting the T640 FPCs and PICs
- Troubleshooting the T640 FPCs on page 206
- Troubleshooting the T640 PICs on page 206
Troubleshooting the T640 FPCs
Problem The following LEDs indicate a problem:
- The red FAIL LED above the FPC on the craft interface is lit.
•The OK for the FPC on the craft interface is off.
Solution • If the red FAIL LED above the FPC is on, look at the display on the craft interface to check the status of the FPC and the PICs that are plugged into it.
- Make sure the FPC is properly seated in the midplane. Verify that each ejector handle has been turned clockwise and is tight. Use a screwdriver to verify that the screws inside the ejector handles are tight.
- To check the status of an FPC, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis fpc To display more detailed information, use the following option: user@host> show chassis fpc detail
Table 43: FPC Alarm Messages
| CLI MessageCraft Interface MessageAla | ||
| Major | FPC fpc-number unreachable PFEs detected | FPC fpc-number has unreachable destinations |
| Related Documentation | T640 Craft Interface Description on page 52. |
| .T640 FPC Description on page 17 | |
| .Replacing a T640 FPC on page 288 |
Troubleshooting the T640 PICs
Problem The PICs are not functioning normally.
Solution To troubleshoot the PICs:
•To check the status of each port on a PIC, look at the LED located on the PIC faceplate For information about the meaning of LED states on different PICs, see the T640 Interface Module Reference.
•To check the status of a PIC, issue the following CLI command. The PIC slots in the FPC are numbered from 0 through 3, top to bottom:
user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status
| Slot 0 | Online | E-FPC Type 3 |
| PIC 0 | Online | 1x 10GE(LAN),DWDM |
| PIC 2 | Present | 1x OC-192 SONET XFP- Hardware Error |
| PIC 3 | Online | 1x 10GE(LAN),XENPAK |
| Slot 2 | Online | E2-FPC Type 2 |
| PIC 0 | Online | 1x OC-48 SONET, SMIR |
| PIC 1 | Online | 2x OC-12 ATM-II IQ, MM |
| PIC 2 | Online | 8x 1GE(LAN), IQ2 |
| Slot 3 | Online | FPC Type 3 |
| PIC 0 | Online | 1x 10GE(LAN),XENPAK |
| PIC 1 | Online | 1x 10GE(LAN),XENPAK |
| PIC 2 | Online | 8x 1GE(TYPE3), IQ2 |
| PIC 3 | Online | 8x 1GE(TYPE3), IQ2 |
| Slot 4 | Online | FPC Type 4 |
| PIC 0 | Online | 4x OC-192 SONET XFP |
| Slot 6 | Online | FPC Type 3 |
| PIC 0 | Online | 4x OC-48 SONET |
| PIC 1 | Online | 1x Tunnel |
| Slot 7 | Online | FPC Type 4 |
| PIC 0 | Online | 1x OC-768 SONET SR |
For further description of the output from the command, see show chassis environment fpc.
Related T640 PIC Description on page 29.
Documentation
- Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables on page 191
•Replacing a T640 PIC on page 293
Troubleshooting the T640 Power System
Problem The following alarms, LEDs, and other conditions indicate a problem with the power system:
- If all power supplies have failed, the system temperature might have exceeded the threshold, causing the system to shut down.
•The following indicate a problem on a two-input 160-A DC power supply:
• The DC OK and CB OK LEDs are off.
- If the yellow CB TRIP LED lights but the power supply is not going through a startup test, the power supply detects a fault (the power supply fails, does not have sufficient airflow, or is not properly inserted).
- The yellow OVER TEMP LED lights when the power supply is not receiving enough airflow to maintain proper temperature.
•The following indicate a problem on a three-input 240-A DC power supply or four-input 240-A DC power supply:
•The blue DC OK LED is off.
- If the blue DC OK LED blinks but is not going through a startup test, the power supply detects a fault (the power supply fails, does not have sufficient airflow, or is not properly inserted).
- The yellow OVER TEMP LED lights when the power supply is not receiving enough airflow to maintain proper temperature.
- The INPUT PRESENT LED is off, indicating that the input is not receiving source DC power.
- If the INPUT PRESENT LED is lit but the CBON LED is off, it indicates that the circuit breaker is off.
•The following indicate a problem on a six-input DC power supply:
- The yellow OVER TEMP LED lights when a power supply is not receiving enough airflow to maintain proper temperature.
- The green INPUT PRESENT LED for each input on a DC power supply does not light if the input is not connected or is not receiving source DC power.
- The blue DC OK LED is not lit when the power switch on the power supply faceplate is off, or when a power supply is not functioning normally or is not receiving voltage.
•The following indicate a problem on a three-phase delta or wye AC power supply:
- The green AC OK LED is off when the power supply is not receiving source AC power.
•The blue DC OK LED is off. - If the blue DC OK LED blinks but is not going through a startup test, the power supply detects a fault (the power supply fails, does not have sufficient airflow, or is not properly inserted).
- The yellow OVER TEMP LED lights when the power supply is not receiving enough airflow to maintain proper temperature.
In Table 44 on page 209, the text in the column labeled "LCD Message" appears in the display of the craft interface. The text in the column labeled "CLI Message" appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command.
Table 44: T640 Power Supply Alarm Messages
| CLI MessageLCD MessageAlarm | ||
| Red | PEM pem-number Over Temp | PEM pem-number Over Temperature |
| PEM pem-number Output FailurePEM pem-number Output Fail | ||
| PEM pem-number Input FailurePEM pem-number Input Fail | ||
| Yellow | PEM pem-number Removed | PEM pem-number Removed |
| PEM pem-number Inputs Cfg | PEM pem-number ConfigurationMismatch-number of inputs |
Solution To troubleshoot the T640 power system:
- If the OVER TEMP LED on one of the power supplies lights, check the fans and air filters in the chassis to be sure they are functioning and providing sufficient airflow.
- Check the display on the craft interface. The Junos OS constantly updates the screen with status information for each component. For more information about the display, see "T640 Craft Interface Description" on page 52.
NOTE: On the display and in the CLI, the power supplies are referred to as PEM0 and PEM1, from top to bottom.
NOTE: If the system temperature exceeds the threshold, the Junos OS shuts down all power supplies so that no status is displayed on the craft interface.
The Junos OS also can shut down one of the power supplies for other reasons. In this case, the remaining power supply assumes the load, and you can still view the system status through the CLI or display.
- If a red alarm condition occurs, check the display on the craft interface to determine the source of the problem.
- If the DC OK LED is not lit on one or both of the power supplies,
- Check the power supply fans to see if they are operating.
- Check the red alarm LED on the craft interface. The Junos OS monitors the system temperature, and if it exceeds a certain limit, the software triggers a red alarm, a condition that shuts down the power supplies.
If no red alarm condition exists, verify that the circuit breaker on the two-input 180-A DC power supply, three-input 240-A DC power supply, or four-input 240-A DC power
supply, or that the power switch on the AC power supply or six-input DC power supply is switched to the on position (1).
- Verify that the source circuit breaker is on and that the power supply is receiving voltage. If the AC OK on AC power supplies or INPUT PRESENT LEDs on a three-input 240-A DC power supply or four-input 240-A power DC supply are not lit, it indicates that the power supply is not receiving source power.
- Verify that the source circuit breaker has the proper current rating. Each input on each power supply must be connected to a separate circuit breaker.
- Verify that the AC power cord or DC power cables from the power source to the router are not damaged. If the insulation is cracked or broken, immediately replace the damaged cable or cord.
- Connect the power supply to a different power source with a new DC power cable or AC power cord. If the power supply DC OK LED still does not light, the power supply is the source of the problem. Replace the power supply with a spare.
- If the DC OK LED on the installed spare lights, the replaced power supply is faulty. Return it for replacement, as described in "Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc." on page 461.
- If you cannot determine the cause of the problem or need additional assistance, see "Contacting Customer Support" on page 461.
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
•Replacing a T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply on page 308
•Replacing a T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 314
•Replacing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 323
•Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply on page 329
•Replacing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Two-Input 160-A Power Supply, Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply, or a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 334
•Replacing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Six-Input DC Power Supply on page 341
•Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply on page 354
•Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord on page 361
•Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply on page 365
•Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord on page 370
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
Troubleshooting the T640 SIBs
Problem The following alarms and LEDs indicate a problem with a SIB:
- The yellow FAIL LED on the SIB faceplate is lit.
•The green OK LED on the SIB faceplate is not lit.
• A red alarm indicates that the SIB failed or has been removed.
• A yellow alarm indicates that a spare SIB has failed or has been removed.
In Table 45 on page 211, the text in the column labeled "LCD Message" appears in the display of the craft interface. The text in the column labeled "CLI Message" appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command.
Table 45: SIB Alarm Messages
| CLI MessageLCD MessageAlarm | ||
| Red | SIB sib-number Failure | SIB sib-number Fault |
| SIB sib-number AbsentSIB sib-number Removed | ||
| Spare SIB FaultSpare SIB FailureYellow | ||
| Spare SIB Removed | Spare SIB Absent | |
| Check SIB | Check SIB |
Solution To troubleshoot the T640 SIBs:
- Check the LEDs on the faceplate of each SIB.
- Check the LEDs on the craft interface.
-
Use the CLI to check for alarms.
-
Standalone T640 router—Issue the show chassis alarms command to view the alarms.
- T640 router in a routing matrix—Issue the show chassis alarms lcc lcc-number command to view the alarms.
Related
Documentation
T640• Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description on page 30
•T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) LEDs on page 31
Troubleshooting the T640 SONET Clock Generators
Problem The following alarms and LEDs indicate a problem with an SCG:
- The yellow FAIL LED on the SCG faceplate is lit.
•The green OK LED on the SCG faceplate is not lit.
• A red alarm indicates that an SCG, SCG voltage sensor, or the internal clock has failed.
•A red alarm indicates that there are no SCGs online.
•A red alarm indicates that loss of signal has occurred from an external clocking device connected to the RJ-48 Aor B port. - A yellow alarm indicates that an SCG is not online in a router with redundant SCGs or that an SCG has been removed..
• A yellow alarm indicates that a temperature sensor has failed.
In Table 46 on page 212, the text in the column labeled "LCD Message" appears in the display of the craft interface. The text in the column labeled "CLI Message" appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command.
Table 46: SCG Alarm Messages
| CLI MessageLCD MessageA | ||
| Red | RED ALARM—SCG SCG-numberFailure | RED ALARM—SCG SCG-numberFailure |
| RED ALARM—No SCG OnlineRED ALARM—No SCG Online | ||
| RED ALARM—SCGSCG-numberVolt Snsr Fail | RED ALARM—SCGSCG-numberVolt Sensor Fail | |
| RED ALARM—SCGSCG-numberExt-A LOS | RED ALARM—SCGSCG-numberExternal-A LOS | |
| RED ALARM—SCGSCG-numberExt-B LOS | RED ALARM—SCGSCG-numberExternal-B LOS | |
| RED ALARM—SCGSCG-numberINT CLK Fail | RED ALARM—SCGSCG-numberInternal ClockFailure | |
| Yellow | YELLOW ALARM—SCGSCG-number Not Online | YELLOW ALARM—SCGSCG-number Not Online |
| YELLOW ALARM—SCGSCG-number Removed | YELLOW ALARM—SCGSCG-number Removed | |
| YELLOW ALARM—SCGSCG-numberTmpSnsr Fail | YELLOW ALARM—SCGSCG-numberTemp Sensor Fail |
Solution To troubleshoot the SCGs:
- Check the LEDs on the faceplate of each SCG and on the craft interface.
- Use the CLI to check for alarms.
- Standalone router—Issue the show chassis alarms command to view the alarms.
- Router in a routing matrix—Issue the show chassis alarms lcc lcc-number command to view the alarms.
Related T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) LEDs on page 50. Documentation •T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description on page 48
Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem
Problem The following alarms and LEDs indicate a problem with a host subsystem control board or Routing Engine:
- The red host subsystem FAIL LED on the craft interface is lit.
- The green host subsystem OK LED on the craft interface is not lit.
• A red alarm indicates that the host subsystem has been removed.
• A yellow alarm indicates that the host subsystem has failed.
In Table 47 on page 213, the text in the column labeled "LCD Message" appears in the display of the craft interface. The text in the column labeled "CLI Message" appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command.
Table 47: T640 Host Subsystem Alarm Messages
| CLI MessageLCD MessageAlarm | |||
| Host subsystems | Red | Host host-number Removed | Host host-number Removed |
| Yellow | Host host-number Failure | Host host-number Failure |
Solution To troubleshoot the T640 host subsystems:
- Check the LEDs on the faceplate of each control board and Routing engine.
- Check the LEDs on the craft interface.
-
Use the CLI to check for alarms.
-
Standalone T640 router—Issue the show chassis alarms command to view the alarms.
- T640 router in a routing matrix—Issue the show chassis alarms lcc lcc-number command to view the alarms.
Related Documentation
T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32•
•T640 Craft Interface Description on page 52
•T640 LCC-CB LEDs on page 47
•T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs on page 46
•T640 RE-600 LEDs on page 36
•T640 RE-1600 LEDs on page 38
•T640 RE-2000 LEDs on page 39
•T640 RE-C1800 LEDs on page 41
•Troubleshooting the T640 Control Board on page 214
Troubleshooting the T640 Control Board
Problem The following alarms and LEDs indicate a problem with a control board:
- The yellow FAIL LED on the control board faceplate is lit.
•The green OK LED on the control board faceplate is not lit. - The red host subsystem FAIL LED on the craft interface is lit.
- The green host subsystem OK LED on the craft interface is not lit.
•A red alarm indicates that the control board has failed or has been removed. - A yellow alarm indicates that the Ethernet switch in the control board has failed.
In Table 48 on page 214, the text in the column labeled "LCD Message" appears in the display of the craft interface. The text in the column labeled "CLI Message" appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command.
Table 48: Control Board Alarm Messages
| CLI MessageLCD MessageAlarm | ||
| Red | CB cb-number Removed | CB cb-number Removed |
| CB cb-number FailureCB cb-number Failure | ||
| Yellow | CB cb-number Ethernet Switch Failure | CB cb-number Ethernet Switch Failure |
Solution To troubleshoot the T640 control boards:
- Check the LEDs on the faceplate of each control board.
- Check the LEDs on the craft interface.
-
Use the CLI to check for alarms.
-
Standalone T640 router—Issue the show chassis alarms command to view the alarms.
- T640 router in a routing matrix—Issue the show chassis alarms lcc lcc-number command to view the alarms.
Related Documentation
T640 Control Boards Description on page 43•
•T640 LCC-CB Description on page 46
•T640 LCC-CB LEDs on page 47
•T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description on page 45
•T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs on page 46
•Replacing a T640 LCC-CB on page 263
•Replacing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB on page 259
Troubleshooting the T640 Craft Interface
Problem The following alarms, LEDs, and other conditions indicate a problem with the craft interface:
•The router is powered on, but none of the LEDs on the craft interface are lit.
•A yellow alarm indicates that the craft interface has failed.
In Table 49 on page 215, the text in the column labeled "LCD Message" appears in the display of the craft interface. The text in the column labeled "CLI Message" appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command.
Table 49: T640 Chassis Alarm Messages
| CLI MessageLCD MessageAlarm Type |
Craft FailureCraft FailureYellow
Solution To troubleshoot the T640 craft interface:
- Check the LEDs on the craft interface.
-
Use the CLI to check for alarms.
-
Standalone T640 router—Issue the show chassis alarms command to view the alarms.
- T640 router in a routing matrix—Issue the show chassis alarms lcc lcc-number command to view the alarms.
Related Documentation
•T640 Craft Interface Description on page 52
CHAPTER 17
Replacing T640 Router Hardware Components
• T640 Field-Replaceable Units on page 217
- Tools and Parts Required to Replace the T640 Hardware Components on page 218
• Replacing the T640 CIP on page 220
- Replacing the T640 Connections to Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 223
- Replacing the T640 Cooling System Components on page 230
- Replacing a T640 Craft Interface on page 254
- Replacing the T640 Routing Engine or Control Board Components on page 256
- Replacing a T640 SCG on page 278
• Replacing a T640 SIB on page 280
- Replacing T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Components on page 287
• Replacing T640 Power System Components on page 307
T640 Field-Replaceable Units
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing most FRUs requires minimal router downtime. The router uses the following types of FRUs:
- Hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs—You can remove and replace these components without powering off the router or disrupting the routing functions.
- Hot-pluggable FRUs—You can remove and replace these components without powering down the router, but the routing functions of the system are interrupted when the component is removed.
NOTE: Before you replace most host subsystem components, such as a control board or Routing Engine, you must take the host subsystem offline. However, it is not necessary to halt the host subsystem to insert or remove a PC card.
You must power off the Routing Engine before replacing a CompactFlash card or solid-state disk in a Routing Engine.
Table 50 on page 218 lists the FRUs for the router.
Table 50: Field-Replaceable Units
| Hot-Pluggable FRUsHot-Removable and | |
| Air filters | Connector Interface Panel (CIP) |
| Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) | Nonredundant control board |
| Front and rear fan trays | Master control board (if nonstop active routing is not configured) |
| Physical Interface Cards (PICs) | Nonredundant Routing Engine |
| Power supplies | Master Routing Engine (if nonstop active routing is not configured) |
| Backup SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) | |
| Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) | Master and nonredundant SCGs |
| Master control board (if nonstop active routing is configured) | |
| Backup control board | |
| Backup Routing Engine | |
Related Documentation
T640 Router Description on page 3. •Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline on page 256
Tools and Parts Required to Replace the T640 Hardware Components
To replace hardware components, you need the tools and parts listed in Table 51 on page 218.
Table 51: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement
| Tool or PartComponents | |
| All | Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap |
Table 51: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement (continued)
| Tool or PartComponents | |
| AC power supply | Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 21/4-in. slotted screwdriver or 5/32-in. (4 mm)allen wrenchNOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in.slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws. |
| AC power supply cord | Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 21/4-in. slotted screwdriver or 5/32-in. (4 mm)allen wrenchNOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in.slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws. |
| Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Air filter (front or | |
| Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2CIP | |
| Control board | Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Electrostatic bag or antistatic matBlank panel (if component is not reinstalled) |
| Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Craft interface | |
| DC power supply | Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 27/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver |
| 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driverDC power supply cable | |
| Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Fan tray (front or | |
| FPC | Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Blank panel (if component is not reinstalled)Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat |
Table 51: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement (continued)
| Tool or PartComponents | |
| PIC | Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Rubber safety cap for fiber-optic PICs or fiber-optic PIC cablesFlat-blade (−) screwdriver for Type 1 PICsElectrostatic bag or antistatic matBlank panel (if component is not reinstalled) |
| Routing Engine | Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Electrostatic bag or antistatic matBlank panel (if component is not reinstalled) |
| Serial cable to AUXILIARY or CONSOLE Routing Engine port | Flat-blade (−) screwdriver |
| Standard SIB or T640-SIB | Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Electrostatic bag or antistatic matBlank panel (If component is not reinstalled) |
| Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2SCG |
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
- Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 461
Replacing the T640 CIP
- Removing a T640 CIP on page 220
- Installing a T640 CIP on page 222
Removing a T640 CIP
The CIP is located to the left side of the FPC card cage. It houses the Routing Engine interface ports, which accept connections to external management and alarm-reporting devices.
The CIP is hot-pluggable. It weighs approximately 8 lb (3.6 kg). When the CIP is removed, you cannot control or communicate with the router using an external device.
To remove the CIP (see Figure 112 on page 221):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Disconnect any external devices connected to the CIP.
- Loosen the captive screws at the top and bottom of the CIP faceplate.
- Grasp the handle on the CIP faceplate, and carefully pull the CIP straight out of the chassis.
CAUTION: Be sure to slide the CIP straight within the slot to avoid damaging the connector pins on the front of the midplane.
Figure 112: Removing a CIP
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with open door and internal compartments (no text or symbols)Installing a T640 CIP
To install the CIP (see Figure 113 on page 223):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Grasp the CIP handle with one hand and hold the bottom edge of the CIP with the other hand to support its weight.
NOTE: The components on the CIP are on the left side of the board, unlike the components of an FPC, which are on the right side. Verify that the components are on the left before inserting the CIP.
- Insert the CIP into the leftmost slot of the FPC card cage, carefully aligning the top and bottom of the CIP with the guides in the card cage.
- Carefully push the CIP straight into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.
- Tighten the screws at the top and bottom of the CIP faceplate.
- Reattach any external devices connected to the CIP.
CAUTION: Be sure to slide the CIP straight within the slot to avoid damaging the connector pins on the front of the midplane.
- To verify that the CIP is installed correctly, plug an Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port on the CIP. If the host module is operational, the ACTIVE LED blinks to indicate Ethernet activity. If you can run the CLI, the CIP is installed correctly.
Figure 113: Installing a CIP
natural_image
Line drawing of a server rack unit with open door and internal grid compartments (no text or symbols)Related Documentation
T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386.
•T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 56
•Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 136
•Replacing the T640 Connections to Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 223
•T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 448
Replacing the T640 Connections to Routing Engine Interface Ports
The ports on the CIP connect the Routing Engine to external management devices (see Figure 114 on page 224).
Figure 114: Routing Engine Interface Ports and Alarm Relay Contacts
To replace the cables that connect to the ports, perform the procedures described in the following topics:
- Replacing the T640 Management Ethernet Cable on page 224
- Replacing the T640 Console or Auxiliary Cable on page 227
- Replacing the T640 Alarm Relay Wires on page 228
Replacing the T640 Management Ethernet Cable
To replace the management Ethernet cable:
- Press the tab on the connector and pull the connector straight out of the ETHERNET port. Figure 115 on page 226 shows the connector.
- Disconnect the cable from the network device.
- Plug one end of the replacement cable into the appropriate ETHERNET port. The ports labeled HOST 0 connect to the Routing Engine in the upper Routing Engine slot (RE0), and the ports labeled HOST 1 connect to the Routing Engine in the lower Routing Engine slot (RE1).
- Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.
Figure 115: Ethernet Cable Connectors
Replacing the T640 Console or Auxiliary Cable
To use a system console to configure and manage the Routing Engine, connect it to the appropriate CONSOLE port on the CIP. To use a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device, connect it to the appropriate AUXILIARY port on the CIP. Both ports accept a cable with an RJ-45 connector. One RJ-45/DB-9 cable is provided with the router. If you want to connect a device to both ports, you must supply another cable.
To connect a management console or auxiliary device:
-
Plug one end of the replacement cable into the appropriate CONSOLE or AUXILIARY port. Figure 116 on page 228 shows the external device ports on the CIP. The ports labeled HOST 0 connect to the Routing Engine in the upper Routing Engine slot (RE0), and the ports labeled HOST1 connect to the Routing Engine in the lower Routing Engine slot (RE1).
-
Plug the other end of the cable into the device's serial port.
Figure 116: Routing Engine Console
Replacing the T640 Alarm Relay Wires
To connect the router to external alarm-reporting devices, attach wires to the RED ALARM and YELLOW ALARM relay contacts on the CIP. A system condition that triggers the red or yellow alarm LED on the craft interface also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact.
The terminal blocks that plug into the alarm relay contacts are supplied with the router. They accept wire of any gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm which is not provided. Use the wire gauge appropriate for the external device you are connecting.
To replace the wires connecting to an alarm-reporting device (see Figure 117 on page 230):
- Disconnect the existing wire at the external device.
- Prepare the required length of replacement wire with gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm
- Using a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the face of the terminal block, and remove the block from the relay contact.
- Using the 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the side of the terminal block. Remove existing wires from the slots in the front of the block, and insert replacement wires. Tighten the screws to secure the wire.
- Plug the terminal block into the relay contact and use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws on the face of the block.
- Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.
Figure 117: Routing Engine Alarm Relay Wires
Related Documentation
T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 56.
•Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 136
•T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 448
Replacing the T640 Cooling System Components
- Replacing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray on page 231
- Replacing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray on page 232
-
Replacing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray on page 234
-
Upgrading to the T640 Quiet Fan Trays on page 236
- Replacing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray on page 243
- Replacing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray on page 245
- Replacing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray on page 247
- Replacing a T640 Air Filter on page 249
Replacing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray
The lower front fan tray is located below the front air filter. Each standard front fan tray weighs about 18.6 lb (8.4 kg). The fan trays are hot-insertable and hot-removable. The standard upper and lower fan trays are interchangeable with each other.
- Removing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray on page 231
- Installing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray on page 232
Removing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray
The upper front fan tray is located above the FPC card cage, and the lower front fan tray is located below the front air filter. Each fan tray weighs about 18.6 lb (8.4 kg).
To remove a standard lower front fan tray:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Unwrap any PIC cables from the spools on the cable management system and remove the cables from the tray. Arrange the cables so that they do not block the cable management system and tray, and secure them with temporary fasteners so that they are not supporting their own weight as they hang from the connector.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
- Simultaneously pull the two releases on the cable management system. Lift it up and outward to lock it in place to access the lower fan tray.
- Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system. For more information about proper cable arrangement, see "Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables" on page 191.
- Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the fan tray faceplate.
- Grasp the handles and pull the fan tray halfway out of the chassis.
WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans asyouslide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.
- When the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.
Installing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray
To install a standard lower front fan tray:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Grasp the fan tray by its handles and insert it straight into the chassis.
- Tighten the captive screws on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.
- Unlock the cable management system and lower it to the fully lowered position.
- Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system. For more information about proper cable arrangement, see “Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables” on page 191.
Related Documentation
T640 Cooling System Description on page 75.
- Maintaining the T640 Fan Trays on page 181
•Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 203
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Replacing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray
The upper front fan tray is located above the FPC card cage. Each standard front fan tray weighs about 18.6 lb (8.4 kg). The fan trays are hot-insertable and hot-removable. The standard upper and lower fan trays are interchangeable with each other.
- Removing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray on page 232
- Installing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray on page 233
Removing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray
To remove a standard upper front fan tray (see Figure 118 on page 233):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the fan tray faceplate.
- Grasp the handles and pull the fan tray halfway out of the chassis.
WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans asyouslide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.
- When the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.
Figure 118: Removing a Standard Upper Front Fan Tray
natural_image
Line drawing of an audio jack rack with multiple drive bays and a black arrow pointing to one (no text or symbols on the device itself)Installing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray
To install a standard upper front fan tray (see Figure 119 on page 233):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Grasp the fan tray by its handles and insert it straight into the chassis.
- Tighten the captive screws on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.
Figure 119: Installing an Upper Front Fan Tray
natural_image
Line drawing of a server rack unit with multiple drive bays and control panel (no text or symbols)Related Documentation
T640 Cooling System Description on page 75.
•Maintaining the T640 Fan Trays on page 181
•Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 203
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Replacing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray
- Removing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray on page 234
- Installing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray on page 235
Removing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray
The rear fan tray is mounted vertically on the right side of the rear of the chassis. The fair tray weighs about 10 lb (4.5 kg).
CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling, do not operate the router with the rear fan tray removed for more than 1 minute.
To remove the rear fan tray (see Figure 120 on page 235):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Loosen the captive screws on the top and bottom of the fan tray faceplate, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
- Grasp the handles and pull the fan tray halfway out of the chassis.
WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans asyouslide the fan trayout of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.
- When the fans stop spinning, grasp the handles and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.
Figure 120: Removing the Standard Rear Fan Tray
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with multiple drive bays and fan dividers (no text or labels)Installing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray
To install a replacement standard rear fan tray (see Figure 121 on page 236):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Grasp the fan tray by its handles, and insert it straight into the chassis.
- Tighten the captive screws on the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
Figure 121: Installing a Rear Fan Tray
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with multiple drive bays and fan holders (no text or labels)Related Documentation
T640 Cooling System Description on page 75.
•Maintaining the T640 Fan Trays on page 181
•Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 203
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Upgrading to the T640 Quiet Fan Trays
- Upgrading the Standard Lower Front Fan Tray to a Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray on page 237
- Removing the Standard Upper Front Fan Tray on page 238
- Removing the Craft Interface on page 239
-
Installing the Air Deflector and Craft Interface on page 239
-
Installing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray on page 240
- Upgrading the Standard Rear Fan Tray to a Quiet Rear Fan Tray on page 241
Upgrading the Standard Lower Front Fan Tray to a Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray
Each standard front fan tray weighs about 18.6 lb (8.4 kg). Each quiet front fan tray weighs about 17.8 lb (8.1 kg).
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Unwrap any PIC cables from the spools on the cable management system and remove the cables from the tray. Arrange the cables so that they do not block the cable management system and tray, and secure them with temporary fasteners so that they are not supporting their own weight as they hang from the connector.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
- Simultaneously pull the two releases on the cable management system. Lift it up and outward to lock it in place to access the lower fan tray.
- Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system. For more information about proper cable arrangement, see “Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables” on page 191.
- Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the standard lower front fan tray faceplate.
- Grasp the handles and pull the standard lower front fan tray halfway out of the chassis.
WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans asyouslide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.
- When the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the standard lower front fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.
- Locate the fan tray labeled FAN-T-FBOT-S LOWER FANTRAY.
- Press the two latches located on each side of the quiet lower front fan tray up, and insert the fan tray straight into the lower front fan tray slot. See Figure 122 on page 23.
- Tighten the captive screws on each side of the quiet lower front fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.
- Unlock the cable management system and lower it to the fully lowered position.
- Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system. For more information about proper cable arrangement, see "Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables" on page 191.
Figure 122: Installing a Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray
Removing the Standard Upper Front Fan Tray
The upper front fan tray is located above the FPC card cage. Each standard front fan tray weighs about 18.6 lb (8.4 kg). The fan trays are hot-removable.
To remove a standard upper front fan tray (see Figure 123 on page 238):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the fan tray faceplate.
- Grasp the handles and pull the fan tray halfway out of the chassis.
WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans asyouslide the fantray out of the chassis. Thefans might still be spinning.
- When the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.
Figure 123: Removing a Standard Upper Front Fan Tray
natural_image
Line drawing of a server rack unit with multiple drive bays and control panel (no text or symbols)Removing the Craft Interface
The craft interface is located on the front of the chassis above the FPC card cage. The craft interface is hot-removable. To remove the craft interface (see Figure 124 on page 239):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Completely loosen the screws at the four corners of the craft interface.
- Insert the blade of a flat-blade screwdriver into the slot on one side of the craft interface, then gently pry that side out from the chassis.
- Repeat Step 3 for the other side of the craft interface.
- Grasp the craft interface by the top and bottom edges and carefully pull it straight out of the chassis.
- Remove the Craft Interface Panel by loosening the four fasteners.
Figure 124: Removing the Craft Interface
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack with multiple ports and an open control panel (no text or symbols)Installing the Air Deflector and Craft Interface
NOTE: If an air deflector is already installed, installing another air deflector is not required.
To install the air deflector:
- Slide in the air deflector. See Figure 125 on page 240 for proper orientation of air deflector. Four holes align with the four standoffs used for mounting the craft interface.
- Replace the craft interface and secure with the four fasteners.
Figure 125: Installing the Air Deflector
Installing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray
The upper front fan tray is located above the FPC card cage. Each quiet front fan tray weighs about 17.8 lb (8.1 kg). The fan trays are hot-insertable. The quiet upper and lower fan trays are not interchangeable with each other. The quiet upper front fan tray is labeled FAN-T-FTOP-S UPPER FANTRAY.
To install a quiet upper front fan tray (see Figure 126 on page 240):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Locate the fan tray labeled FAN-T-FTOP-S UPPER FANTRAY.
- Press the two latches located on each side of the quiet upper front fan tray up, and insert the fan tray straight into the upper front fan tray slot.
- Tighten the captive screws on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.
Figure 126: Installing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray
Upgrading the Standard Rear Fan Tray to a Quiet Rear Fan Tray
To upgrade the rear fan tray (see Figure 127 on page 242) and Figure 128 on page 243:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Loosen the captive screws on the top and bottom of the standard fan tray faceplate.
- Grasp the handles, and pull the standard rear fan tray halfway out of the chassis.
WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.
- Wait for the fans to stop spinning.
- After the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the fan tray to support it, and pull the standard fan tray completely out of the chassis.
- Locate the quiet rear fan tray labeled REAR FANTRAY FAN-R-S.
- Grasp the quiet rear fan tray by its handles and insert it straight into the chassis.
- Tighten the captive screws on the quiet rear fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
Figure 127: Removing the Standard Rear Fan Tray
Figure 128: Installing the Quiet Rear Fan Tray
Replacing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray
The upper front fan tray is located above the FPC card cage. Each quiet front fan tray weighs about 17.8 lb (8.1 kg). The fan trays are hot-insertable and hot-removable. The quiet upper and lower fan trays are not interchangeable with each other. The quiet upper front fan tray is labeled FAN-T-FTOP-S UPPER FANTRAY.
- Removing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray on page 243
- Installing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray on page 244
Removing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray
To remove a quiet upper front fan tray (see Figure 129 on page 244):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the fan tray faceplate.
-
Grasp both sides of the fan tray, and pull the fan tray out of the chassis approximately 1 to 3 inches.
WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fantray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.
- Press the two latches located on each side of the fan tray up to release the fan tray from the chassis.
- When the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.
Figure 129: Removing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray
Installing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray
To install a quiet upper front fan tray (see Figure 130 on page 245):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Locate a quiet upper front fan tray labeled FAN-T-FTOP-S UPPER FANTRAY.
- Press the two latches located on each side of the quiet upper front fan tray up, and insert the fan tray straight into the upper front fan tray slot.
- Tighten the captive screws on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.
Figure 130: Installing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray
Related Documentation
T640 Cooling System Description on page 75.
•Maintaining the T640 Fan Trays on page 181
•Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 203
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Replacing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray
The lower front fan tray is located below the front air filter. Each quiet front fan tray weighs about 17.8 lb (8.1 kg). The fan trays are hot-insertable and hot-removable. The quiet upper and lower fan trays are not interchangeable with each other. The quiet lower front fan tray is labeled FAN-T-FBOT-S LOWER FANTRAY.
- Removing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray on page 245
- Installing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray on page 246
Removing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray
To remove the quiet lower front fan tray:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Unwrap any PIC cables from the spools on the cable management system and remove the cables from the tray. Arrange the cables so that they do not block the cable management system and tray, and secure them with temporary fasteners so that they are not supporting their own weight as they hang from the connector.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
-
Simultaneously pull the two releases on the cable management system. Lift it up and outward to lock it in place to access the lower fan tray.
-
Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system. For more information about proper cable arrangement, see "Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables" on page 191.
-
Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the fan tray faceplate.
-
Grasp both sides of the fan tray, and pull the fan tray out of the chassis approximately 1 to 3 inches.
WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.
- Press the two latches located on each side of the fan tray up to release the fan tray from the chassis.
- When the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.
Figure 131: Removing the Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray
Installing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray
To install a quiet lower front fan tray (see Figure 132 on page 247):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Locate a replacement quiet lower fan tray labeled FAN-T-FBOT-S LOWER FANTRAY.
- Grasp the quiet lower front fan tray by its handles and insert it straight into the chassis.
- Press the two latches located on each side of the quiet lower front fan tray up, and insert the fan tray straight into the lower front fan tray slot.
-
Tighten the captive screws on each side of the quiet lower front fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.
-
Unlock the cable management system and lower it to the fully lowered position.
- Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system. For more information about proper cable arrangement, see "Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables" on page 191.
Figure 132: Installing the Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray
Related Documentation
T640 Cooling System Description on page 75.
•Maintaining the T640 Fan Trays on page 181
•Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 203
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Replacing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray
The rear fan tray is mounted vertically on the right side of the rear of the chassis. The quiet rear fan tray contains eight fans, and is not interchangeable with the front fan trays. The quiet rear fan tray must be used in conjunction with the quiet front fan trays. The quiet rear fan tray weighs about 10 lb (4.5 kg).
- Removing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray on page 247
- Installing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray on page 248
Removing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray
To remove the quiet rear fan tray (see Figure 133 on page 248):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point.
- Loosen the captive screws on the top and bottom of the fan tray faceplate.
- Grasp the handles, and pull the fan tray halfway out of the chassis.
WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.
- Wait for all the fans to stop spinning.
- After the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the fan tray to support it, and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.
Figure 133: Removing the Quiet Rear Fan Tray
Installing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray
To install a replacement quiet rear fan tray (see Figure 134 on page 249):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Locate a replacement quiet rear fan tray labeled REAR FANTRAY FAN-R-S.
- Grasp the fan tray by its handles and insert it straight into the chassis.
- Tighten the captive screws on the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
Figure 134: Installing the Quiet Rear Fan Tray
Related Documentation
T640 Cooling System Description on page 75.
•Maintaining the T640 Fan Trays on page 181
•Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 203
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Replacing a T640 Air Filter
- Removing a Front T640 Air Filter on page 250
- Installing a Front T640 Air Filter on page 251
- Removing a Rear T640 Air Filter on page 251
- Installing a Rear T640 Air Filter on page 253
Removing a Front T640 Air Filter
The front air filter, located below the FPC card cage in the front of the chassis, and install horizontally. The front air filter weighs approximately 1 lb (0.5 kg). The air filters are hot-insertable and hot-removable.
To remove the front air filter (see Figure 135 on page 250):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Unwrap any PIC cables from the spools on the cable management system, and remove the cables from the tray. Arrange the cables so that they do not block the front of the cable management system and tray, and secure them with temporary fasteners so that they are not supporting their own weight as they hang from the connector.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
- Simultaneously pull the two releases on the cable management system. Lift it up and outward to lock it in place to access the air filter.
- Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the air filter faceplate.
- Grasp the handles and pull the air filter straight out of the chassis.
- Remove the filter element from the air filter frame (see Figure 136 on page 250).
Figure 135: Removing the Front Air Filter
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a rack-mounted device with grid pattern and mounting brackets (no text or symbols)Figure 136: Replacing the Front Filter Element
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with grid-patterned panel and supporting frame (no text or symbols)Installing a Front T640 Air Filter
To install the front air filter (see Figure 137 on page 251):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Insert the filter element into the air filter frame.
- Grasp the air filter by the handles on its faceplate, and slide it straight into the chassis.
- Tighten the captive screws on the corners of the faceplate.
- Unlock the cable management system, and lower it to the fully lowered position.
- Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system.
Figure 137: Installing the Front Air Filter
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a rack-mounted device with grid pattern and mounting brackets (no text or symbols)Removing a Rear T640 Air Filter
The rear air filter is located at the left rear edge of the chassis. The rear air filter weighs less than 1 lb (0.5 kg).
To remove the rear air filter:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Loosen the captive screws at the top, center, and bottom of the air filter, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
- Grasp the air filter cover by the captive screws, and pull firmly to remove the cover and honeycomb assembly from the chassis (see Figure 138 on page 252).
- Press the filter element inward until it clears the hooks at the top and bottom of the air filter slot, then push it to the left to unseat it.
- Move the tabs on the filter element to a horizontal position.
- Grasp the tabs on the filter element and carefully pull it straight out from the chassis (see Figure 139 on page 253).
Figure 138: Removing the Rear Air Filter
Figure 139: Removing the Rear Air Filter Element
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with fan blades and mounting holes, showing internal structure and component insertion (no text or symbols)Installing a Rear T640 Air Filter
To install the rear air filter (see Figure 140 on page 254):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Holding the filter by the tabs, carefully push the filter all the way into the air filter slot.
- Holding the filter all the way in, push it to the right side of the slot until it is held in place behind the hooks.
- Move the tabs to a vertical position.
- Place the right edge of the honeycomb against the flange of the air filter slot.
-
Line up the holes at the top, center, and bottom of the honeycomb with the pins in the slot, and press the honeycomb into place.
-
Replace the air filter cover.
- Firmly tighten the captive screws at the top, center, and bottom of the filter cover to secure it to the chassis, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
Figure 140: Installing the Rear Air Filter
Related Documentation
T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386.
•T640 Cooling System Description on page 75
•Maintaining the T640 Air Filters on page 180
•Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 203
Replacing a T640 Craft Interface
The craft interface is hot-insertable and hot-removable. When you install the craft interface, allow several minutes for the display to reflect the current state of the router. Before you remove the craft interface, remove the front upper fan tray. For instructions on removing a front fan tray, see "Removing the T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays" on page 117.
- Removing a T640 Craft Interface on page 255
- Installing a T640 Craft Interface on page 255
Removing a T640 Craft Interface
The craft interface is located on the front of the chassis above the FPC card cage and weighs approximately 2 lb (0.9 kg). To remove the craft interface (see
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Completely loosen the screws at the four corners of the craft interface.
- Insert the blade of a flat-blade screwdriver into the slot on one side of the craft interface, and then gently pry that side out from the chassis.
- Insert the blade of a flat-blade screwdriver into the slot on the other side of the craft interface, and then gently pry that side out from the chassis.
- Grasp the craft interface by the top and bottom edges, and carefully pull it straight out of the chassis.
Figure 141: Removing a Craft Interface
natural_image
Line drawing of a server rack unit with multiple drive bays and an indicator panel (no text or symbols)Installing a T640 Craft Interface
To install the craft interface (see Figure 142 on page 256):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Grasping the craft interface by the top and bottom edges, press it into place.
- Tighten the screws at the corners of the craft interface.
NOTE: When you install the craft interface in an operating router, allow several minutes for the LEDs on the craft interface to reflect the current state of the router.
After you install the replacement craft interface, immediately reinstall the upper front fan tray.
Figure 142: Installing a Replacement Craft Interface
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with multiple ports and connectors (no text or symbols visible)Related Documentation
T640 Craft Interface Description on page 52.
•T640 Craft Interface LCD and Navigation Buttons on page 53
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Replacing the T640 Routing Engine or Control Board Components
- Replacing the T640 Host Subsystem Components on page 256
- Replacing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB on page 259
- Replacing a T640 LCC-CB on page 263
• Replacing a T640 Routing Engine on page 265 - Replacing a PC Card in a T640 Routing Engine on page 268
- Replacing a DIMM Module in a T640 Routing Engine on page 270
- Replacing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 272
- Replacing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 275
Replacing the T640 Host Subsystem Components
• Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline on page 256
Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline
The host subsystem is taken offline and brought online as a unit. Before you replace a control board or Routing Engine, you must take the host subsystem offline.
Normally, if two host subsystems are installed in the T640 router, REO functions as the master and REI functions as the backup. You can remove the backup host subsystem (or either of its components) without interrupting the functioning of the router. If you take the master host subsystem offline, the backup host subsystem becomes the master
(the router might reboot, depending on your configuration). If the router has only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline causes the router to shut down.
Table 52 on page 257 explains the effect of taking the host subsystem offline.
Table 52: Effect of Taking the Host Subsystem Offline
| Effect of Taking the Host Subsystem OfflineType of Host Subsystem | |
| subsystem | The router shuts down.Nonredundant host |
| Backup host subsystem | The functioning of the router is not interrupted. The backup host subsystem is hot-removable and hot-insertable. |
| Master host subsystem | The backup host subsystem becomes the master. The backup Routing Engine assumes Routing Engine functions. The master host subsystem is hot-pluggable. Removal or failure of the master Routing Engine affects forwarding and routing based on the high availability configuration:Dual Routing Engines without any high availability features enabled—Traffic is interrupted while the Packet Forwarding Engine is reinitialized. All kernel and forwarding processes are restarted. When the switchover to the new master Routing Engine is complete, routing convergence takes place and traffic is resumed.Graceful Routing Engine switchover (GRES) is enabled—Graceful Routing Engine switchover preserves interface and kernel information. Traffic is not interrupted. However, graceful Routing Engine switchover does not preserve the control plane. Neighboring routers detect that the router has restarted and react to the event in a manner prescribed by individual routing protocol specifications. To preserve routing without interruption during a switchover, graceful Routing Engine switchover must be combined with nonstop active routing.Nonstop active routing is enabled (graceful Routing Engine switchover must be configured for nonstop active routing to be enabled)—Nonstop active routing supports Routing Engine switchover without alerting peer nodes that a change has occurred. Nonstop active routing uses the same infrastructure as graceful Routing Engine switchover to preserve interface and kernel information. However, nonstop active routing also preserves routing information and protocol sessions by running the routing protocol process (rpd) on both Routing Engines. In addition, nonstop active routing preserves TCP connections maintained in the kernel.Graceful restart is configured—Graceful restart provides extensions to routing protocols so that neighboring helper routers restore routing information to a restarting router. These extensions signal neighboring routers about the graceful restart and prevent the neighbors from reacting to the router restart and from propagating the change in state to the network during the graceful restart period. Neighbors provide the routing information that enables the restarting router to stop and restart routing protocols without causing network reconvergence. Neighbors are required to support graceful restart. The routing protocol process (rpd) restarts. A graceful restart interval is required. For certain protocols, a significant change in the network can cause graceful restart to stop. |
NOTE: Router performance might change if the backup Routing Engine's configuration differs from the former master's configuration. For the most predictable performance, configure the two Routing Engines identically, except for parameters unique to each Routing Engine.
NOTE: For information about configuring gracefulRouting Engine switchover, graceful restart, and nonstop active routing, see the Junos OS High Availability Library for Routing Devices.
NOTE: The first supported release for graceful Routing Engine switchover and nonstop active routing on the T640 router is Junos OS Release 7.0 and Junos OS Release 8.4, respectively. Graceful restart software requirements depend on the routing protocols configured on the router. For the minimum software requirements for graceful restart, see the Junos OS High Availability Library for Routing Devices.
To take a host subsystem offline:
- Determine whether the host subsystem is functioning as the master or as the backup, using one of the two following methods:
- Check the Routing Engine LEDs on the craft interface. If the green MASTER LED is lit, the corresponding host subsystem is functioning as the master.
- Issue the following CLI command. The master Routing Engine is designated Master in the Current state field:
user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state
Election priority
Temperature
DRAM
CPU utilization:
User
Background
Kernel
Interrupt
Idle
Start time
Uptime
Load averages:
Master
Master (default)
degrees C / 93 degrees F
2048 Mbytes
[Non-Text]
0 percent
0 percent
1 percent
0 percent
99 percent
2002-01-22 05:21:31 UTC
10 days, 16 hours, 4 minutes, 52 seconds
1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.00
0.00
Routing Engine status:
Slot 1:
Current state
Empty
- If the host subsystem is functioning as the master, switch it to backup using the CLI command:
user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch
- To halt the router:
user@host> request system halt
Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.
The command shuts down the Routing Engine cleanly, so its state information is preserved. For more information about the command, see request system halt.
NOTE: The SIBs might continue forwarding traffic for approximately 5 minutes after the request system halt command has been issued.
- On the console or other management device connected to the other Routing Engine, enter CLI operational mode and issue the following command.
user@host> request chassis cb offline slot n
n is 0 or 1 for the slot number of the host subsystem being taken offline.
- Verify that the control board is offline:
user@host> show chassis environment cb
Related Documentation
T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386.
•T640 Host Subsystem Description on page 32
•Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline on page 256
- Maintaining the T640 Host Subsystem on page 183
•T640 Routing Engine Functions on page 6
•T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 448
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Replacing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB
The router can have up to two control boards. You can use this procedure for either standard control boards or T-CBs. They are located in the upper rear of the chassis in the slots marked CBO and CB1. Each weighs approximately 5 lb (2.3 kg).
To replace a standard control board or T-CB, perform the following procedures:
-
Removing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB on page 260
-
Installing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB on page 261
Removing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB
CAUTION: Before you replace a control board, you must take the host subsystem offline. If there is only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the router. See "Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline" on page 256.
CAUTION: If the control board to be replaced is associated with the Routing Engine currently functioning as the master Routing Engine, switch it to the backup before removing the control board. See “Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline” on page 256.
To remove a standard control board or T-CB (see Figure 143 on page 261 and Figure 144 on page 261):
- Take the host subsystem offline. See "Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline" on page 256.
- Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- For T-CBs in a T640 router connected to a TX matrix router, disconnect the cable plugged into the port labeled CIP.
- Loosen the captive screws (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2) on the ejector handles on both sides of the control board faceplate.
- Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the control board.
- Grasp the ejector handles, and slide the control board about halfway out of the chassis.
- Place one hand underneath the control board to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
- Place the control board on the antistatic mat.
- If you are not replacing the control board now, install a blank panel over the empty slot.
Figure 143: Removing a Standard Control Board
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with mounting bracket and drive mechanism (no text or symbols)Figure 144: Removing a T-CB
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with mounting holes and internal components (no text or symbols)Installing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB
To install a standard control board or T-CB (see Figure 145 on page 262 and Figure 146 on page 262):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Carefully align the sides of the control board with the guides inside the chassis.
- Slide the control board into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.
- Grasp both ejector handles, and press them inward to seat the control board.
- Tighten the captive screws on the ejector handles, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
NOTE: If power is applied to the Routing Engine and its corresponding control board is functioning normally, the control board comes online automatically.
-
For a T-CB in a T640 router connected to a TX matrix router, reconnect the cable previously plugged into the CIP port.
-
Verify that the control board is functioning normally:
- Check the LEDs on the control board faceplate. The green OK LED should light steadily a few minutes after the control board is installed. If the FAIL LED is lit steadily, remove and install the control board again. If the FAIL LED still lights steadily, the control board is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
- Use the CLI command show chassis environment cb to check the status of the control board.
Figure 145: Installing a Standard Control Board
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with mounting holes and drive bays (no text or symbols)Figure 146: Installing a T-CB
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with mounting brackets and control panel (no text or symbols)Related Documentation
T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386.
•T640 Standard Control Boards LEDs on page 44
•T640 Standard Control Boards Description on page 44
•T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description on page 45
•T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs on page 46
•Maintaining the T640 Control Boards on page 184
Replacing a T640 LCC-CB
- Removing a T640 LCC-CB on page 263
- Installing a T640 LCC-CB on page 264
Removing a T640 LCC-CB
The router can have up to two LCC-CBs. They are located in the upper rear of the chassis in the slots marked CBO and CB1. Each LCC-CB weighs approximately 5 lb (2.3 kg).
CAUTION: Before you replace an LCC-CB, you must take the host subsystem offline. If there is only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the router.
The backup LCC-CB is hot-removable and hot-insertable.
CAUTION: If the LCC-CB to be replaced is associated with the Routing Engine currently functioning as the master Routing Engine, switch it to the backup before removing the LCC-CB.
To remove an LCC-CB (see Figure 147 on page 264):
- Take the host subsystem offline. See Taking the T1600 Host Subsystem Offline.
- Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Loosen the captive screws (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2) on the ejector handles on both sides of the LCC-CB faceplate.
- Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the LCC-CB.
- Grasp the ejector handles and slide the LCC-CB about halfway out of the chassis.
- Place one hand underneath the LCC-CB to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
- Place the LCC-CB on the antistatic mat.
- If you are not replacing the LCC-CB now, install a blank panel over the empty slot.
Figure 147: Removing an LCC-CB
Installing a T640 LCC-CB
To install an LCC-CB (see Figure 148 on page 265):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Carefully align the sides of the LCC-CB with the guides inside the chassis.
- Slide the LCC-CB into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.
- Grasp both ejector handles, and press them inward to seat the LCC-CB.
- Tighten the captive screws on the ejector handles, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
- Verify that the LCC-CB is functioning normally:
- Check the LEDs on the LCC-CB faceplate. The green OK LED should light steadily a few minutes after the LCC-CB is installed. If power is applied to the Routing Engine and its corresponding LCC-CB is functioning normally, the LCC-CB comes online automatically.
If the FAIL LED is lit steadily, remove and install the LCC-CB again. If the FAIL LED still lights steadily, the LCC-CB is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
- Use the show chassis environment cb command to check the status of the LCC-CB.
Figure 148: Installing an LCC-CB
Replacing a T640 Routing Engine
To replace a Routing Engine, perform the following procedures:
- Removing a T640 Routing Engine on page 265
- Installing a T640 Routing Engine on page 267
Removing a T640 Routing Engine
The router can have one or two Routing Engines. They are located in the upper rear of the chassis in the slots marked REO and RE1. Each Routing Engine can weigh up to
2.4 lb (1.1 kg).
To remove a Routing Engine:
- Take the host subsystem offline as described in "Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline" on page 256.
CAUTION: Before you replace a Routing Engine, you must take the host subsystem offline. If the Routing Engine to be replaced is currently functioning as the master Routingengine, switch it to be the backup before taking the host subsystem offline. If there is only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the router.
-
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
-
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the Routing Engine cover.
- Grasp the Routing Engine cover by its edges, and pull it free from the chassis (see Figure 149 on page 266).
- If applicable, loosen the screws on the extractor handles at either end of the Routing Engine faceplate, using a Phillips screwdriver.
- Press the red tabs on the ejector handles on both sides of the Routing Engine faceplate.
- Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the Routing Engine.
- Grasp the Routing Engine by the ejector handles, and slide it about halfway out of the chassis.
- Place one of your hands underneath the Routing Engine to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
- Place the Routing Engine on the antistatic mat.
- If you are not replacing the Routing Engine now, reinstall the Routing Engine cover and tighten the screws on the corners of the cover to secure it to the chassis (see "Reinstalling the Routing Engine Cover" on page 267).
Figure 149: Removing the Routing Engine Cover
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a Juniper industrial control unit with mounting hardware (no text or symbols)Figure 150: Removing a Routing Engine
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with mounting brackets and drive bays (no text or symbols)Installing a T640 Routing Engine
To install a Routing Engine (see Figure 151 on page 268):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Ensure that the ejector handles are not in the locked position. If necessary, press the red tabs and flip the ejector handles outward.
- Place one hand underneath the Routing Engine to support it. With the other hand, grasp one of the ejector handles on the faceplate.
- Carefully align the sides of the Routing Engine with the guides inside the chassis.
- Slide the Routing Engine into the chassis until you feel resistance, then press the Routing Engine's faceplate until it engages the midplane connectors.
- Press both the ejector handles inward to seat the Routing Engine.
The Routing Engine might require several minutes to boot.
If the router is powered on and the Routing Engine's corresponding control board is functioning normally, the Routing Engine comes online automatically.
- If applicable, tighten the screws on the extractor handles, using a Phillips screwdriver. Be sure to tighten the screws enough to seat the Routing Engine properly.
- Press the Routing Engine cover into place, then tighten the captive screws on the corners of the cover to secure it to the chassis (see Figure 152 on page 268).
- Verify that the Routing Engine is installed correctly.
- Check the HOST0 and HOST1 LEDs on the craft interface. If the router is operational and the Routing Engine is functioning properly, the green OK LED lights steadily. If the red FAIL LED lights steadily instead, remove and install the Routing Engine again. If the red FAIL LED still lights steadily, the Routing Engine is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
- Check the status of the Routing Engine, use the CLI command:
user@host> show chassis routing-engine
For more information about using the CLI, see the Junos OS manuals.
Figure 151: Installing a Routing Engine
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with mounting holes and internal components (no text or symbols)Figure 152: Reinstalling the Routing Engine Cover
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a Juniper industrial device chassis with mounting brackets and control panel (no text or symbols)Related Documentation
Maintaining the T640 Host Subsystem on page 183.
•T640 Routing Engine Functions on page 6
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
•Synchronizing Routing Engines in the CLI User Guide
Replacing a PC Card in a T640 Routing Engine
To replace a PC Card, perform the following procedures:
- Removing a T640 PC Card on page 268
- Installing a T640 PC Card on page 269
Removing a T640 PC Card
The PC Card is located in the slot labeled PC CARD on the Routing Engine. To remove the PC Card (see Figure 153 on page 269):
- Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Remove the Routing Engine cover by loosening the captive screws on the corners of its faceplate.
- On the Routing Engine faceplate, press the eject button on the right side of the PC Card slot once to release the button. Press again to release the PC Card.
NOTE: The Routing Engine in your router might have two PC Card slots. In this case, use either slot. Do not install more than one PC Card in the Routing Engine.
- The PC Card pops partially out of the slot. Grasp the card and pull it completely out of the slot.
- Place the PC Card on the antistatic mat.
- If you are not replacing the PC Card now, reinstall the Routing Engine cover and tighten the screws on the corners of the cover to secure it to the chassis.
Figure 153: Removing a PC Card
Installing a T640 PC Card
To install a PC Card (see Figure 154 on page 270):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
If the Routing Engine cover is in place, remove the cover by loosening the captive screws on the corners of its faceplate.
-
Insert the PC Card into the PC Card slot on the Routing Engine, with the Juniper Networks logo facing downward.
CAUTION: Be sure to insert the PC Card with the label facing downward. Inserting the PC Card incorrectly might damage the Routing Engine.
NOTE: The Routing Engine in your router might have two PC Card slots. In this case, use either slot. Do not install more than one PC Card in the Routing Engine.
- Press the card firmly all the way into the slot.
- Reinstall the Routing Engine cover and tighten the screws on the corners of the cover to secure it to the chassis.
Figure 154: Installing a PC Card
Related Documentation
Maintaining the T640 Host Subsystem on page 183.
•T640 Routing Engine Functions on page 6
Replacing a DIMM Module in a T640 Routing Engine
- Removing a T640 DIMM Module on page 270
- Installing a T640 DIMM Module on page 271
Removing a T640 DIMM Module
The DIMM modules are located on the top of the Routing Engine. To remove a DIMM module:
- Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Remove the Routing Engine.
- Depending on which Routing Engine you are using, there are two different procedures for ejecting the DIMMs:
- For Routing Engines with an ejector on one side of the DIMM, press the plastic ejector of the DIMM module. The edge of the module raises upward.
- For Routing Engines with ejectors on each side of the DIMM, press the plastic ejectors on both sides of the DIMM module.
- Grasp the DIMM module, being careful not to touch any electrical components on the module, and firmly pull it out of the slot on the Routing Engine.
- Place the DIMM module on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.
- Push the plastic ejectors to close the empty DIMM module slot.
Installing a T640 DIMM Module
To insert a DIMM module into the Routing Engine:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Remove the DIMM module from its electrostatic bag.
- To open the empty DIMM slot, press the plastic ejectors open.
- Grasp the DIMM module by the edges, being careful not to touch any electrical components.
- Pressing firmly on both ends, push the module into the slot until the ejectors return completely to the closed position.
- Install the Routing Engine.
- You can view the SDRAM configuration and verify the DIMM was installed correctly by issuing the show chassis routing-engine command.
Figure 155: Installing the DIMM Module
Related Documentation
T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33.
•Replacing a T640 Routing Engine on page 265
Replacing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine
- Preparing to Replace a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 272
- Removing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 273
- Installing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 274
- Copying the Junos OS to the Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 274
Preparing to Replace a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine
To prepare to replace an SSD:
-
Determine whether the host subsystem is functioning as the master or as the backup, using one of these methods:
-
Check the Host Subsystem LEDs on the craft interface. If the green MASTER LED is lit, the corresponding host subsystem is functioning as the master.
- Check the MASTER LED on the control board. If the blue MASTER LED is lit, the host subsystem is functioning as the master.
- Issue the show chassis routing-engine command.
user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state
Master
...
In this example, the Routing Engine in Slot 0 is designated Master in the Current state field.
- If the host subsystem is functioning as the master, switch it to backup. Issue the request chassis routing-engine master switch command.
- From the master Routing Engine, power down the backup Routing Engine. Issue the request system power-off other-routing-engine command.
Removing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine
The SSD is located in the slot labeled DISK1 on the Routing Engine faceplate.
NOTE: The DISK2 slot is not currently supported.
To remove an SSD from a Routing Engine (see Figure 156 on page 273):
- Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
- Verify that the Online, DISK1, and CF LEDs on the backup Routing Engine faceplate are off.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2, loosen the captive screws on the corners of the cover.
- Remove the cover from the Routing Engine slots.
CAUTION: Do not remove the cover if any of the LEDs on the Routing Engine faceplate are lit.
- Press the eject button on the right side of the DISK1 slot to release the SSD.
- The SSD pops partially out of the slot. Grasp the SSD and carefully slide it completely out of the slot.
- Place the SSD on the antistatic mat.
Figure 156: Removing an SSD
natural_image
Technical diagram of a computer chassis showing internal components and a close-up view of the device (no text or symbols present)Installing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine
To install an SSD in a Routing Engine (see Figure 157 on page 274):
- Insert the SSD into the DISK1 slot on the Routing Engine, with the logo facing down.
CAUTION: Be sure to insert the SSD with the label facing down. Inserting the SSD incorrectly might damage the Routing Engine.
- Slide the SSD into the slot until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.
- Reinstall the Routing Engine cover. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2, tighten the screws on the corners of the cover to secure it to the Routing Engine .
- From the master Routing Engine, power on the Routing Engine. For a standalone router, issue the request system power-on other-routing-engine command.
Figure 157: Installing an SSD
natural_image
Technical diagram of a computer chassis showing internal components and a close-up view of the device (no text or symbols present)Copying the Junos OS to the Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine
After installing an SSD for the first time, you must copy the software from the Routing Engine's CompactFlash card to the SSD.
NOTE: For more information about the commands for this procedure, see request system partition hard-disk, request system reboot, request system snapshot, and show system boot-messages.
To copy software to the SSD:
- On the console or other management device connected to the Routing Engine, enter CLI operational mode.
- Partition the SSD. Issue the request system partition hard-disk command.
- Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the partition procedure is complete.
- Reboot the router's software. Issue the request system reboot command.
-
Back up the currently running and active file system partitions on the router to standby partitions that are not running. Issue the request system snapshot command.
-
Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the snapshot procedure is complete.
- Reboot the router's software again. Issue the request system reboot command.
- Verify that the SSD is listed as the secondary boot device. The output lists the devices mounted. The SSD is located at ad1. Issue the show system boot-messages command.
Related Documentation
T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33.
•T640 RE-C1800 Description on page 40
•T640 RE-C1800 LEDs on page 41
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Replacing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine
- Preparing to Replace a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C180 Routing Engine on page 275
- Removing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 276
- Installing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 276
- Copying the Junos OS to the CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 277
Preparing to Replace a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C180 Routing Engine
To prepare to replace a CompactFlash card in a T60 RE-C1800 Routing Engine:
- Determine whether the host subsystem is functioning as the master or as the backup, using one of these methods:
- Check the Host Subsystem LEDs on the craft interface. If the green MASTER LED is lit, the corresponding host subsystem is functioning as the master.
- Check the MASTER LED on the control board. If the blue MASTER LED is lit, the host subsystem is functioning as the master.
- Issue the show chassis routing-engine command:
user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state
Master
...
In this example, the Routing Engine in Slot 0 is designated Master in the Current state field.
-
If the host subsystem is functioning as the master, switch it to backup. Issue the request chassis routing-engine master switch command.
-
From the master Routing Engine, power down the backup Routing Engine. Issue the request system power-off other-routing-engine command.
Removing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine
The CompactFlash card is located in the slot labeled CF on the Routing Engine faceplate.
To remove the CompactFlash card (see Figure 158 on page 276):
-
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
-
Verify that the Online, DISK1, and CF LEDs on the backup Routing Engine faceplate are off.
-
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2, loosen the captive screws on the corners of the cover over the Routing Engine slots.
-
Remove the cover from the Routing Engine slots.
CAUTION: Do not remove the cover if any of the LEDs are lit.
-
Press the eject button on the right side of the CompactFlash card slot to release the CompactFlash card.
-
The CompactFlash card pops partially out of the slot. Grasp the card and pull it completely out of the slot.
-
Place the CompactFlash card on the antistatic mat.
Figure 158: Removing a CompactFlash Card
natural_image
Technical diagram of a computer chassis with an inset showing a device component (no text or symbols visible)Installing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine
To install a CompactFlash card (see Figure 159 on page 277):
-
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Remove the cover from the Routing Engine slots by loosening the captive screws on the corners of the cover (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2).
-
Insert the CompactFlash card into the CompactFlash card slot on the Routing Engine, with the logo facing up.
CAUTION: Be sure to insert the CompactFlash card with the label facing up. Inserting the CompactFlash card incorrectly might damage the Routing Engine.
-
Press the card firmly all the way into the slot.
-
Reinstall the Routing Engine cover. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2, tighten the screws on the corners of the cover to secure it to the Routing Engine.
-
From the master Routing Engine, power on the Routing Engine. For a standalone router, issue the request system power-on other-routing-engine command.
NOTE: After you replace a CompactFlash card, the Routing Engine boots from the solid-state disk (SSD). You may get an error message and be prompted for a keystroke. After you press the keystroke, it might take up to 10 minutes for the Routing Engine to reset and for the router to boot from the SSD.
Figure 159: Installing a CompactFlash Card
natural_image
Technical diagram showing a printer assembly with a close-up view of its internal components (no text or symbols visible)Copying the Junos OS to the CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine
After installing the CompactFlash card for the first time, you must copy the software from the Routing Engine's solid-state disk (SSD) to the CompactFlash card.
NOTE: For more information about the commands for this procedure, see request system snapshot, request system reboot, and show system boot-messages.
To copy software to the CompactFlash card:
-
On the console or other management device connected to the Routing Engine, enter CLI operational mode.
-
Copy the currently running and active file system partitions on the router to standby partitions on the CompactFlash card. Issue the request system snapshot partition command.
-
Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the snapshot partition procedure is complete.
- Issue the request system reboot command to reboot the router's software.
- Issue the show system boot-messages command to verify that the CompactFlash card is listed as the primary boot device. The output lists the devices mounted. The CompactFlash card is located at ad0.
Related Documentation
T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33.
•T640 RE-C1800 Description on page 40
•T640 RE-C1800 LEDs on page 41
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Replacing a T640 SCG
Backup SCGs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. Master and nonredundant SCGs are hot-pluggable.
To replace an SCG, perform the following procedures:
- Removing a T640 SCG on page 278
- Installing a T640 SCG on page 279
Removing a T640 SCG
The router can have one or two SCGs installed. The SCGs are located in the upper rear of the chassis, above the control boards and Routing Engines. Each SCG weighs approximately 1.9 lb (0.9 kg).
If two SCGs are installed and both are functioning normally, SCG0 is the master and SCG1 is the backup. Removing the backup SCG does not affect the functioning of the router. Taking the master SCG offline might result in a brief loss of SONET clock lock while the backup SCG becomes the master.
To remove an SCG (see Figure 160 on page 279):
-
Determine if the SCG is functioning as the master:
-
Check the blue MASTER LED on the SCG faceplate. If this LED is on steadily, the SCG is functioning as the master.
-
Use the following CLI command to display which SCG is functioning as the master: user@host> show chassis clocks
-
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
-
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Press the online/offline button on the SCG faceplate and hold it down until the OK LED goes out (about 5 seconds).
- If an external device is connected to one or both RJ-48 ports, disconnect the cables.
- Loosen the captive screws on the edges of the SCG faceplate.
- Grasp the SCG by the handle on the faceplate, and slide it out of the chassis.
- Place the SCG on the antistatic mat.
Figure 160: Removing an SCG
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack with internal components and a directional arrow indicating movement (no text or symbols present)Installing a T640 SCG
To install a replacement SCG (see Figure 161 on page 280):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Carefully align the sides of the SCG with the guides in the SCG slot.
- Grasp the SCG by its handle, and slide it straight into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.
- Tighten the captive screws on the corners of the SCG faceplate.
- To bring the SCG online, press the online/offline button until the green OK LED lights.
- To verify that the SCG is installed correctly and is functioning normally, check the LEDs on the SCG faceplate. The green OK LED should light steadily. If the SCG is master, the blue MASTER LED should also light steadily.
To check the status of the SCGs, use the following CLI command:
user@host> show chassis environment scg
For more information about using the CLI, see the Junos OS manuals.
- If an external clocking device was connected to one or both RJ-48 ports, reconnect the cables.
Figure 161: Installing an SCG
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with internal components and mounting bracket (no text or symbols)Related Documentation
T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description on page 48.
•T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) LEDs on page 50
•Maintaining the T640 SCGs on page 185
Replacing a T640 SIB
Five SIBs are installed in the T640 router. The SIBs are located in the rear of the chassis in the slots marked SIB0 through SIB4. Each SIB weighs approximately 6.8 lb (3.1 kg).
SIBs are hot-insertable and hot-removable.
NOTE: SIB version B is supported in Junos OS Release 7.3 and later. You can use a SIB or SIB versionBin a chassis running Junos 7.3orlater, but you cannot use both on the same chassis at the same time.
If you use one or more FPC4s or Enhanced Scaling FPCs in a T640 router that is not part of a routing matrix, each SIB in the router must be a SIB version B.
NOTE: The T640-SIB requires Junos OS Release 7.0 or later.
To replace a SIB, perform the following procedures:
- Removing a T640 Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B on page 281
- Installing a T640 Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B on page 282
- Upgrading to a T640 Standard SIB Version B on page 283
- Removing a T640-SIB on page 284
- Installing a T640-SIB on page 286
Removing a T640 Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B
NOTE: If you are upgrading to standard SIB version B or T640-SIBs, see "Upgrading to a T640 Standard SIB Version B" on page 283 or the TX Matrix Router Hardware Guide for T640-SIBs before removing the SIBs.
To remove a standard SIB or standard SIB version B (see Figure 162 on page 281):
- Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Press the online/offline button on the SIB faceplate. Press and hold down the button until the green OK LED goes out (about 5 seconds).
- Loosen the captive screws (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2) on the ejector handles on each side of the SIB faceplate.
- Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the SIB.
- Grasp both ejector handles, pull firmly, and slide the SIB about three-quarters of the way out of the chassis.
- Place one hand underneath the SIB to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place it on the antistatic mat.
CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on one another after you remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.
Figure 162: Removing a SIB
natural_image
Technical line drawing of an electronic device chassis with multiple ports and mounting brackets (no text or symbols)Installing a T640 Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B
To install a SIB into the rear of the chassis (see Figure 163 on page 282):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Place one hand underneath the SIB to support it. With the other hand, hold one of the ejector handles on the SIB faceplate.
- Carefully align the sides of the SIB with the guides inside the chassis.
- Slide the SIB into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.
- Grasp both ejector handles and press them inward to seat the SIB.
- Tighten the captive screws on the ejector handles.
- Press the offline/online button until the green OK LED blinks to bring the SIB online.
- Check the LEDs on the SIB faceplate to verify that it is functioning normally:
• The green OK LED should light steadily a few minutes after the SIB is installed. - If the FAIL LED is lit steadily, remove and install the SIB again (see "Removing a T640-SIB" on page 284 and "Installing a T640-SIB" on page 286). If the FAIL LED still lights steadily, the SIB is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
- Check the status of the SIB. Issue the following CLI command:
user@host> show chassis environment sib
Figure 163: Installing a SIB
natural_image
Technical line drawing of an electronic device chassis with labeled ports and mounting brackets (no text or symbols present)Upgrading to a T640 Standard SIB Version B
NOTE: Before you install one or more FPC4s in a T640 router that is not part of a routing matrix, you must replace each SIB in the router with a SIB version B.
SIB version B is supported in Junos OS Release 7.3 and later.
Standard SIBs and SIB version B cannot be installed in the same chassis at the same time, except during upgrade. To upgrade to standard SIB version B, you prepare the router by placing it into upgrade mode, then replace each standard SIB with a standard SIB version B.
NOTE: During the upgrade, the T640 router might experience some packet loss, depending on the operational environment. For more information, contact your customer support representative.
To upgrade for each of the SIBs in the T640 router:
- Preparing to Upgrade to a T640 Standard SIB Version B on page 283
- Replacing T640 Standard SIBs with Standard SIB Version B on page 284
Preparing to Upgrade to a T640 Standard SIB Version B
To prepare to upgrade from standard SIBs to standard SIB version B:
- Verify that you are running Junos OS Release 7.3 or later.
- Include the fabric upgrade-mode statement in the configuration at the [edit chassis] hierarchy level.
user@host# set chassis fabric upgrade-mode
- Commit the configuration on both the master and the backup Routing Engines.
user@host# commit synchronize
- Display the status of the T640 router SIBs by issuing the show chassis sibs command:
user@host> show chassis sibs
| Slot | State | Uptime |
| 0 | Spare | 255 days, 31 minutes, 12 seconds |
| 1 | Online | 255 days, 31 minutes, 12 seconds |
| 2 | Online | 255 days, 31 minutes, 12 seconds |
| 3 | Online | 255 days, 31 minutes, 12 seconds |
| 4 | Online | 255 days, 31 minutes, 12 seconds |
Verify that four SIBs are in the Online state. If five SIBs are installed, verify that one SIB is in the Spare state. To bring a SIB online, issue the request chassis sib online operational mode command.
Replacing T640 Standard SIBs with Standard SIB Version B
To replace the T640 standard SIBs with Standard SIB Version B, perform the following procedures:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Select one of the SIBs to replace, and take it offline by using one of the following methods:
-
Press and hold the ONLINE/OFFLINE button on the SIB faceplate for about five seconds until the OK LED is not lit.
- Issue the request chassis sib offline command. For example:
user@host> request chassis sib offline slot 0
NOTE: When you bring an active SIB offline, the spare SIB becomes active and transitions to the Online state.
- Replace the SIB with a standard SIB version B. Use the replacement procedures described in "Removing a T640 Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B" on page 281 and "Installing a T640 Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B" on page 282
NOTE: Ensure that the ejector handle tabs are properly mated inside their corresponding chassis slots before you tighten the captive screws on the ejector handles. You might haveto close and open the handles a few times before the tabs catch the slots.
Removing a T640-SIB
To remove a T640-SIB (see "Removing a T640 Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B" on page 281):
- Have ready a replacement SIB or blank panel, an antistatic mat, and one dust cover for the fiber-optic array cable connector you remove from the T640-SIB.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved ESD grounding point.
-
Ensure that the fiber-optic array cable connectors plugged into the T640-SIB are labeled so you can reconnect them correctly.
-
Use one of the following methods to take the T640-SIB offline:
- Issue the following CLI command:
user@host> request chassis sib lcc number offline slot slot-number
For more information about the command, see request chassis sib.
- Press and hold the online/offline button on the craft interface that corresponds to the T640-SIB. Hold the button down until all of the LEDs surrounding the button are not lit.
- Remove the fiber-optic array cable connector from the fiber-optic array on the faceplate of theT640-SIB.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a connector at the end of a fiber-optic adapter or fiber-optic array cable connector attached to an adapter. The fiber optics emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
-
Install a dust cover on the cable connector you removed from the T640-SIB. Align the dust cover with the cable connector and carefully press them together until they stop. The cover and the cable connector are keyed to ensure proper mating. Secure the dust cover by tightening the thumbscrew and captive screw on the connector. (Use the supplied small slotted screwdriver to tighten the captive screw.)
-
Move the fiber-optic array cables to the side of the T640-SIB so they do not interfere with the removal of the T640-SIB.
-
Simultaneously turn both ejector handles on the top and bottom of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the T640-SIB.
-
Grasp both ejector handles, pull firmly, and slide the T640-SIB about three-quarters of the way out of the chassis.
-
Place one hand underneath the T640-SIB to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place it on the antistatic mat.
CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on one another after you remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.
- If you are not reinstalling a SIB into the emptied SIB slot within a short time, install a blank SIB panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the SIB card cage.
Figure 164: Removing a SIB
natural_image
Technical line drawing of an electrical enclosure with internal components and mounting brackets (no text or symbols)Installing a T640-SIB
Use this procedure to install a T640-SIB in a T640 router that is connected to a TX Matrix platform. To convert the switching plane from standard SIBs to T640-SIBs, see the procedures in the TX Matrix Router Hardware Guide.
NOTE: While you install the T640-SIB or replace a fiber-optic array cable, small deposits of oil and dust can enter the T640-SIB fiber-optic array adapters, the fiber-optic array cable connectors, and the loopback connectors and adapters. We recommend you clean the optics in these components, as well as the loopback connector and adapter dust covers, immediately before connecting them. For cleaning instructions, see the TX Matrix Router Hardware Guide.
To install a T640-SIB into the rear of the chassis (see "Installing a T640 Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B" on page 282):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Place one hand under the bottom edge of the T640-SIB and one hand around the top of the T640-SIB faceplate.
- If applicable, remove the protective tape covering each T640-SIB fiber-optic array adapter.
-
Remove the dust covers from the fiber-optic array cable connectors. To remove a dust cover, loosen the thumbscrew and captive screw on the connector. (Use the supplied small slotted screwdriver to loosen the captive screw.) Store the dust covers in a dust-free resealable plastic bag.
-
Install the cable connector to the fiber-optic array adapter. Align the connector with the fiber-optic array adapter, and carefully press it into the adapter until it stops. The cable connector and adapter are keyed to ensure proper mating.
NOTE: The optics in a fiber-optic array adapter are spring loaded, so you must continue to apply force to a fiber-optic array cable connector or loopback connector while securing it to a TX-SIB or T640-SIB adapter.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic array adapter or a connector at the end of a fiber-optic array cable attached to an adapter. The fiber optics emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
- Partially tighten the thumbscrew and captive screw on the fiber-optic array cable connector. (Use the supplied small slotted screwdriver to tighten the captive screw.) Alternate between the thumbscrew and captive screw until the cable connector is secured to the adapter.
-
Use one of the following methods to bring the T640-SIB online:
-
Press and hold the online/offline button on the faceplate until the green OK LED next to the button blinks.
- Issue the following CLI command:
user@host> request chassis sib lcc number slot slot-number online
-
Check the LEDs on the T640-SIB faceplate to verify that the SIB is functioning normally.
-
The green OK LED should light steadily a few minutes after the T640-SIB is installed.
-
If the FAIL LED is lit steadily, remove and install the T640-SIB again (see "Removing a T640-SIB" on page 284 and this procedure). If the FAIL LED still lights steadily, the T640-SIB is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
-
Check the status of the T640-SIBs. Issue the following CLI commands:
user@host> show chassis environment sib lcc number
For more information and sample output from these commands, see show chassis environment slb.
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description on page 30
•Maintaining the T640 SIBs on page 193
Replacing T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Components
- Replacing a T640 FPC on page 288
-
Replacing a T640 PIC on page 293
• Replacing T640 PIC Cables on page 298 -
Replacing a T640 SFP on page 301
- Replacing a T640 XENPAK Module on page 304
Replacing a T640 FPC
The FPCs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. When you remove an FPC, the router continues to function, although the PIC interfaces installed on the FPC being removed no longer function.
The router holds up to eight FPCs, which are installed vertically in the front of the router. An empty FPC weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg) and a fully configured FPC can weigh up to 32 lb (14.5 kg).
- Removing a T640 FPC on page 288
- Installing a T640 FPC on page 290
Removing a T640 FPC
To remove an FPC (see Figure 165 on page 290):
- Have ready a replacement FPC or FPC blank panel and an antistatic mat for the FPC. Also have ready rubber safety caps for each PIC using an optical interface on the FPC that you are removing.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Label the cables connected to each PIC on the FPC so that you can later reconnect the cables to the correct PICs.
-
Use one of the following methods to take the FPC offline:
-
Press and hold the FPC online/offline button. The green OK LED next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes out. The LEDs and online/offline button for each FPC are located directly above it on the craft interface.
- Issue the CLI command:
user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-numberoffline
For more information about the command, see request chassis fpc.
- Disconnect the cables from the PICs installed in the FPC. Immediately cover each fiber-optic transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap. Arrange the disconnected cables in the cable management system, to prevent the cables from developing stress points.
WARNING: Do not look directly into the ends of fiber-optic cables or into the transceivers on the PIC faceplate. Fiber-optic transceivers and cable connected to transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
-
If you are removing a Type 2 FPC or Type 3 FPC, loosen the screws inside the ejector handles at the top and bottom of the FPC faceplate.
-
Simultaneously turn both the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the FPC.
-
Grasp the handles, and slide the FPC straight out of the card cage halfway.
-
Place one hand around the front of the FPC (the PIC housing) and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the FPC completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.
CAUTION: The weight of the FPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 32 lb (14.5 kg)—as you slide the FPC out of the chassis.
When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.
Do not stack FPCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
-
If necessary, remove each installed PIC from the FPC. For information about removing a PIC, see "Removing a T640 PIC" on page 294.
-
After you remove each PIC, immediately place it on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.
-
If you are not reinstalling a FPC into the emptied FPC slot within a short time, install a blank FPC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the FPC card cage.
CAUTION: After removing an FPC from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds before reinserting it, removing an FPC from a different slot, or inserting an FPC into a different slot.
Figure 165: Removing a T640 FPC
natural_image
Line drawing of a server rack unit with internal compartments and ventilation slots (no text or symbols)Installing a T640 FPC
To install an FPC (see Figure 167 on page 293):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Place the FPC on an antistatic mat.
- Take each PIC to be installed in the replacement FPC out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the FPC where it will be connected.
- Verify that each fiber-optic PIC has a rubber safety cap covering the PIC transceiver. If it does not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.
- Install each PIC into the appropriate slot on the FPC. For information on installing a PIC, see "Installing a T640 PIC" on page 296.
-
Locate the slot in the FPC card cage in which you plan to install the FPC.
-
Inspect the slot in the FPC card cage to verify that there are no missing or bent pins on the midplane.
-
Inspect the FPC to verify that the connectors are not misaligned or damaged.
CAUTION: When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.
- Verify that the FPC is right-side up, with the components on the right of the FPC.
- Lift the FPC into place and carefully align the bottom and top of the FPC with the guides inside the card cage.
Figure 166: Installing an FPC
natural_image
Illustration of a person installing or adjusting an open server rack cabinet with a magnified inset showing internal components (no text or symbols)Donotbendordamageprongs onpowerconnector
- Gently rest the bottom edge of the FPC on the bottom edge of the slot opening, making contact a short distance forward of the power connector.
CAUTION: Take care not to bend or otherwise damage the power connector prongs.
- Slowly slide the FPC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.
CAUTION: To avoid damaging the FPC, make sure that you keep the bottom of the FPC flat as you slide it into the slot.
-
Starting with the ejector handles on the FPC faceplate nearly horizontal, simultaneously turn both ejector handles clockwise to seat the FPC.
-
If you are installing a Type 2 FPC or Type 3 FPC, tighten the screws inside the ejector handles to secure the FPC. Do not overtighten them.
-
Remove the rubber safety cap from each fiber-optic transceiver and cable.
WARNING: Do not look directly into the ends of fiber-optic cables or into the transceivers on the PIC faceplate. Fiber-optic transceivers and cable connected to transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
- Insert the appropriate cable into the cable connector ports on each PIC on the FPC. Secure the cables so that they are not supporting their own weight. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop, using the cable management system. Placing fasteners on a loop helps to maintain its shape.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. Anarc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
- Use one of the following methods to bring the FPC online:
- Press and hold the FPC online/offline button until the green OK LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds. The LEDs and online/offline button for each FPC are located directly above it on the craft interface.
- Issue the CLI command:
user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-numberonline
For more information about the command, see request chassis fpc.
CAUTION: After the OK LED lights steadily, wait at least 30 seconds before removing the FPC again, removing an FPC from a different slot, or inserting an FPC in a different slot.
You can verify correct FPC and PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status commands, as described in "Maintaining T640 FPCs" on page 186 and "Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables" on page 191.
Figure 167: Installing a T640 FPC
natural_image
Line drawing of an industrial rack-mounted server unit with multiple panels and control panel (no text or symbols visible)Replacing a T640 PIC
- Removing a T640 PIC on page 294
- Installing a T640 PIC on page 296
Removing a T640 PIC
PICs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. When you remove a PIC, the router continues to function, although the PIC interfaces being removed no longer function.
The PICs are located in the FPCs installed in the front of the router. A PIC weighs less than 2 lb (0.9 kg).
To remove a PIC (see Figure 168 on page 296):
- Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the PIC. If the PIC connects to fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each transceiver and cable.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Use one of the following methods to take the PIC offline:
- Press and hold the online/offline button until the PIC LED goes out (about 5 seconds).
For a PIC installed in a Type 1 FPC, use a tool—such as a flat-blade screwdriver—to press the button slightly beneath the faceplate of the PIC. For a PIC installed in a Type 2 FPC or Type 3 FPC, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button.
- Issue the following CLI command:
user@host> request chassis plc fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot offline
For more information about the command, see request chassis pic.
- Label the cables connected to the PIC so that you can later reconnect each cable to the correct PIC.
- Disconnect the cables from the PIC. If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
- Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
-
Unseat the PIC:
-
Type 1 or Type 2 PIC—Loosen the captive screws at the top and bottom of the PIC faceplate.
- Type 3 PIC—Loosen the captive screw at the bottom of the PIC faceplate, then twist the ejector handle at the top of the faceplate and counterclockwise to unseat the PIC.
-
Type 4 PIC—Twist the ejector handle at the bottom of the PIC faceplate, then twist the ejector handle at the top of the faceplate and counterclockwise to unseat the PIC.
-
Slide the PIC out of the FPC card carrier, and place it in the electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat.
-
If you are not reinstalling a PIC into the emptied PIC slot within a short time, install a blank PIC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the FPC card cage.
Figure 168: Removing a PIC
natural_image
Line drawing of a server rack unit with internal panel and drive bays (no text or symbols visible)Installing a T640 PIC
To install a PIC (see Figure 169 on page 298):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that there is a rubber safety cap over each transceiver on the faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.
- Align the notches in the connector at the rear of the PIC with the notches in the PIC slot in the FPC and then slide the PIC in until it lodges firmly in the FPC.
CAUTION: Slide the PIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the bottom of the PIC.
-
Secure the PIC to the FPC faceplate:
-
Type 1 or Type 2 PICs—Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the faceplate.
- Type 3 PICs—Turn the ejector handle at the top of the PIC faceplate clockwise, then tighten the captive screw at the bottom of the faceplate.
-
Type 4 PIC—Twist the ejector handle at the bottom of the PIC faceplate, then twist the ejector handle at the top of the faceplate and counterclockwise to unseat the PIC.
-
If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and the end of each cable.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
-
Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the PIC.
-
Arrange each cable in the cable management system to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coil loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
- Use one of the following methods to bring the PIC online:
- Press the PIC offline/online button until the PIC LED lights green. For a PIC installed in a Type 1 FPC, use a tool—such as a flat-blade screwdriver—to press the button slightly beneath the faceplate of the PIC. For a PIC installed in a Type 2 FPC or Type 3 FPC, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button.
- Issue the following CLI command:
user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online
For more information about the command, see request chassis pic.
The normal functioning status LED confirms that the PIC is online. You can also verify correct PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.
Figure 169: Installing a PIC
natural_image
Line drawing of a server rack unit with internal panel and drive bays (no text or symbols)Replacing T640 PIC Cables
Removing and installing PIC cables do not affect router function, except that a PIC does not receive or transmit data while its cable is disconnected. To replace a PIC cable, , perform the following procedures:
-
Removing a T640 PIC Cable on page 299
-
Installing a T640 PIC Cable on page 299
Removing a T640 PIC Cable
To remove a PIC cable:
-
If the PIC connects to fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each cable and transceiver.
-
If removing all cables connected to the PIC, use one of the following methods to take the PIC offline:
- Press its online/offline button. For a PIC installed in a Type 1 FPC, use a tool—such as a flat-blade screwdriver—to press the button slightly beneath the faceplate of the PIC. For a PIC installed in a Type 2 FPC or Type 3 FPC, use a narrow-ended too that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press and hold the button until the PIC LED goes out (about 5 seconds).
- Issue the CLI command:
user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot offline
For more information about the command, see request chassis pic.
- Unplug the cable from the cable connector port. If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap.
WARNING: Do not look directly into the ends of fiber-optic cables or into the transceivers on the PIC faceplate. Fiber-optic transceivers and cable connected to transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
- Remove the cable from the cable management system and detach it from the destination port.
Installing a T640 PIC Cable
To install a PIC cable (see Figure 170 on page 301):
-
Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the PIC. For cable specifications, see the T640 Interface Module Reference.
-
If the PIC cable connector port is covered by a rubber safety plug, remove the plug.
WARNING: Do not look directly into the ends of fiber-optic cables or into the transceivers on the PIC faceplate. Fiber-optic transceivers and cable connected to transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
-
Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the PIC faceplate.
-
Arrange the cable in the cable management system, to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
-
Insert the other end of the cable into the destination port.
-
Repeat the previous steps for any additional cables.
-
If the PIC is offline (its failure indicator LED is lit), use one of the following methods to bring the PIC online:
- Press the PIC offline/online button until the PIC LED lights green. For a PIC installed in a Type 1 FPC, use a tool—such as a flat-blade screwdriver—to press the button slightly beneath the faceplate of the PIC. For a PIC installed in a Type 2 FPC or Type 3 FPC, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button.
- Issue the CLI command:
user@host>request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online
For more information about the command, see request chassis pic.
The normal functioning indicator LED confirms that the PIC is online. You can also verify correct PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command described in "Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables" on page 191.
Figure 170: Connecting Fiber-Optic Cable to a PIC
Replacing a T640 SFP
- Removing a T640 SFP on page 302
- Installing a T640 SFP on page 303
Removing a T640 SFP
Small form-factor pluggables (SFPs) are transceivers that can be removed from a PIC. SFPs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. Removing an SFP does not interrupt PIC functioning, but the removed SFP no longer receives or transmits data.
NOTE: When you remove a PIC transceiver, the router continues to function, although the PIC interface being removed no longer functions.
Figure 171: Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP)
NOTE: This procedure applies to both SFP and SFP+ transceivers.
To remove an SFP transceiver (see Figure 171 on page 302):
- Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the SFP. Have ready a rubber safety cap for the SFP transceiver and the cable.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Label the cable connected to the SFP so that you can later reconnect it to the correct SFP.
- Disconnect the cable from the SFP. Immediately cover the transceiver and the end of the cable with a rubber safety cap.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
- Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight
as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
- Pull the ejector handle away from the SFP faceplate to unseat the SFP from the PIC. Pull the SFP out of the PIC, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.
CAUTION: After removing a transceiver from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds before reinserting it or inserting a transceiver into a different slot.
Installing a T640 SFP
To install a replacement SFP:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Verify that a rubber safety cap covers the SFP transceiver, installing one if necessary.
-
Orient the SFP over the port in the PIC so that the connector end will enter the slot first and the SFP connector faces the appropriate direction:
-
If the PIC has ten SFP ports, the ports are arranged in two columns. The SFP connector faces to the right for ports in the left column, and to the left for ports in the right column.
-
If the PIC has one or two SFP ports, the SFP connector faces to the left.
-
Slide the SFP into the slot. If there is resistance, remove the SFP and flip it so that the connector faces the other direction.
- Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable, and insert the cable into the transceiver.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
- Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coil loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
- Verify that the status LEDs on the PIC faceplate indicate that the SFP is functioning correctly (there is an LED for each SFP port). For more information about the PIC LEDs, see the T4000 Router PIC Guide. You can also verify PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc plc-status command.
Replacing a T640 XENPAK Module
XENPAK modules are optical transceivers that can be removed from a PIC.
XENPAK modules are hot-insertable and hot-removable. Removing a XENPAK module does not interrupt PIC functioning, but the removed module no longer receives or transmits data.
- Removing a T640 XENPAK Module on page 304
- Installing a T640 XENPAK Module on page 306
Removing a T640 XENPAK Module
To remove a XENPAK module (see Figure 172 on page 305):
- Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the XENPAK module. Have ready a rubber safety cap for the XENPAK transceiver and the cable.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Label the cable connected to the XENPAK module so that you can later reconnect it to the correct module.
- Disconnect the cable from the XENPAK module. Immediately cover the transceiver and the end of the cable with a rubber safety cap.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
- Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
- Unscrew the thumbscrews at the top and bottom of the XENPAK module.
- Slide the module out of the PIC and place it in the electrostatic bag or on the antistati mat.
Figure 172: Removing a XENPAK Module
Installing a T640 XENPAK Module
To install a replacement XENPAK module (see Figure 173 on page 307):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Verify that a rubber safety cap covers the XENPAK transceiver. Install one if necessary.
- Orient the XENPAK module so that the optical port faces out, and the transmit (TX) port is above the receive (RX) port (see Figure 173 on page 307).
- Slide the XENPAK module into the slot.
- Tighten the thumbscrews at the top and bottom of the XENPAK module. Verify that the module is seated properly.
- Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable. Insert the cable into the transceiver.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
- Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coil loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
- Verify that the status LEDs on the PIC faceplate indicate that the XENPAK module is functioning correctly. For more information about the PIC LEDs, see the T640 Interface Module Reference. You can also verify PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.
Figure 173: Installing a XENPAK Module
NOTE: Orient the XENPAK module in the slot so it does not touch the faceplate opening.
Related Documentation
T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386.
•T640 PIC Description on page 29
•T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture on page 7
- Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables on page 191
Replacing T640 Power System Components
- Replacing a T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply on page 308
- Replacing a T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 314
- Replacing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 323
- Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply on page 329
- Replacing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Two-Input 160-A Power Supply, Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply, or a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 334
- Replacing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Six-Input DC Power Supply on page 341
- Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Front Air Filter on page 343
- Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Side Air Filter on page 344
- Replacing T640 DC Power Supplies with AC Power Supplies on page 346
- Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply on page 354
- Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord on page 361
-
Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply on page 365
• Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord on page 370 -
Replacing a Front Air Filter Element on a T640 AC or DC Power Supply on page 373
- Replacing a Side Air Filter on a T640 AC Power Supply on page 375
Replacing a T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
- Removing a T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply on page 308
- Installing a T640 Two-Input DC Power Supply on page 310
Removing a T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
CAUTION: Do not leave a power supply slot empty for more than 30 minutes while the router is operational. For proper airflow, the power supply must remain in the chassis, or a blank panel must be used in an empty slot.
The router has either one nonredundant power supply or two redundant, load-sharing power supplies. Each redundant power supply is hot-insertable and hot-removable. When a redundant power supply is powered down or removed, the other power supply automatically assumes the entire electrical load for the router. If you have only one power supply, you must power off the system before removing the power supply.
To remove a two-input 160-A DC power supply:
- Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
- For a nonredundant power supply, power off the system. For redundant power supplies, verify that the other power supply is functional.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate to the off position (O).
NOTE: After powering off a power supply, you must wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
- Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
- Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, remove the nuts and washers from the terminal studs (see Figure 174 on page 309).
Figure 174: Disconnecting Power Cables from a Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
- Remove the cable lugs from the terminal studs.
- Loosen the captive screws on the cable restraints on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.
- Carefully move the power cables out of the way.
- Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely. Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.
- Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.
- Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate, and pull firmly to start removing the power supply. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 175 on page 310).
CAUTION: Each two-input 160-A power supply weighs approximately 23 lb (10.5 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.
- Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the rear of the power supply (see Figure 176 onpage310). They can contain dangerous voltages.
Figure 175: Removing a Two-Input 160-A Power Supply
natural_image
Diagram of a server rack with multiple drive bays and connected cables, showing no text or symbolsFigure 176: Rear of the Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a rectangular electronic device with internal components and mounting holes (no text or symbols)Installing a T640 Two-Input DC Power Supply
To install a power supply (see Figure 177 on page 313):
- Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during installation.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate to the off position (O).
- Using both hands, slide the power supply into the chassis until you feel resistance.
- Twist the ejector handles at the upper corners of the power supply faceplate clockwise until they stop.
- Tighten the captive screws at the lower corners of the power supply faceplate to secure the power supply in the chassis.
- Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
- Remove the nut and washer from each power terminal stud. If no washers and nuts are already installed, they should be in the accessory box.
- Secure the cable lug on the DC power cable to the terminal stud, first with a washer, then with a nut (see Figure 178 on page 313). Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver or wren to tighten the nut (see Figure 177 on page 313). Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut:
a. Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to a RTN (return) terminal.
b. Secure each negative (−) DC source power cable lug to a -48V (input) terminal.
NOTE: All inputs on the two-input 160-A DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the two-input 160-A DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated powerfeeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
NOTE: INPUT 0 and INPUT 1 on the three-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEMO must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and INPUT 0 and INPUT 1 on the three-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
- Loosen the captive screws on the cable restraints on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.
- Route the positive and negative DC power cables through the top and bottom of each cable restraint.
- Tighten the cable restraint captive screws to hold the power cables in place.
- Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the cables are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.
- Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply to the on position (I).
NOTE: If you have only one power supply, or if the router is completely powered off when you power on the power supply, the Routing Engine boots as the power supply completes its startup sequence.
- Check the LEDs on the power supply faceplate. If the power supply is correctly installed and is functioning properly, the DC OK LED lights steadily, and the CB ON LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily.
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators—such as the output statusLEDsonthepower supply, the command output displays, and messages on the LCD on the craft interface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
NOTE: After powering on a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off. If you have only one power supply, power off the system before turning off the power supply.
Figure 177: Installing a Replacement Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
natural_image
Diagram of a server rack with connected ports and fans, showing internal components and cable routing (no text or labels)Figure 178: Connecting Power Cables to a Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
•Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
•T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 428
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
Replacing a T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
The T640 router has either one nonredundant power supply or two redundant, load-sharing power supplies. Each redundant power supply is hot-insertable and hot-removable. When a redundant power supply is powered down or removed, the other power supply automatically assumes the entire electrical load for the router. If you have only one power supply, you must power off the system before removing the power supply.
- Removing a T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 314
- Setting the Input Mode Switch on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply for a T640 Router on page 316
- Installing a T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 317
- Replacing the T640 Cable Restraint on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 318
- Connecting DC Power to a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply in a T640 Router on page 320
- Powering On a T640 Replacement Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 322
Removing a T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
To remove a three-input 240-A DC power supply:
- Switch off the external circuit breakers to the power supply being removed. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate to the off position (O).
NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
-
Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
-
Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver or wrench, remove the nuts and washers from the terminal studs (see Figure 179 on page 315).
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
Figure 179: Disconnecting Power Cables from the DC Power Supply
- Remove the cable lugs from the terminal studs.
- Loosen the captive screw or screws on the cable restraint on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.
- Carefully move the power cables out of the way.
- Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely.
- Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.
- Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 181 on page 316).
CAUTION: Each three-input 240-ADC power supply weighs approximately
25 lb (11.3 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.
- Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the rear of the power supply (see Figure 180 on page 316). They can contain dangerous voltages.
Figure 180: Rear of the Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a rectangular electronic device casing with internal components and mounting holes (no text or symbols)Figure 181: Removing a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Setting the Input Mode Switch on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply for a T640 Router
NOTE: Do not set the input mode switch if the power supply is installed in the chassis. If the power supply is already installed, you must disconnect all cables and remove the power supply before setting the input mode switch.
To set the input mode switch (see Figure 182 on page 317) to 2-INPUT mode:
- Using a screwdriver, loosen the captive screw holding the metal cover over the input mode switch (see Figure 182 on page 317).
- Rotate the metal cover away from the input mode switch to expose the switch.
- Check the setting of the input mode switch. Use a flashlight, if necessary. In 2-INPUT mode, the switch must be located all the way to the right.
- If the input mode switch is not set correctly, use a sharp, nonconductive object to slide the switch all the way to the right to set the power supply to 2-INPUT.
CAUTION: Do not use a pencil, because fragments can break off and cause damage to the power supply.
- Rotate the metal cover over the input mode switch, and use a screwdriver to tighten the captive screw.
Figure 182: Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Installing a T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Each three-input 240-A DC power supply weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg). To install a three-input 240-A power supply:
- Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during installation.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate to the OFF position (O).
-
Using both hands, slide the power supply into the chassis until you feel resistance (see Figure 183 on page 318).
- Twist the ejector handles at the upper corners of the power supply faceplate clockwise until they stop.
- Tighten the captive screws at the lower corners of the power supply faceplate to secure the power supply in the chassis.
Figure 183: Installing a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Replacing the T640 Cable Restraint on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Each three-input 240-A DC power supply is shipped with the standard cable restraint, as shown in "Standard Cable Restraint on a Three-Input 240-A Power Supply" on page 319. Two optional cable restraints are shipped in the accessory box.
If your DC power cables are too large or inflexible to fit into the standard cable restraint, we recommend that you remove the standard cable restraint and install the optional cable restraint (see "Optional Cable Restraint on a Three-Input 240-A Power Supply" on page 319) on each three-input 240-A DC power supply.
NOTE: Before you remove a chassis from a rack or cabinet, you must remove the optional cable restraint from the three-input 240-A DC power supply.
To replace the cable restraint on a three-input 240-A DC power supply, perform the following tasks:
- Removing the T640 Standard Cable Restraint from a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 319
- Installing the T640 Optional Cable Restraint on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 319
Removing the T640 Standard Cable Restraint from a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
The cable restraint is located on the right edge of the power supply faceplate. To remove the standard cable restraint from a three-input 240-A DC power supply:
- Loosen the captive screw on the standard cable restraint or captive screws on the optional cable restraint.
- Remove the cable restraint from the power supply.
Figure 184: Standard Cable Restraint on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Installing the T640 Optional Cable Restraint on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supp To install the optional cable restraint on a three-input 240-A DC power supply:
- Align the two captive screws on the optional cable restraint with the two threaded holes located at the right edge of the power supply faceplate.
- Fasten the captive screws.
Figure 185: Optional Cable Restraint on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Connecting DC Power to a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply in a T640 Router
To connect a three-input 240-A DC power supply to the power sources:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Verify that a licensed electrician has attached cable lugs to the power cables that you supply.
- Verify that the voltage across the DC power source cables leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during installation. If needed, switch off the customer site circuit breakers.
- Verify that the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate are in the OFF position (O).
- Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
- Remove the nut and washer from each power terminal stud.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
- Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with a washer, then with a nut (see Figure 186 on page 322).
a. Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lugs to the RETURN (return) terminals.
b. Attach the negative (−) DC source power cable lugs to the -48V (input) terminals.
Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver or wrench to tighten the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
NOTE: For power supplies set to 2-INPUT mode (required for the T640 router and TX Matrix router), connect two DC power cables, one for RETURN and one for -48 V to INPUT 0 and two DC power cables, one for RETURN and one for -48 V to INPUT 1.
NOTE: INPUT 0 and INPUT 1 on the three-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEMO must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and INPUT 0 and INPUT 1 on the three-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEMI must be powered by dedicated powerfeeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
- Loosen the captive screw or screws on the cable restraint on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.
- Route the DC power cables through the cable restraint.
- Tighten the cable restraint captive screw or screws to hold the power cables in place.
- Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables are not touching or blocking access to other hardware components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.
- Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
Figure 186: Connecting Power Cables to the Power Supply
Powering On a T640 Replacement Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
To power on a three-input 240-A DC power supply:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the DC power source cables.
- Verify that the INPUT PRESENT LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit steadily, indicating that the inputs are receiving power.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply to the ON position (I).
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds forstatus indicators—such as the LEDs on the power supply, the command output displays, and messages on the LED display on the craft interface—toindicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
- Verify that the CB ON LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit steadily. The CB ON LEDs blink momentarily, then light steadily to indicate that the circuit breakers are on.
- Verify that the DC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power supply is correctly installed and is functioning properly.
NOTE: After powering on a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off. If the system is completely powered off when you power on the power supply, the Routing Engine boots as the power supply completes its startup sequence. If the Routing Engine finishes booting and you need to power off the system again, first issue the CLI request system halt command.
After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
- Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
•T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 428
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
Replacing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
The router has either one nonredundant power supply or two redundant, load-sharing power supplies. Each redundant power supply is hot-insertable and hot-removable. When a redundant power supply is powered down or removed, the other power supply automatically assumes the entire electrical load for the router. If you have only one power supply, you must power off the system before removing the power supply.
- Removing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 323
- Installing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 326
Removing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
To remove a four-input 240-A DC power supply:
- Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the power supply being removed. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate to the off position (O).
Figure 187: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
-
Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
-
Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, remove the nuts and washers from the terminal studs (see Figure 188 on page 325).
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
Figure 188: Disconnecting Power Cables from the Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
- Remove the cable lugs from the terminal studs.
- Loosen the captive screw or screws on the cable restraint on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.
- Carefully move the power cables out of the way.
- Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely.
- Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.
- Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 189 on page 326).
CAUTION: Each four-input 240-ADC power supply weighs approximately 26.6 lb (12.0 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.
- Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
Figure 189: Removing a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack with multiple drive bays and cable connections (no text or symbols)
WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the rear of the power supply (see Figure 190onpage 326). They can contain dangerous voltages.
Figure 190: Rear of the Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors
natural_image
Line drawing of a rectangular electronic device casing with internal slots and mounting holes (no text or symbols)Installing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Each four-input 240-A DC power supply weighs approximately 26.6 lb (12.0 kg). To install a four-input 240-A DC power supply:
- Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during installation.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate to the OFF position (O).
-
Using both hands, slide the power supply into the chassis until you feel resistance (see Figure 192 on page 329).
- Twist the ejector handles at the upper corners of the power supply faceplate clockwise until they stop.
- Tighten the captive screws at the lower corners of the power supply faceplate to secure the power supply in the chassis.
- Verify that a licensed electrician has attached cable lugs to the power cables that you supply.
- Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
- Remove the nut and washer from each power terminal stud.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
- Attach the lugs on the DC source power cables to the terminal studs.
a. Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lugs to the RETURN (return) terminals.
b. Attach the negative (−) DC source power cable lugs to the -48V (input) terminals.
Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with a washer, then with a nut (see Figure 191 on page 328). Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver to tighten the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs and the power supply. The absolute maximum torque that may be applied to this nut is 45 lb-in. (5.0 Nm).
Figure 191: Connecting a Power Cable to a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
- Loosen the captive screws on the cable restraint on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.
- Route the DC power cables through the cable restraint.
- Tighten the cable restraint captive screws to hold the power cables in place.
- Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables do not touch or block access to other hardware components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.
- Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
- Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the DC power source cables.
- Verify that the INPUT PRESENT LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit steadily, indicating that the inputs are receiving power.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply to the ON position (I).
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds forstatus indicators—such as the LEDs on the power supply, the command output displays, and messages on the LED display on the craft interface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
- Verify that the CB ON LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit steadily, indicating that the circuit breakers are on.
- Verify that the DC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power supply is correctly installed and is functioning properly. The DC OK LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily.
Figure 192: Installing a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack with connected modules and fans (no text or symbols)Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
•T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description on page 66
•T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 68
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 428
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply
- Removing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply on page 330
- Installing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply on page 332
Removing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply
To remove a six-input DC power supply:
- Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the power supply being removed. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
- Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
Figure 193: DC Power Supply
- Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, remove the nuts and washers from the terminal studs (see Figure 194 on page 330).
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
Figure 194: Disconnecting Power Cables from the DC Power Supply
-
Remove the cable lugs from the terminal studs.
-
Loosen the captive screws on the cable restraints on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.
-
Carefully move the power cables out of the way.
-
Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely.
-
Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.
-
Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate, and pull firmly. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 195 on page 331).
CAUTION: Each DC power supply weighs approximately 39.7 lb (18.0 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.
- Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
Figure 195: Removing a DC Power Supply
natural_image
Diagram of server rack with multiple fans and red cable routing through a rack unit (no text or symbols)
WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the rear of the power supply (see Figure 196 on page 332). They can contain dangerous voltages.
Figure 196: Rear of the Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors
natural_image
Line drawing of a rectangular electronic device with internal components and mounting holes (no text or symbols)Installing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply
Each DC power supply weighs approximately 39.7 lb (18.0 kg). To install a six-input DC power supply:
- Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during installation.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Using both hands, slide the power supply into the chassis until you feel resistance (see Figure 197 on page 332).
Figure 197: Inserting the DC Power Supply into the Chassis
natural_image
Diagram of server rack with red cable routing from multiple ports, showing fan connections and ventilation slots (no text or labels)- Twist the ejector handles at the upper corners of the power supply faceplate clockwise until they stop.
-
Tighten the captive screws at the lower corners of the power supply faceplate to secure the power supply in the chassis.
-
Verify that a licensed electrician has attached cable lugs to the power cables that you supply.
- Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
- Remove the nut and washer from each power terminal stud.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
- Attach the lugs on the DC source power cables to the terminal studs.
a. Attach the negative (−) DC source power cable lug to the -48V (input) terminal.
b. Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) terminal.
Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with a washer, then with a nut (see Figure 198 on page 333). Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver to tighten the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs and the power supply. The absolute maximum torque that may be applied to this nut is 45 lb-in. (5.0 Nm).
Figure 198: Attaching the DC Power Cable
- Loosen the captive screws on the cable restraint on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.
- Route the DC power cables through the cable restraint.
- Tighten the cable restraint captive screws to hold the power cables in place.
- Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables do not touch or block access to other hardware components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.
-
Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
-
Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the DC power source cables.
- Verify that the INPUT PRESENT LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit steadily, indicating that the inputs are receiving power.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply to the ON position (I). The DC OK LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily.
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds forstatusindicators—such astheLEDs on the power supply,the command output displays,andmessagesontheLEDdisplayonthecraftinterface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
- Verify that the DC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power supply is correctly installed and is functioning properly.
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
•T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description on page 69
•T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs on page 70
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 428
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
Replacing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Two-Input 160-A Power Supply, Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply, or a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
You can use this procedure to replace a DC power cable for a two-input 160-A power supply, three-input 240-A DC power supply, or a four-input 240-A DC power supply.
The router has either one nonredundant power supply or two redundant, load-sharing power supplies. Each DC power cable on a redundant power supply is hot-insertable and hot-removable. When a redundant power supply is powered down, the other power supply automatically assumes the entire electrical load for the router. If you have only one power supply, you must power off the system before removing a DC power cable.
To replace a DC power supply cable, perform the following procedures:
- Removing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable from a Two-Input 160-A Power Supply, Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply, or a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 335
- Installing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Two-Input 160-A Power Supply, Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply, or a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 337
Removing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable from a Two-Input 160-A Power Supply, Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply, or a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
To remove a DC power supply cable:
- Locate a replacement power cable that meets the specifications required for the power supply.
CAUTION: A licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the power cable that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug candamage the router.
- Turn off the customer site circuit breaker that provides voltage to the DC power cable being replaced. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process. Follow your site's safety and ESD procedures.
- Remove the power cable from external DC power source.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate to the off position (O).
- Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
- Remove the nut and washer from the terminal stud. Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver.
- Remove the cable lug from the terminal studs.
- Loosen the captive screw or screws on the cable restraint on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.
- Carefully move the power cable out of the way.
Figure 199 on page 336, Figure 200 on page 336, and Figure 201 on page 337 show how to remove the nut and washer from the terminal stud.
Figure 199: Disconnecting a DC Power Cable from a Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
Figure 200: Disconnecting a DC Power Cable from a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Figure 201: Disconnecting a DC Power Cable from a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Installing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Two-Input 160-A Power Supply, Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply, or a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
NOTE: All inputs on the two-input 160-A DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the two-input 160-A DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
NOTE: Only INPUT 0 and INPUT 1 are supported for the T640 router. INPUT 2 on the three-input 240-A DC power supply is not supported. Do notconnect the replacement cable to INPUT 2. INPUT 0 and INPUT 1 on the three-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and INPUT 0 and INPUT 1 on the three-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
NOTE: All inputs on the four-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the four-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
- Slide the replacement power cable lug onto the terminal stud.
- Secure the cable lug on the DC power cable to the terminal stud, first with a washer, then with a nut. Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver or wrench to tighten the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut:
a. Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to a RTN (return) terminal.
b. Secure each negative (−) DC source power cable lug to a -48V (input) terminal.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
- Route the power cable through the cable restraint.
- Tighten the cable restraint captive screw or screws to hold the power cable in place.
- Verify that the DC source power cabling and grounding cabling are correct, that they are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.
- Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
- Attach the power cable to the external DC power source.
- Switch on the customer site circuit breaker that provides voltage to the DC power source cable that has been replaced.
- For a three-input 240-A DC power supply, verify that the INPUT PRESENT LED is lit steadily, indicating that the input is receiving power.
- Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply to the on position (I).
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds forstatus indicators—such as the output status LEDs on the power supply, the command output display, and messages on the LCD on the craft interface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
- Verify that the CB ON LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily. The CB ON LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily to indicate that the circuit breakers are on.
- Verify that the DC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power cable is correctly installed and the power supply is functioning normally.
Figure 202 on page 339, Figure 203 on page 340, and Figure 204 on page 341) show how to secure the nut and washer to the power supply.
Figure 202: Connecting a DC Power Cable to a Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
Figure 203: Connecting a DC Power Cable to a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Figure 204: Connecting a DC Power Cable to a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
•Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
•T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 428
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
Replacing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Six-Input DC Power Supply
- Removing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable from a Six-Input DC Power Supply on page 341
- Installing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Six-Input DC Power Supply on page 342
Removing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable from a Six-Input DC Power Supply
To remove a DC power supply cable from a six-input DC power supply:
- Switch off the customer site circuit breakers for all the cables attached to the power supply. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
- Remove the power cable from the external DC power source.
-
Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
-
Remove the nut and washer from the terminal stud on the power supply (see Figure 205 on page 342). Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver.
Figure 205: Disconnecting the DC Power Cable
- Remove the cable lug from the terminal stud on the power supply.
- Loosen the captive screw or screws on the cable restraint on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.
- Carefully move the power cable out of the way.
Installing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Six-Input DC Power Supply
To install a DC power supply cable on a six-input DC power supply:
- Locate a DC power cable that meets the specifications for the power supply.
CAUTION: A licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the power cable that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.
- Route the power cable through the appropriate cable restraint.
- Attach the lug on the DC source power cable to the terminal stud.
a. Attach a negative (−) DC source power cable lug to the -48V (input) terminals.
b. Attach a positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RET (return) terminals.
Secure the cable lug to the terminal stud, first with a washer, then with a nut (see Figure 206 on page 343). Use a 7/16-in. (11-mm) nut driver to tighten the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs and the power supply. The absolute maximum torque that may be applied to this nut is 45 lb-in. (5.0 Nm).
Figure 206: Connecting the DC Power Cable
-
Tighten the cable restraint captive screw or screws to hold the power cable in place.
-
Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
-
Verify that the DC source power cabling is correct, that the power cable is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
-
Attach the other end of the power cable to the external DC power source.
-
Switch on the customer site circuit breakers.
-
Verify that the INPUT PRESENT LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit steadily, indicating that the inputs are receiving voltage.
-
Switch the power switch on the power supply to the ON position (I). The DC OK LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily.
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds forstatus indicators—such as the LEDs on the powersupply, the command output displays, and messages on the LEDdisplay on the craftinterface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
- Verify that the DC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power supply is correctly installed and is functioning properly.
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
•T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description on page 69
•T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs on page 70
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 428
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Front Air Filter
-
Removing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Front Air Filter on page 344
-
Installing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Front Air Filter on page 344
Removing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Front Air Filter
To remove a six-input DC power supply :
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Grasp the filter cover on the power supply faceplate, and pull it straight off the power supply.
- Remove the air filter.
Installing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Front Air Filter
To install a six-input DC power supply front filter element:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Install a new filter element.
- Press the filter cover straight onto the power supply faceplate until all four sides click into place.
Related Documentation
T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description on page 69.
•T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs on page 70
- Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
•General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 383
Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Side Air Filter
- Removing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Side Air Filter on page 344
- Installing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Side Air Filter on page 345
Removing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Side Air Filter
To remove a six-input DC power supply side air filter element:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Loosen the captive screw.
- Slide the air filter cover until the two lances leave the sheet metal.
- Remove the air filter cover hooks from the rectangle holes in the sheet metal.
- Remove the side air filter element from the air filter cover.
Figure 207: Removing the Power Supply Side Air Filter
Installing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Side Air Filter
To install a six-input DC power supply side air filter element:
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Install a new side filter element into the side air filter cover.
- Insert the side air filter cover hooks into the rectangle holes in the sheet metal.
- Slide the side air filter cover back into the power supply faceplate. The two lances insert into the sheet metal.
- Tighten the captive screw.
Figure 208: Installing the Power Supply Side Air Filter
Related Documentation
T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description on page 69.
•T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs on page 70
- Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
•General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 383
Replacing T640 DC Power Supplies with AC Power Supplies
Replace the DC power supplies with either three-phase delta or wye AC power supplies
- Removing the T640 DC Power Supplies on page 346
- Installing the T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies on page 350
- Installing the T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies on page 352
Removing the T640 DC Power Supplies
You must remove both DC power supplies before you install the AC power supplies.
- Power off the router.
- Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the power supply being removed. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V, and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
- Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver or wrench, remove the nuts and washers from the terminal studs.
- Remove the cable lugs from the terminal studs.
- Loosen the captive screw or screws on the cable restraint or restraints on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.
- Carefully move the DC power cables out of the way.
- Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely.
- Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.
- Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly. Slide it halfway out of the chassis.
CAUTION: Each DC power supply weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.
- Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the rear of the power supply (see Figure 209 onpage347). They can contain dangerous voltages.
Figure 209: Rear of the DC Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a rectangular electronic device with internal components and mounting holes (no text or symbols)- Repeat the removal procedure for the other DC power supply before you install the AC power supplies.
Figure 210 on page 348 shows disconnecting the DC power cables from a two-input 160-A DC power supply.
Figure 210: Disconnecting DCPower Cables from a Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
Figure 211 on page 349 shows disconnecting the DC power cables from a three-input 240-A DC power supply.
Figure 211: Disconnecting Power Cables from the Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Figure 212 on page 350 shows disconnecting the DC power cables from a four-input 240-A DC power supply.
Figure 212: Disconnecting Power Cables from the Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
Installing the T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies
Each three-phase AC power supply weighs approximately 31.0 lb (14.06 kg). To install a three-phase delta AC power supply:
- Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might become active during installation.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
- Using both hands, slide the power supply into the chassis until you feel resistance.
- Twist the ejector handles at the upper corners of the power supply faceplate clockwise until they stop.
- Tighten the captive screws at the lower corners of the power supply faceplate to secure the power supply in the chassis.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two screws on the door of the metal wiring compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
- Open the door of the metal wiring compartment.
-
Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
-
Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
-
Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
-
Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
-
For a three-phase delta AC power supply, connect the wires to the AC terminal block (Figure 213 on page 352). Loosen each of the input terminal or grounding point screws, insert the wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.
NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.
a. Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point labeled GND.
b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the L1 input terminal
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.
d. Insert the wire labeled LC3 into the LC3 input terminal.
-
Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct.
-
Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
-
Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
-
Remove the (ESD) grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
-
Connect the AC power cord plug to the power source.
-
Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the AC power cord.
-
Remove the (ESD) grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Verify that the AC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is receiving power.
-
Switch the power switch on the power supply to the ON position (I) to provide power to the router components.
-
Verify that the DC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power supply is correctly installed and is functioning properly. The DC OK LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily.
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds forstatus indicators—such as the LEDs on the powersupply, the command output displays, and messages on the LED display on the craft interface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
- Repeat the procedure for the other power supply.
Figure 213: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
Installing the T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies
Each three-phase AC power supply weighs approximately 31.0 lb (14.06 kg). To install a three-phase wye AC power supply:
- Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might become active during installation.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
- Using both hands, slide the power supply into the chassis until you feel resistance.
-
Twist the ejector handles at the upper corners of the power supply faceplate clockwise until they stop.
-
Tighten the captive screws at the lower corners of the power supply faceplate to secure the power supply in the chassis.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two screws on the door of the metal wiring compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
- Open the door of the metal wiring compartment.
- Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
- Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
- Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
- Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
- For a three-phase wye AC power supply, connect the AC power cord wires to ground and the AC terminal block (Figure 214 on page 354). Loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, insert each wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.
NOTE: Theterminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.
a. Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point labeled GND.
b. Insert the wire L1 into the L1 input terminal.
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.
d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the L3 input terminal.
e. Insert the wire labeled N into the N input terminal
- Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
- Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
- Remove the (ESD) grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Connect the AC power cord plug to the power source.
- Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the AC power cord.
-
Remove the (ESD) grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Verify that the AC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is receiving power.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply to the ON position (I) to provide power to the router components.
- Verify that the DC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power supply is correctly installed and is functioning properly. The DC OK LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily.
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds forstatus indicators—such as theLEDs on thepower supply, the command output displays, andmessages onthe LED display on the craftinterface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
- Repeat the procedure for the other power supply.
Figure 214: Connecting Power to the Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
The T640 router has either one nonredundant power supply or two redundant, load-sharing power supplies. Each redundant power supply is hot-insertable and hot-removable. When a redundant power supply is powered down or removed, the other power supply automatically assumes the entire electrical load for the router. If you have only one power supply, you must power off the system before removing the power supply.
- Removing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply on page 354
- Installing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply on page 358
Removing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
To remove a three-phase delta AC power supply:
- Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the power supply being removed. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might become active during the removal process.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
- Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD point on the chassis, and attach it to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Disconnect the AC power cord (see Figure 215 on page 355) from the power source.
Figure 215: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical line drawing of two types of electrical connectors: a wire with black, gray, and beige wires connected to a terminal block, and a separate close-up of the internal plug (no text or symbols)- Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two screws on the door of the metal wiring compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
-
Open the door of the metal wiring compartment.
-
Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC power supply (Figure 216 on page 356), loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, and remove each wire from the grounding point or input terminal.
NOTE: Theterminal connections haveeitherslotted screws or hexscrews. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.
a. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the L3 input terminal.
b. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the L2 input terminal.
c. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the L1 input terminal.
d. Remove the wire labeled GND from the grounding point labeled GND.
Figure 216: Disconnecting the Power Cord from a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
- Loosen the plastic cable tie fastening the AC power cord to the power supply.
- Loosen and remove the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
- Pull the AC power cord out of the metal wiring compartment.
- Carefully move the AC power cable out of the way.
-
Disconnect the AC power cord from the AC power supply.
-
Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely.
-
Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.
-
Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 217 on page 357).
CAUTION: Each three-phased delta AC powers supply weighs approximately 31.0 lb (14.06 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.
- Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
Figure 217: Removing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical line drawing of an internal server rack with fans and connected cables (no text or symbols)
WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the rear of the power supply (see Figure 218 on page 358). They can contain dangerous voltages.
Figure 218: Rear of the Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors
natural_image
Line drawing of a rectangular electronic device casing with mounting holes and internal slots (no text or symbols)Installing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
Each three-phase delta AC power supply weighs approximately 31.0 lb (14.06 kg). To install a three-phase delta AC power supply:
- Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might become active during installation.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
- Using both hands, slide the power supply into the chassis until you feel resistance (see Figure 220 on page 360).
- Twist the ejector handles at the upper corners of the power supply faceplate clockwise until they stop.
- Tighten the captive screws at the lower corners of the power supply faceplate to secure the power supply in the chassis.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two screws on the door of the metal wiring compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
- Open the door of the metal wiring compartment.
- Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
- Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
- Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
-
Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
-
Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC power supply (Figure 219 on page 359). Loosen each of the input terminal or grounding point screws, insert the wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.
NOTE: Theterminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.
a. Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point labeled GND.
b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the L1 input terminal
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.
d. Insert the wire labeled LC3 into the LC3 input terminal.
Figure 219: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
- Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
- Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
-
Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
-
Connect the AC power cord plug to the power source.
- Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the AC power cord.
- Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Verify that the AC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is receiving power.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply to the ON position (I) to provide power to the router components.
- Verify that the DC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power supply is correctly installed and is functioning properly. The DC OK LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily.
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds forstatus indicators—such as the LEDs on the powersupply, the command output displays, and messages on the LED display on the craftinterface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
Figure 220: Installing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack with cooling fans and connected cables (no text or symbols)Related Documentation
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 71.
•T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs on page 74
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord
- Removing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord on page 361
- Installing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord on page 363
Removing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord
To remove a three-phase delta AC power supply cord:
- Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the power supply being removed. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might become active during the removal process.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
- Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD point on the chassis, and attach it to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Disconnect the AC power cord (see Figure 221 on page 361 from the power source.
Figure 221: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical line drawing of two types of electrical connectors: a multi-pin connector with black, gray, and green wires and a separate 3-pin connector (no text or symbols)- Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two screws on the door of the metal wiring compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
-
Open the door of the metal wiring compartment.
-
Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC power supply (Figure 222 on page 362). Loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, and remove each wire from the grounding point or input terminal.
NOTE: Theterminal connectionshaveeitherslotted screws or hexscrews. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.
a. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the L3 input terminal.
b. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the L2 input terminal.
c. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the L1 input terminal.
d. Remove the wire labeled GND from the grounding point labeled GND.
Figure 222: Disconnecting the Power Cord from a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
- Loosen the plastic cable tie fastening the AC power cord to the power supply.
- Loosen and remove the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
- Pull the AC power cord out of the metal wiring compartment.
- Carefully move the AC power cable out of the way.
- Disconnect the AC power cord from the AC power supply.
Installing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord
To install a three-phase delta AC power supply cord:
- Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might become active during installation.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two screws on the door of the metal wiring compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
- Open the door of the metal wiring compartment.
- Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
- Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
- Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
-
Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
-
Insert the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC power supply (Figure 223 on page 364). Loosen each of the input terminal or grounding point screws, and insert the wire into the grounding point or input terminal.
NOTE: Theterminalconnections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.
a. Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point labeled GND.
b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the L1 input terminal
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.
d. Insert the wire labeled LC3 into the LC3 input terminal.
- Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
- Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
- Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Connect the AC power cord plug to the power source.
-
Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the AC power cord.
-
Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Verify that the AC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is receiving power.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply to the ON position (I) to provide power to the router components.
- Verify that the DC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power supply is correctly installed and is functioning properly. The DC OK LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily.
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds forstatus indicators—such as the LEDson thepower supply, the command output displays, and messageson the LEDdisplay on the craft interface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
Figure 223: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
Related Documentation
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 71.
•T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs on page 74
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
•T640 AC Power Cord Specifications on page 439
Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
- Removing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply on page 365
- Installing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply on page 367
Removing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
To remove a three-phase wye AC power supply:
- Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the power supply being removed. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the power cord might become active during the removal process.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
- Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD point on the chassis, and attach it to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Disconnect the AC power cord (see Figure 224 on page 365) from the power source.
Figure 224: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a multi-core cable connector with color-coded wires and connectors (no text or symbols)-
Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, unscrew the two screws on the metal cover protecting the AC terminal block.
- Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block and grounding point on the three-phase wye AC power supply (Figure 225 on page 366), loosen each screw, and remove each wire from the grounding point or input terminal.
NOTE: Theterminalconnections have either slotted screw or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.
a. Remove the wire labeled N from the N input terminal
b. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the L3 input terminal.
c. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the L2 input terminal.
d. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the L1 input terminal.
e. Remove the wire labeled GND from the grounding point labeled GND.
Figure 225: Disconnecting the AC Power Cord from a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical diagram of an electronic device showing fan, circuit board, and grid components (no readable text or symbols)- Loosen the plastic cable tie fastening the AC power cord to the power supply.
- Loosen and remove the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
- Pull the AC power cord out of the metal wiring compartment.
- Carefully move the AC power cable out of the way.
- Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely.
- Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.
- Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 226 on page 367).
CAUTION: Each three-phase wye AC power supply weighs approximately 31.0 lb (14.06 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.
- Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
Figure 226: Removing a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical line drawing of an internal server rack with cooling fans and connected cables (no text or symbols)Installing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
Each three-phase wye AC power supply weighs approximately 31.0 lb (14.06 kg). To install a three-phase wye AC power supply:
- Make sure that the voltage across the AC power cord leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the power cord might become active during installation.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
- Using both hands, slide the power supply into the chassis until you feel resistance (see Figure 228 on page 369).
- Twist the ejector handles at the upper corners of the power supply faceplate clockwise until they stop.
- Tighten the captive screws at the lower corners of the power supply faceplate to secure the power supply in the chassis.
- Using a slotted screwdriver, loosen the two screws securing the door of the metal wiring compartment.
- Open the door of the metal wiring compartment.
-
Place the retaining screw into the metal wiring compartment.
-
Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
- Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
- Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
- Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
- Connect the AC power cord wires to ground and the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC power supply (Figure 227 on page 368). Loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, insert each wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.
NOTE: Theterminal connections have either slotted screws or hexscrews. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.
a. Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point labeled GND.
b. Insert the wire L1 into the L1 input terminal.
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.
d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the L3 input terminal.
e. Insert the wire labeled N into the N input terminal
Figure 227: Connecting Power to the Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical diagram of an electronic device showing fan, circuit board, and grid components (no readable text or symbols)- Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
- Place the AC power cord into the plastic tie located on the right side of the power supply, and fasten the plastic tie.
- Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
- Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
-
Connect the AC power cord to the AC power source.
-
Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the AC power source cables.
- Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Verify that the AC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is receiving power.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply to the ON position (I).
- Verify that the DC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power supply is correctly installed and is functioning properly. The DC OK LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily.
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds forstatusindicators—such as the LEDs on the power supply, the command output displays, and messages on the LED display on the craft interface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
Figure 228: Installing a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack with cooling fans and connected cables (no text or symbols)Related Documentation
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 71.
•T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs on page 74
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord
- Removing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord on page 370
- Installing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord on page 371
Removing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord
To remove a three-phase wye AC power supply cord:
- Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the power supply being removed. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the power cord might become active during the removal process.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
- Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD point on the chassis, and attach it to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
- Disconnect the AC power cord (see Figure 229 on page 370) from the power source.
Figure 229: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a multi-core cable connector with exposed wires and connectors (no text or symbols)- Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, unscrew the two screws on the metal cover protecting the AC terminal block.
-
Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block and grounding point on the three-phase wye AC power supply (Figure 230 on page 371), loosen each screw, and remove each wire from the grounding point or input terminal.
NOTE: Theterminalconnections have either slotted screws or hexscrews. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.
a. Remove the wire labeled N from the N input terminal
b. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the L3 input terminal.
c. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the L2 input terminal.
d. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the L1 input terminal.
e. Remove the wire labeled GND from the grounding point labeled GND.
Figure 230: Disconnecting the AC Power Cord from a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
- Loosen the plastic cable tie fastening the AC power cord to the power supply.
- Loosen and remove the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
- Pull the AC power cord out of the metal wiring compartment.
- Carefully move the AC power cable out of the way.
Installing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord
To install a three-phase wye AC power supply cord:
- Make sure that the voltage across the AC power cord leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the power cord might become active during installation.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
- Using a slotted screwdriver, loosen the two screws securing the door of the metal wiring compartment.
-
Open the door of the metal wiring compartment.
-
Place the retaining screw into the metal wiring compartment.
- Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
- Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
- Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
- Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
- Connect the AC power cord wires to ground and the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC power supply (Figure 231 on page 372). Loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, insert each wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.
NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.
a. Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point labeled GND.
b. Insert the wire L1 into the L1 input terminal.
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.
d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the L3 input terminal.
e. Insert the wire labeled N into the N input terminal
Figure 231: Connecting Power to the Wye 3-Phase AC Power Supply
natural_image
Technical diagram of an electronic device showing fan, circuit board, and grid components (no readable text or symbols)- Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct.
- Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
- Place the AC power cord into the plastic tie located on the right side of the power supply, and fasten the plastic tie.
- Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
-
Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
-
Connect the AC power cord to the AC power source.
- Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the AC power source cables.
- Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Verify that the AC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is receiving power.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply to the ON position (I).
- Verify that the DC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power supply is correctly installed and is functioning properly. The DC OK LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily.
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds forstatusindicators—such as the LEDs on the power supply, the command output displays, and messages on the LEDdisplayonthecraft interface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
Related Documentation
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 71.
•T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs on page 74
•Troubleshooting the T640 Power System on page 207
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
•T640 AC Power Cord Specifications on page 439
Replacing a Front Air Filter Element on a T640 AC or DC Power Supply
You can use this procedure for a two-input 160-A DC power supply, three-input 240-A DC power supply, four-input 240-A DC power supply, three-phase delta AC power supply, or three-phase wye AC power supply.
- Removing a Front Air Filter Element on a T640 AC or DC Power Supply on page 373
- Installing a Front Air Filter Element on a T640 AC or DC Power Supply on page 374
Removing a Front Air Filter Element on a T640 AC or DC Power Supply
To remove a power supply (see Figure 232 on page 374):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Grasp the filter cover on the power supply faceplate and pull it straight off the power supply.
-
Remove the front air filter element.
Figure 232: Removing a Front Air Filter Element
Installing a Front Air Filter Element on a T640 AC or DC Power Supply
To install a power supply front filter element (see Figure 233 on page 374):
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Install a new filter element.
- Press the filter cover straight onto the power supply faceplate until all four sides click into place.
Figure 233: Installing a Front Air Filter Element
Replacing a Side Air Filter on a T640 AC Power Supply
- Removing a Side Air Filter on a T640 AC Power Supply on page 375
- Installing a Side Air Filter on a T640 AC Power Supply on page 376
Removing a Side Air Filter on a T640 AC Power Supply
To remove an AC power supply side air filter:
NOTE: The router has either one nonredundant power supply or two redundant, load-sharing power supplies. If you have only one power supply, you must power off the system before removing the side air filter on an AC power supply. Each redundant power supply is hot-removable and hot-insertable. When a redundant power supply is powereddownor removed, the other power supply automatically assumes the entire electrical load for the router.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.
NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
- Detach the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Reattach the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. Follow the instructions for your site.
- Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the power supply. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the replacement.
- Disconnect the AC power cord from the AC power source.
- Reattach the ESD grounding strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Grasp the front filter cover on the power supply faceplate and pull it straight off the power supply.
- Remove the front filter element.
- Loosen the screws (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2) on the bracket located on the side of the power supply.
- Pull the side filter, located on the left side of the AC power supply, out of the power supply.
Figure 234: Removing the AC Power Supply Side Air Filter
Installing a Side Air Filter on a T640 AC Power Supply
To install the side AC power supply filter:
- Verify that the customer site circuit breakers to the power supply is off, that that the voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V, and that there is no chance that the AC power cord might become active during the replacement.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- Install the replacement side filter.
- Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2, tighten the screws on the bracket located on the side of the power supply.
- Reinstall the front filter element.
- Press the front filter cover straight onto the power supply faceplate until all four sides click into place.
- Detach the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Attach the ESD to an approved site ESD grounding point. Follow the instructions for your site.
- Connect the AC power cord to the power source.
- Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to the power supply.
- Detach the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. Follow the instructions for your site. Reattach the ESD grounding strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
-
Verify that the AC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the inputs are receiving power.
-
Switch the power switch on the power supply to the ON position (I).
-
Verify that the DC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power supply is correctly installed and is functioning properly. The DC OK LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily.
NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds forstatus indicators—such as the LEDs on the power supply, the command output displays, and messages on the LED display on the craft interface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
Figure 235: Installing the Side Power Supply Filter
Related Documentation
•T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 71
•T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs on page 74
•Powering Off the T640 Router on page 168
•Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
•General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 383
PART 4
Appendixes
• T640 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information on page 381
• T640 Physical Specifications on page 421
• T640 Environmental Specifications on page 423
• T640 Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications on page 425
• T640 Router Cable and Wire Guidelines and Specifications on page 443
• T640 Router Cable Connector Pinouts on page 449
- Contacting Customer Support and Returning T640 Router Hardware on page 453
APPENDIX A
T640 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
• Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 381
• T640 Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 383
• Fire Safety Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices on page 388
• T640 Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 390
• T640 Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 395
- Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 399
• T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 404
• DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 408
• AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 413
• T640 Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements on page 414
Definition of Safety Warning Levels
The documentation uses the following levels of safety warnings:
NOTE: You might find this information helpful in a particular situation, or might otherwise overlook it.
CAUTION: You must observe the specified guidelines to avoid minor injury or discomfort to you, or severe damage to the hardware device.
WARNING: This symbol alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.
WARNING: Thissymbolmeansdanger. You are in a situationthat could cause bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards
involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents.
Related Documentation
General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 384.
• Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 391
- Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 399
•General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 405
•DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 410
T640 Safety Guidelines and Warnings
- General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 383
- General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 384
• T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices
The following guidelines help ensure your safety and protect the hardware equipment from damage. The list of guidelines might not address all potentially hazardous situations in your working environment, so be alert and exercise good judgment at all times.
- Perform only the procedures explicitly described in this documentation. Make sure that only authorized service personnel perform other system services.
- Keep the area around the chassis clear and free from dust before, during, and after installation.
- Keep tools away from areas where people could trip over them while walking.
- Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry, such as rings, bracelets, or chains, which could become caught in the chassis.
- Wear safety glasses if you are working under any conditions that could be hazardous to your eyes.
- Do not perform any actions that create a potential hazard to people or make the equipment unsafe.
- Never attempt to lift an object that is too heavy for one person to handle.
- Never install or manipulate wiring during electrical storms.
- Never install electrical jacks in wet locations unless the jacks are specifically designed for wet environments.
- Operate the hardware equipment only when the chassis is properly grounded.
- Do not open or remove chassis covers or sheet metal parts unless instructions are provided in this documentation. Such an action could cause severe electrical shock.
- Do not push or force any objects through any opening in the chassis frame. Such an action could result in electrical shock or fire.
- Avoid spilling liquid onto the chassis or onto any hardware component. Such an action could cause electrical shock or damage the hardware equipment.
- Avoid touching uninsulated electrical wires or terminals that have not been disconnected from their power source. Such an action could cause electrical shock.
Related Documentation
General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 384.
General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
• Qualified Personnel Warning on page 384
- Restricted Access Area Warning on page 385
Qualified Personnel Warning
WARNING: Only trained and qualified personnel should install or replace the hardware equipment.
Restricted Access Area Warning
WARNING: The hardware equipment is intended for installation in restricted access areas. A restricted access area is an area to which access can be gained only by service personnel through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security, and which is controlled by the authority responsible for the location.
Related Documentation
Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 391.
- Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 399
•General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 405
•DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 410
T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage
Many T640 router hardware components are sensitive to damage from static electricity. Some components can be impaired by voltages as low as 30 V. You can easily generate potentially damaging static voltages whenever you handle plastic or foam packing material or if you move components across plastic or carpets. Observe the following guidelines to minimize the potential for electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage, which can cause intermittent or complete component failures:
• Always use an ESD wrist strap or ankle strap, and make sure that it is in direct contact with your skin.
CAUTION: For safety, periodically check the resistance value of the ESD strap. The measurement should be in the range of 1 to 10 Mohms.
- When handling any component that is removed from the chassis, make sure the equipment end of your ESD strap is attached to one of the electrostatic discharge points on the chassis.
- Avoid contact between the component and your clothing. ESD voltages emitted from clothing can still damage components.
- When removing or installing a component, always place it component-side up on an antistatic surface, in an antistatic card rack, or in an electrostatic bag (see Figure 236 on page 387). If you are returning a component, place it in an electrostatic bag before packing it.
Figure 236: Placing a Component into an Electrostatic Bag
Figure 237: ESD Point on the Front of T640 Chassis
Figure 238: ESD Point on the Rear View of T640 Chassis
Related Documentation
T640 Router Description on page 3.
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
Fire Safety Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices
• General Fire Safety Requirements on page 389
• Fire Suppression on page 389
• Fire Suppression Equipment on page 389
General Fire Safety Requirements
In the event of a fire emergency involving network devices, the safety of people is the primary concern. Establish procedures for protecting people in a fire emergency, provide safety training, and properly provision fire-control equipment and fire extinguishers.
In addition, establish procedures to protect your equipment in a fire emergency. Juniper Networks products should be installed in an environment suitable for electronic equipment. We recommend that fire suppression equipment be available in the event of a fire in the vicinity of the equipment, and that you observe all local fire, safety, and electrical codes and ordinances when installing and operating your equipment.
Fire Suppression
In the event of an electrical hazard or an electrical fire, first turn power off to the equipment at the source. Then use a Type C fire extinguisher, which uses noncorrosive fire retardants, to extinguish the fire.
Fire Suppression Equipment
Type C fire extinguishers, which use noncorrosive fire retardants such as carbon dioxide (CO_2) and Halotron, are most effective for suppressing electrical fires. Type C fire extinguishers displace the oxygen from the point of combustion to eliminate the fire. For extinguishing fire on or around equipment that draws air from the environment for cooling, use this type of inert oxygen displacement extinguisher instead of an extinguisher that leave residues on equipment.
Do not use multipurpose Type ABC chemical fire extinguishers (dry chemical fire extinguishers) near Juniper Networks devices. The primary ingredient in these fire extinguishers is monoammonium phosphate, which is very sticky and difficult to clean. In addition, in minute amounts of moisture, monoammonium phosphate can become highly corrosive and corrodes most metals.
Any equipment in a room in which a chemical fire extinguisher has been discharged is subject to premature failure and unreliable operation. The equipment is considered to be irreparably damaged.
NOTE: To keep warranties effective, do not use a dry chemical fire extinguisher to control a fire at or near a Juniper Networks device. If a dry chemical fire extinguisher is used, the unit is no longer eligible for coverage under a service agreement.
We recommend that you dispose of any irreparably damaged equipment in an environmentally responsible manner.
Related Documentation
General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 383.
•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 384
•General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 405
•DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 410
T640 Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings
• T640 Installation Safety Guidelines on page 390
• Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 391
T640 Installation Safety Guidelines
- General Installation Safety Guidelines on page 390
• T640 Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 390
General Installation Safety Guidelines
Before installing the router, verify that the intended site meets the specified power, environmental, and clearance requirements. See the following documentation:
• T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 83
• T640 Rack Requirements on page 82
• T640 Environmental Specifications on page 423
• T640 AC Power Requirements on page 437
• T640 DC Power System Requirements on page 430
T640 Chassis Lifting Guidelines
- Before moving the router, follow the guidelines in the site preparation checklist to verify that the intended site meets the specified power, environmental, and clearance requirements.
- Do not attempt to lift a fully configured router by yourself. Using a mechanical lift to maneuver the router into a rack is recommended. If a lift cannot be used, a minimum of four people are required to lift the router, and you must remove components from the chassis before lifting.
- Before lifting or moving the router, disconnect all external cables.
- As when lifting any heavy object, lift most of the weight with your legs rather than your back. Keep your knees bent and your back relatively straight and avoid twisting your body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure that your footing is solid.
Related Documentation
T640 Site Preparation Checklist on page 81.
Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
Observe the following warnings before and during hardware equipment installation:
• Installation Instructions Warning on page 391
- Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings on page 391
- Ramp Warning on page 395
Installation Instructions Warning
WARNING: Read the installation instructions before you connect the hardware equipment to a power source.
Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings
Ensure that the equipment rack into which the chassis is installed is evenly and securely supported, to avoid the hazardous condition that could result from uneven mechanical loading.
WARNING: To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing the chassis in a rack, take the following precautions to ensure that the system remains stable. The following directives help maintain your safety:
- The chassis must be installed into a rack that is secured to the building structure.
- The chassis should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack.
- When mounting the chassis in a partially filled rack, load the rack from the bottom to the top, with the heaviest component at the bottom of the rack.
- If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, install the stabilizers before mounting the chassis in the rack or servicing the hardware equipment.
WARNING: When installing the hardware equipment, do not use a ramp inclined at more than 10 degrees.
Related Documentation
General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 383.
•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 384
- Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 399
T640 Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings
• T640 General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 396
- Laser Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 396
T640 General Laser Safety Guidelines
Devices with single-mode optical interfaces are equipped with laser transmitters, which are considered a Class 1 Laser Product by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, and are evaluated as a Class 1 Laser Product according to EN 60825-1 +A11 +A2 requirements.
When working around devices with optical interfaces, observe the following safety guidelines to prevent eye injury:
- Do not look into unterminated ports or at fibers that connect to unknown sources.
- Do not examine unterminated optical ports with optical instruments.
- Avoid direct exposure to the beam.
WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors can emit invisible laser radiation. The lens in the human eye focuses all the laser power on the retina, so focusing the eye directly on a laser source—even a low-power laser—could permanently damage the eye.
Related Documentation
Replacing a T640 PIC on page 293.
•Replacing T640 PIC Cables on page 298
•Replacing a T640 FPC on page 288
Laser Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
• Class 1 Laser Product Warning on page 396
• Class 1 LED Product Warning on page 397
• Laser Beam Warning on page 397
- Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 398
Class 1 Laser Product Warning
WARNING: Class 1 laser product.
Waarschuwing Klasse-1 laser produkt.
Class 1 LED Product Warning
WARNING: Class 1 LED product.
WARNING: Do not stare into the laser beam or view it directly with optical instruments.
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning
WARNING: Because invisible radiation may be emitted from the aperture of the port when no fiber cable is connected, avoid exposure to radiation and do not stare into open apertures.
Related Documentation
General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 383.
•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 384
•Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 391
Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
As you maintain the hardware equipment, observe the following warnings:
• Battery Handling Warning on page 399
• Jewelry Removal Warning on page 400
• Lightning Activity Warning on page 401
- Operating Temperature Warning on page 402
• Product Disposal Warning on page 403
Battery Handling Warning
WARNING: Replacing the battery incorrectly might result in an explosion. Replace the battery only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Jewelry Removal Warning
WARNING: Before working on equipment that is connected to power lines, remove jewelry, including rings, necklaces, and watches. Metal objects heat up when connected to power and ground and can cause serious burns or weld the metal object to the terminals.
WARNING: Do not work on the system or connector disconnect cables during periods of lightning activity.
Operating Temperature Warning
WARNING: To prevent the hardware equipment from overheating, do not operate it in an area that exceeds the maximum recommended ambient temperature of 104F (40C). To prevent airflow restriction, allow at least 6 inches (15.2 cm) of clearance around the ventilation openings.
Product Disposal Warning
WARNING: Disposal of this product must be handled according to all national laws and regulations.
General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 383.
•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 384
T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings
• In Case of an Electrical Accident on page 404
• T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
- General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 405
In Case of an Electrical Accident
If an electrical accident results in an injury, take the following actions in this order:
- Use caution. Be aware of potentially hazardous conditions that could cause further injury.
- Disconnect power from the router.
- If possible, send another person to get medical aid. Otherwise, assess the condition of the victim, then call for help.
Related Documentation
General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 383.
•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 384
T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes
- Install the router in compliance with the following local, national, or international electrical codes:
- United States—National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70), United States National Electrical Code.
• Canada—Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, CSA C22.1. - Other countries—International Electromechanical Commission (IEC) 60364, Part 1 through Part 7.
- Locate the emergency power-off switch for the room in which you are working so that if an electrical accident occurs, you can quickly turn off the power.
- Do not work alone if potentially hazardous conditions exist anywhere in your workspace.
- Never assume that power is disconnected from a circuit. Always check the circuit before starting to work.
- Carefully look for possible hazards in your work area, such as moist floors, ungrounded power extension cords, and missing safety grounds.
- Operate the router within marked electrical ratings and product usage instructions.
- For the router and peripheral equipment to function safely and correctly, use the cables and connectors specified for the attached peripheral equipment, and make certain they are in good condition.
Many router components can be removed and replaced without powering off or disconnecting power to the router. Never install equipment if it appears damaged.
Related Documentation
General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
• Grounded Equipment Warning on page 405
• Grounding Requirements and Warning on page 406
• Midplane Energy Hazard Warning on page 406
• Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning on page 407
• Power Disconnection Warning on page 407
Grounded Equipment Warning
WARNING: The network device is intended to be grounded. Ensure that the network device is connected to earth ground during normal use.
Grounding Requirements and Warning
An insulated grounding conductor that is identical in size to the grounded and ungrounded branch circuit supply conductors, but is identifiable by green and yellow stripes, is installed as part of the branch circuit that supplies the unit. The grounding conductor is a separately derived system at the supply transformer or motor generator set.
WARNING: When installing the network device, you must always make the ground connection first and disconnect it last.
Midplane Energy Hazard Warning
WARNING: High levels of electrical energy are distributed across the midplane. Be careful not to contact the midplane connectors, or any component connected to the midplane, with any metallic object while servicing components.
Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning
WARNING: The network device has more than one power supply connection. All connections must be removed completely to remove power from the unit completely.
Power Disconnection Warning
WARNING: Before working on the chassis or near power supplies, switch off the power at the DC circuit breaker.
Related Documentation
DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 410.
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings
• T640 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 409
• DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 410
T640 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
The following electrical safety guidelines apply to a DC-powered router:
- Be sure to connect the ground wire or conduit to a solid office (earth) ground. A closed loop ring is recommended for terminating the ground conductor at the ground stud.
- A DC-powered router is equipped with a DC terminal block that is rated for the power requirements of a maximally configured router. To supply sufficient power, terminate the DC input wiring on a facility DC source capable of supplying at least at least 68 A @ -48 VDC for a two-input 160-A DC power supply, 67 A @ -48 VDC per INPUT 0 an INPUT 1 for a three-input 240-A DC power supply in 2-INPUT mode, 48 A @ -48 VDC per input for a four-input 240-A DC power supply, or 56 A @ -48 VDC per input for a six-input DC power supply.
- Incorporate an easily accessible disconnect device into the facility wiring. In the United States and Canada, the -48 VDC facility should be equipped with a circuit breaker rated a minimum of 125% of the power provisioned for the input in accordance with the National Electrical Code in the US and the Canadian Electrical Code in Canada.
WARNING: For thesis-input DC power supply, failure to provide the required circuit breaker or current-limiting fuse for each DC power cable can cause injury or damage to equipment.
For the six-input DC power supply, each -48 VDC facility DC source input power cable must be equipped with a current-limiting fuse or circuit breaker external to the Juniper Networks equipment rated at 80 A (-48 VDC) maximum. The voltage rating of the facility DC source circuit breaker must be 80 V minimum. We recommend an 80 A circuit breaker or current-limiting fuse rated for each 60 A DC power cable.
We recommend that the 48 VDC facility DC source be equipped with a circuit breaker rated at 80 A (-48 VDC) for a two-input 160-A DC power supply, 80 A (-48 VDC) minimum for a three-input 240-A power supply, or 60 A (-48 VDC) minimum for a four-input 240-A power supply, or as required by local code.
- Run two wires from the circuit breaker box to a source of 48 VDC. Use appropriate gauge wire to handle up to 80 A for a two-input 160-A DC power supply or three-input 240-A DC power supply or 60 A for a four-input 240-A DC power supply.
- A DC-powered router that is equipped with a DC terminal block is intended only for installation in a restricted access location. In the United States, a restricted access area is one in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National Electrical Code ANSI/NFPA 70.
NOTE: Primary overcurrent protection is provided by the building circuit breaker. This breaker should protect against excess currents, short circuits, and earth faults in accordance with NEC ANSI/NFPA70.
- Ensure that the polarity of the DC input wiring is correct. Under certain conditions, connections with reversed polarity might trip the primary circuit breaker or damage the equipment.
- For personal safety, connect the green and yellow wire to safety (earth) ground at both the router and the supply side of the DC wiring.
- The marked input voltage of -48 VDC for a DC-powered router is the nominal voltage associated with the battery circuit, and any higher voltages are only to be associated with float voltages for the charging function.
- Because the router is a positive ground system, you must connect the positive lead to the terminal labeled RTN, the negative lead to the terminal labeled -48V, and the earth ground to the chassis grounding points.
Related Documentation
Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426.
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
•T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 427
DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
When working with DC-powered equipment, observe the following warnings:
• DC Power Copper Conductors Warning on page 410
• DC Power Disconnection Warning on page 411
• DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning on page 412
DC Power Copper Conductors Warning
WARNING: Use copper conductors only.
DC Power Disconnection Warning
WARNING: Before performing any procedures on power supplies, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning
WARNING: When stranded wiring is required, use approved wiring terminations, such as closed-loop or spade-type with upturned lugs. These terminations should be the appropriate size for the wires and should clamp both the insulation and conductor.
Related Documentation
General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 384.
•General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 405
AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
• T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 413
T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
The following electrical safety guidelines apply to an AC-powered T640 or T1600 router with three-phase AC power supplies:
- AC-powered routers are shipped with three-phase electrical cords with grounding. Do not circumvent this safety feature. Equipment grounding must comply with local and national electrical codes.
-
For each three-phase delta AC power supply, you must provide an external listed customer site circuit breaker rated minimum 40 A (240 VAC) in the building installation, or as required by local code.
-
For each three-phase wye AC power supply, you must provide an external listed customer site circuit breaker rated minimum 25 A (415 VAC) in the building installation, or as required by local code.
-
The delta cores in the mains lead are labeled as follows:
-
Wire labeled GND—Earth
- Wire labeled L1
- Wire labeled L2
- Wire labeled L3
- The wye cores in the mains lead are labeled as follows:
- Wire labeled GND—Earth
- Wire labeled L1
- Wire labeled L2
- Wire labeled L3
- Wire labeled N
CAUTION: For Juniper systems with AC power supplies, an external surge protective device (SPD) must be used at the AC power source.
Related Documentation
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 71.
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
•General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 405
T640 Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements
• T640 Agency Approvals on page 415
• T640 Compliance Statements for NEBS on page 416
- Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Canada) on page 416
• T640 Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements (European Community) on page 417
- Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Japan) on page 418
- Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (United States) on page 418
- Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices on page 418
• T640 Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise on page 419
T640 Agency Approvals
The router complies with the following standards:
- Safety
• CAN/CSA-22.2 No. 60950-1-07/UL 60950-1, 2nd Ed., Safety of Information Technology Equipment
- EN 60825-1 Safety of Laser Products - Part 1: Equipment Classification, Requirements and User's Guide
- EMC
• AS/NZS 3548 Class A (Australia/New Zealand)
• EN55022 Class A (Europe)
• FCC Part 15 Class A (USA)
• VCCI Class A (Japan)
- Immunity
• EN-61000-3-2 Power Line Harmonics
• EN-61000-3-3 Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker
• EN-61000-4-2 ESD
• EN-61000-4-3 Radiated Immunity
• EN-61000-4-4 EFT
• EN-61000-4-5 Surge
• EN-61000-4-6 Low Frequency Common Immunity
• EN-61000-4-11 Voltage Dips and Sags
• ETSI EN-300386-2 Telecommunication Network Equipment. Electromagnetic Compatibility Requirements
• NEBS
- GR-1089-Core: EMC and Electrical Safety for Network Telecommunications Equipment
• SR-3580 NEBS Criteria Levels (Level 3 Compliance)
• GR-63-Core: NEBS, Physical Protection
Related
Documentation
T640 Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise on page 419.
•T640 Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements (European Community) on page 417
•Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Canada) on page 416
•Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Japan) on page 418
•Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (United States) on page 418
•Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices on page 418
•T640 Compliance Statements for NEBS on page 416
T640 Compliance Statements for NEBS
- The equipment is suitable for installation as part of the Common Bonding Network (CBN).
- The equipment is suitable for installations in Network Telecommunication Facilities.
- The equipment is suitable for installation in locations where the National Electrical Code (NEC) applies.
- The battery return connection is to be treated as an isolated DC return (DC-I), as defined in GR-1089-CORE.
- For Juniper systems with AC power supplies, an external surge protective device (SPD) must be used at the AC power source.
Related Documentation
T640 Agency Approvals on page 415.
•General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 383
•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 384
Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Canada)
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Related Documentation
• Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Japan) on page 418
•Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (United States) on page 418
T640 Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements (European Community)
This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
Declaration of Conformity
Juniper Networks, Inc.
1194 N. Mathilda Ave
Sunnyvale, CA 94089 USA
declares under our sole responsibility that the product:
T640
is in conformity with the provisions of the following EC Directives, including all amendments, and with national legislation implementing these Directives:
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
The following harmonized standards were applied:
EMC EN 300 386 v1.4.1: 2008
EN 55022 Class A: 2006 + A1: 2007
EN 55024 +A1+A2: 1998
Safety EN 60950-1: 2001 1st Edition
This product carries the CE Mark, which was first affixed in 2005.
Place
Sunnyvale, CA
Signature
Date
03/11/2010
Kevin Kimma
Compliance Manager
1194 N. Mathilda Ave
Sunnyvale, CA 94089 USA
DoC:10 T640
Related Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426. Documentation •T640 Agency Approvals on page 415
•General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 383
•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 384
Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Japan)
Translation from Japanese—This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures. VCCI-A
Related Documentation
• Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Canada) on page 416
•Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (United States) on page 418
Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (United States)
The hardware equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Related Documentation
•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
•General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 383
•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 384
Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices
Batteries in this product are not based on mercury, lead, or cadmium substances. The batteries used in this product are in compliance with EU Directives 91/157/EEC, 93/86/EEC, and 98/101/EEC. The product documentation includes instructional information about the proper method of reclamation and recycling.
Related Documentation
General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 383.
•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 384
T640 Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise
Related Documentation
•T640 Agency Approvals on page 415
•General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 383
•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 384
APPENDIX B
T640 Physical Specifications
• T640 Physical Specifications on page 421
T640 Physical Specifications
Table 53 on page 421 lists the physical specifications for the T640 router.
Table 53: T640 Physical Specifications
| ValueDescription | |
| Chassis dimensions | 37.45 in. (95.1 cm) high17.43 in. (44.3 cm) wide31 in. (78.7 cm) deep.Total depth (including cable management system) 35.5 in. (90.2 cm)11.5 in. (29.2 cm) from front of chassis to center-mounting brackets |
| Router weight | Chassis with midplane: 205 lb (93 kg)Minimum configuration: 435 lb (197 kg)Maximum configuration: 565 lb (256.3 kg) |
| 2 lb (0.9 kg)Craft interface weight | |
| FPC weight | FPC with PICs installed: up to 37 lb (17 kg)FPC without PICs installed: up to 25 lb (11.3 kg)Blank panel in FPC slot: 9 lb (4.0 kg) |
| 8 lb (3.6 kg)CIP weight | |
| weight | 23 lb (10.5 kg) eachTwo-input 160-A DC power supply |
| supply weight | 25 lb (11.3 kg) eachThree-input 240-A DC power |
| supply weight | 26.6 lb (12.0 kg) Four-input 240-A DC power |
| 39.7 lb (18.0 kg) Six-input DC power supply weight | |
| 1 lb (0.5 kg) Air filter weight | |
| 6.8 lb (3.0 kg) eachSIB weight | |
| 5 lb (2.3 kg) eachCB weight | |
| 1.9 lb (0.9 kg) eachSCG weight | |
| 10 lb (4.5 kg) Rear fan tray weight | |
| 18.6 lb (8.4 kg) Front fan tray weight | |
| 5 lb (2.3 kg) Cable management weight |
Related Documentation
• T640 Router Description on page 3
• T640 Chassis Description on page 13
• T640 Installation Safety Guidelines on page 390
APPENDIX C
T640 Environmental Specifications
• T640 Environmental Specifications on page 423
T640 Environmental Specifications
Table 54 on page 423 specifies the environmental specifications required for normal router operation. In addition, the site should be as dust-free as possible.
Table 54: Router Environmental Specifications
| ValueDescription | |
| No performance degradation to 10,000 ft (3048 m)Altitude | |
| Relative humidity | Normal operation ensured in relative humidity range of 5% to 90%, noncondensing |
| Temperature | Normal operation ensured in temperature range of 32°F (0°C) to 104°F (40°C)Nonoperating storage temperature in shipping crate: -40°F (-40°C) to 158°F (70°C) |
| Seismic | Designed to meet Telcordia Technologies Zone 4 earthquake requirements |
| DC power: 28,498 BTU/hour (8350 W)Maximum thermal output |
NOTE: Install the routeronlyin restricted areas, such as dedicated equipment rooms and equipment closets, in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.
Related Documentation
•T640 Cooling System Description on page 75
•Maintaining the T640 Air Filters on page 180
- Maintaining the T640 Fan Trays on page 181
•Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 203
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
•Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices on page 418
APPENDIX D
T640 Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications
• T640 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications on page 425
- Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 426
• T640 DC Power Specifications and Requirements on page 427
• T640 AC Power Specifications and Requirements on page 436
T640 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications
To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure proper operation, the T640 router must be adequately grounded before power is connected. Two pairs of threaded inserts (PEM nuts) are provided on the right rear of the chassis for connecting the router to earth ground.
CAUTION: Before router installation begins, alicensedelectrician must attach a cable lug to the grounding and power cables that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.
To ground the router, connect a grounding cable to earth ground and then attach it to the chassis grounding points using two screws. The left pair of grounding points fits M6 screws (European), and the right pair fits UNC 1/4-20 screws (American). The grounding points are spaced at 0.625-in. (15.86-mm) centers. The accessory box shipped with the router includes the cable lug that attaches to the grounding cable (see
Figure 239 on page 426) and two UNC 1/4–20 screws used to secure the grounding cable to the right pair of grounding points. (The cable lug shown in Figure 239 on page 426 is also used for the DC power cables.) The grounding cable must be able to handle up to 152 A. The accessory box shipped with the router includes the cable lug that attaches to the grounding cable (see Figure 239 on page 426).
Figure 239: T640 DC Power and Grounding Cable Lug
The grounding cable must be 4-AWG (21.2), minimum 90°C wire, or as required by the local code.
Related Documentation
T640 Chassis Description on page 13.
•Connecting the T640 Grounding Cable on page 133
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
•General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 405
Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices
• Distance Limitations for Signaling on page 426
• Radio Frequency Interference on page 426
• Electromagnetic Compatibility on page 426
Distance Limitations for Signaling
Improperly installed wires can emit radio interference. In addition, the potential for damage from lightning strikes increases if wires exceed recommended distances or if wires pass between buildings. The electromagnetic pulse (EMP) caused by lightning can damage unshielded conductors and destroy electronic devices. If your site has previously experienced such problems, you might want to consult experts in electrical surge suppression and shielding.
Radio Frequency Interference
You can reduce or eliminate the emission of radio frequency interference (RFI) from your site wiring by using twisted-pair cable with a good distribution of grounding conductors. If you must exceed the recommended distances, use a high-quality twisted-pair cable with one ground conductor for each data signal when applicable.
Electromagnetic Compatibility
If your site is susceptible to problems with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), particularly from lightning or radio transmitters, you might want to seek expert advice. Strong sources of electromagnetic interference (EMI) can destroy the signal drivers and receivers in the network device and conduct power surges over the lines into the equipment, resulting in an electrical hazard. It is particularly important to provide a properly grounded and shielded environment and to use electrical surge-suppression devices.
CAUTION: To comply with intrabuilding lightning and surge requirements, intrabuilding wiring must be shielded, and the shield for the wiring must be grounded at both ends.
WARNING: The intrabuilding port(s) of the equipment or subassembly is suitable for connection to intrabuilding or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intrabuilding port(s) of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intrabuilding interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE,Issue4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of primary protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
Related General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes for Juniper Networks Devices. Documentation
T640 DC Power Specifications and Requirements
• T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 427
• T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 428
• T640 DC Power System Requirements on page 430
• T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications on page 432
• T640 DC Power Distribution on page 433
T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications
Table 55 on page 427 lists the power system electrical specifications.
Table 55: T640 Power System Electrical Specifications
| SpecificationItem | |
| DC input voltage | Operating range: -40.0 to -72.0 VDCNOTE: If the input voltage from the DC power source drops below -37.5 to -39.5 VDC, the router automatically shuts down. During automatic shutdown, the circuit remains active. When the input voltage returns to -43.0 to -44.0 VDC, the router automatically starts up again and the system returns to normal operation within 30 minutes. No operator intervention is required. |
| 152 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (7296 W)DC system current |
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
•T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 428
•T640 DC Power System Requirements on page 430
- Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Use a customer site circuit breaker for each power supply input. We recommend that you provision a circuit breaker for each DC power supply input rated for at least 125% of the continuous current that the input draws at -48 VDC, or as required by local code.
Table 56 on page 428 lists the power supply electrical specifications for the two-input 160-A DC power supply.
Table 56: T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
| SpecificationItem | |
| DC input voltage | Nominal -48 VDC, -60 VDCOperating range: -40.5 to -72 VDCNOTE: If the input voltage from the DC power source drops below VDC, the router automatically shuts down. During automatic shutdown the circuit remains active. When the input voltage returns to -42, the router automatically starts up again and the system returns to operation within 30 minutes. No operator intervention is required. |
| rating | 68 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) for each input (3264 W)Input DC or |
Table 57 on page 428 lists the power supply electrical specifications for the three-input 240-A DC power supply in 2-INPUT mode.
Table 57: T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
| SpecificationItem | |
| DC input voltage | Nominal -48 VDC, -60 VDCOperating range: -40.0 to -72.0 VDCNOTE: If the input voltage from the DC power source drops below -39.5 VDC, the router automatically shuts down. During automatic sh the circuit remains active. When the input voltage returns to -43.0 VDC, the router automatically starts up again and the system return normal operation within 30 minutes. No operator intervention is req |
| Input DC current rating | Input 0: 67 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (3216 W) |
| Input 1: 67 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (3216 W) | |
| NOTE: For a T640 router, do not use INPUT 2 on a three-input 240-A DC power supply. |
Table 58 on page 429 lists the power supply electrical specifications for the four-input 240-A DC power supply.
Table 58: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
| SpecificationItem | |
| DC input voltage | Nominal -48 VDC, -60 VDCOperating range: -40.0 to -72.0 VDCNOTE: If the input voltage from the DC power source drops below -37.5 to -39.5 VDC, the router automatically shuts down. During automatic shutdown, the circuit remains active.When the input voltage returns to -43.0 to -44.00 VDC, the router automatically starts up again and the system returns to normal operation within 30 minutes. No operator intervention is required. |
| Input DC current rating | Input 0: 47 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (2256 W)Input 1: 44 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (2112 W)Input 2: 50 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (2400 W)Input 3: 50 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (2400 W) |
Table 59 on page 429 lists the six-input DC power supply electrical specifications.
Table 59: Six-Input DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
| SpecificationItem | |
| DC input voltage | Nominal -48 VDC, -60 VDCOperating range: -40.0 to -72.0 VDCNOTE: If the input voltage from the DC power source drops below -37.5 to -39.5 VDC, the router automatically shuts down. During automatic shutdown, the circuit remains active. When the input voltage returns to -43.0 to -44.00 VDC, the router automatically starts up again and the system returns to normal operation within 30 minutes. No operator intervention is required. |
| Input DC current rating | Input 0: 45 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (2160 W) |
| Input 1: 56 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (2448 W) | |
| Input 2: 56 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (2448 W) | |
| Input 3: 56 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (2448 W) | |
| Input 4: 56 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (2448 W) | |
| Input 5: 56 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (2448 W) |
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
•T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 427
•T640 DC Power System Requirements on page 430
- Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies on page 194
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
T640 DC Power System Requirements
To allow for future growth so that you can operate the T640 router in any hardware configuration without upgrading the power infrastructure, we recommend that you provision the following per each input. Doing so enables you to operate the router in any configuration without upgrading the power infrastructure.
- 68 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) for each power supply input on a two-input 160-A DC power supply
- 67 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) for input 0 and 67 A @ -48 VDC for input 1 on a three-ir 240-A DC power supply
- 50 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) for each power supply input on a four-input 240-A DC power supply
- 56 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) for each power supply input on a four-input 240-A DC power supply
If you do not plan to allow for future growth, you can use the information in Table 1 to calculate the typical power consumption @ -48 VDC and typical thermal output for your current hardware configuration. Table 60 on page 431 lists the power requirements for various hardware components when the router is operating under typical voltage conditions.
Table 60: T640 Component DC Power Requirements
| Current Requirement(Amps @ -48 VDC)Co | |
| cooling system, and craft interface), and two DC power supplies | 16.9 ABase system, not including FPCs and |
| 0.8 ASIB: Standard SIB, standard SIB versi | |
| 3.4 AEnhanced FPC1 and Enhanced II FPC | |
| 7.1 AEnhanced Scaling FPC1 | |
| 3.4 AFPC2, Enhanced FPC2, and Enhanced | |
| 7.5 AEnhanced Scaling FPC2 | |
| 6.8 AFPC3, Enhanced FPC3, and Enhanced | |
| 9.1 AEnhanced Scaling FPC3 | |
| 8.2 AType 4 FPC | |
| 7.0 AT640 Enhanced Scaling FPC4-1P | |
| 2.6 AHost subsystem (Routing Engine and | |
| SCG | 0.2 A |
| Power supply | 1.7 A |
| 6.7 ACooling system (normal speed) | |
| Cooling system (full speed) | 22 A |
| Craft Interface | 0.2 A |
| PIC-Generalized typical value | 0.625 A |
| 1.2 APIC (Type 3)-Generalized maximum v | |
| 3.3 APIC (Type 4)-Generalized maximum v |
These examples use generalized values for PICs. For PIC power requirements, see the T640 Interface Module Reference.
- Example of calculating power consumption for a minimum configuration under typical voltage conditions:
Base System + 1 FPC3 + 1 PIC = 16.9 A + 6.8 A + 0.625 A = 24.3 A @ -48 VDC = 1,166 W
- Example of calculating power consumption for a maximum configuration under typical voltage conditions:
Base System + 8 Enhanced Scaling FPC3 + 1 Host + 1 SCG + 32 PICs = 16.9 A + 8(9.1 A) + 2.6 A + 0.2 A + 32(1.2 A) = 16.9 A + 72.8 A + 2.6 A + 0.2 A + 38.4 A = 130.9 A @ -48 VDC = 6283 W
- Current requirement adjustment for fans running at full speed (high temperature environment or cooling component failure):
Calculated system current (X) - Cooling (normal) + Cooling (full speed) = X A - 6.7 A + 22 A = X A + 15.3 A
- Input current from a DC source other than -48 VDC (based on maximum configuration):
(-54 VDC input) x (input current X) = (-48 VDC) x (input current Y)
54 x X = 48 x 94.1 A
X = 48 x 94.1 A/54 = 83.6 A
• Example of calculating system thermal output:
Watts DC/0.293 = BTU/hr
6283/0.293 = 21,444 BTU/hr
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
•T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 427
•T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 428
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications
The accessory box shipped with the T640 router includes eighteen 4-AWG ^2 (21.2 mm cable lugs for the DC cables that attach to the terminal studs of each power supply (see Figure 240 on page 432). the number of DC cables and cable lugs required varies depending on the power supply (see Table 61 on page 433). Each DC power cable requires one cable lug. One cable lug shown is also used for the grounding the chassis.
CAUTION: Before router installation begins, a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the power cables that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.
Figure 240: T640 DC Power Cable Lug
Table 61: Number of Cables Required
| Number of DC Cables per Power SupplyPower Supp | |
| 42-input 160-A DC power supply | |
| 63-input 240-A DC power supply | |
| 84-input 240-A DC power supply |
Table 62: T640 Power Cable Specifications
| Connector SpecificationQuantity and Specifica |
Eight 4-AWG (21.2 mm (minimum) Cable lug; dual hole, sized to fit 1/4-20 UNC terminal copper conductor, or as required by theds at 15.86-mm (0.625-in.) center line. local code.
WARNING: For field-wiring connections, use copper conductors only.
For other electrical safety information, see “T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes” on page 404.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
CAUTION: Power cables must not block access to router components or drape where people could trip on them.
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
•T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 427
•T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 428
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
T640 DC Power Distribution
Most sites distribute DC power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounted DC power distribution panels, one of which might be located at the top of the rack that
houses the router. A pair of cables (one input and one return) connects each set of terminal studs to the power distribution panel.
NOTE: All inputs on the two-input 160-A DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the two-input 160-A DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
NOTE: INPUT 0 and INPUT1 on the three-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and INPUT 0 and INPUT1 on the three-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
NOTE: All inputs on the four-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the four-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
NOTE: All inputs on the six-input DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the six-input DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
Figure 241 on page 435 and Figure 242 on page 435 shows a typical DC source cabling arrangement.
Figure 241: Typical DC Source Cabling from PEMO to Feed A
flowchart
graph TD
A["PEMO"] --> B["Central office"]
B --> C["Ground window"]
C --> D["Central officeground"]
D --> E["Batteries"]
E --> F["Rectifiers"]
F --> G["Plant controls"]
G --> H["AC"]
I["TURN"] --> J["4V = RETURN"]
J --> K["+"]
J --> L["-"]
J --> M["+"]
J --> N["-"]
J --> O["+"]
J --> P["-"]
Q["FeedA"] --> R["Batteryplant"]
R --> S["Plant controls"]
S --> T["+"]
S --> U["-"]
S --> V["+"]
S --> W["-"]
S --> X["+"]
S --> Y["-"]
S --> Z["+"]
Figure 242: Typical DC Source Cabling from PEM1 to Feed B
flowchart
graph TD
A["PEM1"] -->|Chassis grounding points| B["Central office"]
B --> C["COground"]
C --> D["FeedB"]
D --> E["Batteries"]
E --> F["Rectifiers"]
F --> G["AC"]
H["CHASSIS grounding points"] --> B
I["Ground window"] --> J["Batteries"]
K["Plant controls"] --> L["Batteryplant"]
M["Central officeground"] --> B
N["g004431"] --> O["Ground window"]
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60.
•T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 427
•T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 428
•T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 404
T640 AC Power Specifications and Requirements
• T640 AC Power System Specifications on page 436
• T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Specifications on page 436
• T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Specifications on page 437
• T640 AC Power Requirements on page 437
• T640 AC Power Cord Specifications on page 439
T640 AC Power System Specifications
Table 63 on page 436 lists the AC power system electrical specifications.
Table 63: T640 AC Power System Electrical Specifications
| SpecificationItem | |
| AC input voltage | Delta operating range: 200 - 240 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)Wye operating range: 346 - 415 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal) |
| AC input line frequency | Delta 60 Hz (nominal)Wye: 50 Hz (nominal) |
| AC system current rating | Delta: 34 A @ 200 VAC (line-to-line)Wye: 20 A @ 346 VAC (line-to-line) |
| AC system input power | Delta: 11765 WWye: 11765 W |
Related Documentation
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 71.
•T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Specifications on page 436
•T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Specifications on page 437
•T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 413
T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Specifications
Table 64 on page 436 lists the three-phase delta AC power supply electrical specifications.
Table 64: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
| SpecificationItem | |
| 10,000 WMaximum output power | |
| Operating range: 200 - 240 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)AC input voltage | |
| 60 Hz (nominal)AC input line frequency | |
| 28.3 A @ 240 VAC maximum (line-to-line)AC input current rating | |
| 11,765 W per inputMaximum input |
Related Documentation
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 71.
- Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies on page 163
•T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 413
•T640 AC Power Cord Specifications on page 439
T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Specifications
Table 65 on page 437 lists the three-phase wye AC power supply electrical specifications.
Table 65: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
| SpecificationItem | |
| 10,000 WMaximum output power | |
| Operating range: 346 - 415 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)AC input voltage | |
| AC input line frequency 50 Hz (nominal) | |
| AC input current rating 4 A @ 415 VAC maximum (line-to-line) | |
| Maximum input | 11,775 W per input |
Related Documentation
T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 71.
- Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies on page 165
•T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 413
•T640 AC Power Cord Specifications on page 439
T640 AC Power Requirements
To allow for future growth so that you can operate the router in any hardware configuration without upgrading the power infrastructure, we recommend that you provision 11,765 W
per each three-phase delta AC power supply or 11,775 W per each three-phase wye AC power supply.
If you do not plan to provision 11,765 W per each three-phase delta AC power supply or 11,775 W per each three-phase wye AC power supply, you can use the information in Table 66 on page 438, Table 67 on page 438 and the T640 Interface Module Reference to calculate power consumption for various hardware configurations, input current from a different source voltage, and thermal output, as shown in the following examples for an AC-powered router.
Table 66 on page 438 lists the power requirements for various hardware components when the router is operating under typical voltage conditions. For power requirements for specific PICs, see the.T640 Interface Module Reference
Table 66: T640 Base AC Power Requirements
| Power Requirement (Watts) Component | |
| 954 WBase system, not including FPCs and PICs(includes five SIBs, one host subsystem (T-CB and 600, 1600, or 2000 Routing Engine ), one SCG, cooling system at normal speed, and craft interface), and two AC power supplies | |
Table 67: Typical AC Power Requirements for T640 Components
| Power Requirement (Watts) | Power Requirement (Watts) with 85% Efficiency | |
| T640-SIB | 44 W38 WSIB: Standard | |
| 192 W163.2 WEnhanced II | ||
| Enhanced Scaling FPC1 | 401 W340.8 W | |
| 192 W163.2 WFPC2 and Enhanced II | ||
| FPC3 and Enhanced II FPC3 | 326.4 W | 384 W |
| Enhanced Scaling FPC3 | 514 W437.28 W | |
| T640 Enhanced Scaling FPC4 | 393.6 W | 463 W |
| Engine and T-CB) | 124.8 WHost System (600, 1600, or 2000 Routing | |
| SCG | 9.6 W | 11 W |
| Redundant backup three-phase delta AC power Not supply | 91 W applicable | |
| Redundant backup three-phase wye AC power supply | applicable | 91 WNot |
| Cooling system (full speed - normal speed) | 321.6 W = 734.4 W | 864 W1056 W - |
| 11 W9.6 WCraft interface | ||
| 35 W30 WPIC -Generalized typical value | ||
| 68 W57.6 WPIC (Type 3)-Generalized max | ||
| PIC (Type 4)-Generalized maximum value | 6 W158.4 W | |
• Example of calculating typical power consumption for minimum configuration:
$$ \begin{array}{l} \text { Base System } + 1 \text { FPC3 } + 1 \text { PIC } = \ 9 5 4 \mathrm{W} + 3 8 4 \mathrm{W} + 3 5 \mathrm{W} = 2 1 9 3 \mathrm{W} \ \end{array} $$
• Example of calculating typical power consumption for maximum configuration:
$$ \begin{array}{l} \text {Base System + 8 Enhanced Scaling FPC3 + 1 Host subsystem + 1 SCG + 32 PICs + fan} \ \text {tray (full speed - normal speed) =} \end{array} $$
$$ 9 5 4 \mathrm{W} + 8 (5 1 4 \mathrm{W}) + 1 4 7 \mathrm{W} + 1 1 \mathrm{W} + 3 2 (6 8 \mathrm{W}) + 8 6 4 \mathrm{W} = $$
$$ 9 5 4 \mathrm{W} + 4 1 1 2 \mathrm{W} + 1 4 7 \mathrm{W} + 1 1 \mathrm{W} + 2 1 7 6 \mathrm{W} + 8 6 4 \mathrm{W} = 8 2 6 4 \mathrm{W} $$
• Example of calculating system thermal output:
$$ \begin{array}{l} \text { Watts DC / 0.293 = BTU / hr } \ 8 2 6 4 / 0. 2 9 3 = 2 8, 2 0 5 \text { BTU / hr } \end{array} $$
Related Documentation
T640 Power System Description on page 60
• T640 AC Power System Specifications on page 436
• T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Specifications on page 436
• T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Specifications on page 437
• T640 AC Power Cord Specifications on page 439
T640 AC Power Cord Specifications
Most sites distribute power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounted power distribution panels, one of which can be located at the top of the rack that houses the router. An AC power cord connects each power supply to the power distribution panel.
Each AC power supply has a metal wiring compartment that contains the AC terminal block and ground labeled GND. The wye AC terminal block consists of four input terminals labeled L1, L2, L3, and N, from left to right. The delta AC terminal block consists of three input terminals labeled L1, L2, and L3, from left to right.
Detachable AC power cords, each 4.5 m (approximately 14.8 ft) long, are supplied with the router. The AC power cord wires insert into the AC input terminals in the AC terminal block by screwdriver. The plug end of the power cord fits into the power source receptacle for your geographical location.
Table 68 on page 440 provides specifications and Figure 243 on page 440 and
Figure 244 on page 441 depict the plug on the AC power cord provided for each region supported.
Table 68: Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Cord Specifications
| ElectricalSpecificationModel NumberCountry | Plug ColorPlug Type |
RedIEC 6030932 A, 400 VACCBL-T-PWR-S1
| North America | CBL-T-PWR-STR-DELTA | 60 A, 250 VAC | IEC 60309 | Blue |
Figure 243: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord
natural_image
Technical line drawing of two types of electrical connectors: a wire connector with black, gray, and beige wires and a terminal plug (no text or symbols)Figure 244: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a multi-core cable connector with color-coded wires and connectors (no text or symbols)
NOTE: In North America, AC power cords must not exceed 4.5 m (approximately 14.75 ft) in length, to comply with National Electrical Code (NEC) Sections 400-8 (NFPA 75, 5-2.2) and 210-52, and Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) Section 4-010(3). The cords supplied with the router are in compliance.
WARNING: The router is pluggable type A equipment installed in a restricted-access location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal (sized for UNC 1/4-20 ground lugs) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This separate protective earthing terminal must be permanently connected to earth.
CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to device components or drape where people could trip on them.
Related Documentation
- Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies on page 165
•Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies on page 163
•Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord on page 361
•Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord on page 370
•T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Specifications on page 436
•T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Specifications on page 437
APPENDIX E
T640 Router Cable and Wire Guidelines and Specifications
• T640 Network Cable Specifications and Guidelines on page 443
• T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 448
T640 Network Cable Specifications and Guidelines
• Network Cable and Transceiver Overview for T Series Routers on page 443
• Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion on page 445
• Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables on page 446
Network Cable and Transceiver Overview for T Series Routers
Juniper Networks T Series Core Routers support a variety of fixed and pluggable transceivers and network cable, including multimode and single-mode fiber-optic cable. For a list of transceivers, see Supported Network Interface Standards by Transceiver.
To determine which transceivers and network cables are supported in a particular PIC, see the "Cables and connectors" section in the Interface Module Reference for your router.
• T320 Interface Module Reference
• T640 Interface Module Reference
• T1600 Interface Module Reference
• T4000 Interface Module Reference
NOTE: We strongly recommend that only transceivers qualified for Juniper Networks be used on Juniper Networks devices. Different transceiver types (long-range, short-range, copper, and others) can be used together on multiportinterfacemodulesaslongasthey are qualified byJuniper Networks. We cannot guarantee that the interface module will operate correctly if third-party transceivers are used.
- Ethernet Cables and Transceivers on page 444
• SONET/SDH Cables and Transceivers on page 444
Ethernet Cables and Transceivers
For Ethernet transceiver and cable specifications, see Table 69 on page 444.
Table 69: Ethernet Specifications
| SpecificationRouter | |
| Fast Ethernet 100BASE-T Copper Interface SpecificationsT320, T640, and T1600 | |
| T320, T640, T1600, and T4000 Routers | Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet Bidirectional SFP Optical Interface Specifications |
| Gigabit Ethernet 1000BASE-T Copper Interface SpecificationsT320, T640, T1600, | |
| Gigabit Ethernet 1000BASE Optical Interface SpecificationsT320, T640, T1600, and | |
| T320, T640, T1600, and T4000 Routers | 10-Gigabit Ethernet 10GBASE Optical Interface Specifications |
| 40-Gigabit Ethernet 40GBASE-R Optical Interface SpecificationsT640 and T1600 | |
| 100-Gigabit Ethernet 100GBASE-R Optical Interface SpecificationsT1600 and T400 |
SONET/SDH Cables and Transceivers
For SONET/SDH transceiver and cable specifications, see Table 70 on page 444.
Table 70: SONET/SDH Specifications
| SpecificationRouter | |
| SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 Optical Interface SpecificationsT320, T640, and T1600 | |
| T320, T640, and T1600 routers | SONET/SDH OC12/STM4 Optical Interface Specifications |
| T320, T640, T1600, and T4000 routers | SONET/SDH OC48/STM16 Optical Interface Specifications |
| T320, T640, T1600, and T4000 routers | SONET/SDH OC192/STM64 Optical Interface Specifications |
| T640, T1600, and T4000 routers | SONET/SDH OC768/STM256 Optical Interface Specifications |
Related Documentation
Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables on page 446.
• Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion on page 445
Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion
• Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable on page 445
• Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable on page 445
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable
Multimode fiber is large enough in diameter to allow rays of light to reflect internally (bounce off the walls of the fiber). Interfaces with multimode optics typically use LEDs as light sources. LEDs are not coherent sources, however. They spray varying wavelengths of light into the multimode fiber, which reflects the light at different angles. Light rays travel in jagged lines through a multimode fiber, causing signal dispersion. When light traveling in the fiber core radiates into the fiber cladding, higher-order mode loss (HOL) results. Together these factors limit the transmission distance of multimode fiber compared with single-mode fiber.
Single-mode fiber is so small in diameter that rays of light can reflect internally through one layer only. Interfaces with single-mode optics use lasers as light sources. Lasers generate a single wavelength of light, which travels in a straight line through the single-mode fiber. Compared with multimode fiber, single-mode fiber has higher bandwidth and can carry signals for longer distances. It is consequently more expensive.
Exceeding the maximum transmission distances can result in significant signal loss, which causes unreliable transmission.
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable
Correct functioning of an optical data link depends on modulated light reaching the receiver with enough power to be demodulated correctly. Attenuation is the reduction in power of the light signal as it is transmitted. Attenuation is caused by passive media components, such as cables, cable splices, and connectors. While attenuation is significantly lower for optical fiber than for other media, it still occurs in both multimode and single-mode transmission. An efficient optical data link must have enough light available to overcome attenuation.
Dispersion is the spreading of the signal in time. The following two types of dispersion can affect an optical data link:
- Chromatic dispersion—Spreading of the signal in time resulting from the different speeds of light rays.
- Modal dispersion—Spreading of the signal in time resulting from the different propagation modes in the fiber.
For multimode transmission, modal dispersion, rather than chromatic dispersion or attenuation, usually limits the maximum bit rate and link length. For single-mode transmission, modal dispersion is not a factor. However, at higher bit rates and over longer distances, chromatic dispersion rather than modal dispersion limits maximum link length.
An efficient optical data link must have enough light to exceed the minimum power that the receiver requires to operate within its specifications. In addition, the total dispersion must be less than the limits specified for the type of link in Telcordia Technologies document GR-253-CORE (Section 4.3) and International Telecommunications Union (ITU) document G.957.
When chromatic dispersion is at the maximum allowed, its effect can be considered as a power penalty in the power budget. The optical power budget must allow for the sum of component attenuation, power penalties (including those from dispersion), and a safety margin for unexpected losses.
Related Documentation
Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables on page 446.
Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables
- Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable on page 446
- Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable on page 446
Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable
To ensure that fiber-optic connections have sufficient power for correct operation, you need to calculate the link's power budget, which is the maximum amount of power it can transmit. When you calculate the power budget, you use a worst-case analysis to provide a margin of error, even though all the parts of an actual system do not operate at the worst-case levels. To calculate the worst-case estimate of power _B budget (P you assume minimum transmitter power) (And minimum receiver sensitivity):(P
$$ P _ {B} = P _ {T} - P _ {R} $$
The following hypothetical power budget equation uses values measured in decibels (dB) and decibels referred to one milliwatt (dBm):
$$ P _ {B} = P _ {T} - P _ {R} $$
$$ P _ {B} = - 1 5 \mathrm{dBm} - (- 2 8 \mathrm{dBm}) $$
$$ P _ {B} = 1 3 \mathrm{dB} $$
Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable
After calculating a link's power budget you can calculate the power margin which (P represents the amount of power available after subtracting attenuation or link loss (LL) from the power budget) (PA worst-case estimate of a sumes maximum LL:
$$ P _ {M} = P _ {B} - L L $$
AP_M greater than zero indicates that the power budget is sufficient to operate the receiver.
Factors that can cause link loss include higher-order mode losses (HOL), modal and chromatic dispersion, connectors, splices, and fiber attenuation. Table 71 on page 447 lists an estimated amount of loss for the factors used in the following sample calculations.
For information about the actual amount of signal loss caused by equipment and other factors, refer to vendor documentation.
Table 71: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss
| Estimated Link-Loss ValueLink-Loss Factor | |
| Higher-order mode losses | Single-mode—NoneMultimode—0.5 dB |
| Modal and chromatic dispersion | Single-mode—NoneMultimode—None, if product of bandwidth and distance is less than 500 MHz-km |
| 0.5 dBConnector | |
| 0.5 dBSplice | |
| Fiber attenuation | Single-mode—0.5 dB/kmMultimode—1 dB/km |
The following example uses the estimated values in Table 33 to calculate link loss (LL) for a 2-km-long multimode link with a power budget (18 dB:
• Fiber attenuation for 2 km @ 1.0 dB/km= 2 dB
- Loss for five connectors @ 0.5 dB per connector = 5(0.5 dB) = 2.5 dB
- Loss for two splices @ 0.5 dB per splice =2(0.5 dB) = 1 dB
• Higher-order mode loss = 0.5 dB
• Clock recovery module = 1 dB
The power margin is calculated as follows:
$$ P _ {M} = P _ {B} - L L $$
$$ P _ {M} = 1 3 \mathrm{dB} - 2 \mathrm{km} (1. 0 \mathrm{dB/km}) - 5 (0. 5 \mathrm{dB}) - 2 (0. 5 \mathrm{dB}) - 0. 5 \mathrm{dB} [ \text {HOL} ] - 1 \mathrm{dB} [ \text {CRI} $$
$$ P _ {M} = 1 3 \mathrm{dB} - 2 \mathrm{dB} - 2. 5 \mathrm{dB} - 1 \mathrm{dB} - 0. 5 \mathrm{dB} - 1 \mathrm{dB} $$
$$ P _ {M} = 6 \mathrm{dB} $$
The following sample calculation for an 8-km-long single-mode link with a power budget ( P_B ) of 13 dB uses the estimated values from Table 71 on page 447 to calculate link loss (LL) as the sum of fiber attenuation (8 km @ 0.5 dB/km, or 4 dB) and loss for seven connectors (0.5 dB per connector, or 3.5 dB). The power marginal calculated as follows:
$$ P _ {M} = P _ {B} - L L $$
$$ P _ {M} = 1 3 \mathrm{dB} - 8 \mathrm{km} (0. 5 \mathrm{dB/km}) - 7 (0. 5 \mathrm{dB}) $$
$$ P _ {M} = 1 3 \mathrm{dB} - 4 \mathrm{dB} - 3. 5 \mathrm{dB} $$
$$ P _ {M} = 5. 5 \mathrm{dB} $$
In both examples, the calculated power margin is greater than zero, indicating that the link has sufficient power for transmission and does not exceed the maximum receiver input power.
Related Documentation
Supported Network Interface Standards by Transceiver.
• Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion on page 445
T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications
Table 72 on page 448 lists the specifications for the cables that connect to management ports and the wires that connect to the alarm relay contacts.
Table 72: Cable and Wire Specifications for Routing Engine Management and Alarm Interfaces
| Cable/Wire Supplied Cable | Maximum Specification Port | Router Receptacle | ||
| Routing Engine console or auxiliary interface | RS-232 (EIA-232) serial cable | One 6-ft (1.83-m) length with DB-9/DB-9 connectors | (1.83 m) | DB-9 male6 ft |
| Routing Engine Ethernet interface | Category 5 cable or equivalent suitable for 100Base-T operation | One 15-ft (4.57-m) length with RJ-45/RJ-45 connectors | 328 ft (100 m) | RJ-45 autosensing |
| Alarm relay contacts | between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm^2 ) | —NoneNOWire with gauge |
Related Documentation
•T640 Routing Engine Description on page 33
•T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 56
APPENDIX F
T640 Router Cable Connector Pinouts
• T640 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine ETHERNET Port on page 449
• T640 DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine AUXILIARY and CONSOLE Ports on page 450
• T640 RJ-48 Connector Pinouts for the SCG EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS Ports on page 450
T640 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine ETHERNET Port
The port on the CIP labeled ETHERNET is an autosensing 10/100 millions of packets per second (Mbps) Ethernet RJ-45 receptacle that accepts an Ethernet cable for connecting the Routing Engine to a management LAN (or other device that supports out-of-band management). Table 73 on page 449 describes the RJ-45 connector pinouts.
Table 73: RJ-45 Connector Pinouts
| SignalPin | |
| 1 | TX+ |
| TX -2 | |
| 3 | RX+ |
| Termination network4 | |
| Termination network5 | |
| 6 | RX- |
| Termination network7 | |
| Termination network8 |
Related Documentation
T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 56.
•Connecting the T640 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 138
•T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 448
T640 DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine AUXILIARY and CONSOLE Ports
The ports on the CIP labeled AUXILIARY and CONSOLE are DB-9 receptacles that accept RS-232 (EIA-232) cable. The AUXILIARY port connects the Routing Engine to a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary unit, and the CONSOLE port connects it to a management console. The ports are configured as data terminal equipment (DTE). Table 74 on page 450 describes the DB-9 connector pinouts.
Table 74: DB-9 Connector Pinouts
| DescriptionDirectionSignalPin | |||
| Carrier Detect<-DCD1 | |||
| Receive Data<-RxD2 | |||
| 3Transmit Data->TxD | |||
| 4 | ->DTR | Data Terminal Ready | |
| 5 | Grou Signal Ground- | ||
| 6 | <-DSR | Data Set Ready | |
| 7 | ->RTS | Request To Send | |
| 8Clear To Send<-CTS | |||
| 9 | <-RING | Ring Indicator |
Related Documentation
T640. Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 56
- Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 136
• T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 448
T640 RJ-48 Connector Pinouts for the SCG EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS Ports
The two inputs on the SCGs labeled EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT are RJ-48 receptacles that accept RJ-48 cables for connecting the CB to 19.44-MHz Stratum 3 reference clocks. Table 75 on page 450 describes the RJ-48 connector pinouts.
Table 75: RJ-48 Connector Pinouts
| SignalPin | |
| 1 | EXT_RRING (negative input clock) |
| 2 | EXT_RTIP (positive input clock) |
| Shield ground3 | |
| EXT_TRING (negative output signal—not a clock)4 | |
| EXT_TTIP (positive output signal—not a clock)5 | |
| Shield ground6 | |
| Not used7 | |
| Not used8 |
Related .T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description on page 48 Documentation .Connecting the T640 Router to an External Clocking Device on page 140
APPENDIX G
Contacting Customer Support and Returning T640 Router Hardware
- Locating T640 Component Serial Numbers Using the CLI on page 453
• T640 Component Serial Number Label Locations on page 454 - Contacting Customer Support on page 461
- Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 461
- Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from a T640 Router on page 462
- Packing the T640 Router for Shipment on page 463
- Packing T640 Router Components for Shipment on page 464
Locating T640 Component Serial Numbers Using the CLI
Before contacting Juniper Networks, Inc. to request a Return Materials Authorization (RMA), you must find the serial number on the router or component. To list all of the router components and their serial numbers, enter the following command-line interface (CLI) command:
user@host> show chassis hardware
| Hardware inventory: | ||||
| Item | Version | Part number | Serial number | Description |
| Chassis | 19227 | T640 | ||
| Midplane | REV 04 | 710-002726 | AX5632 | |
| FPM GBUS | REV 02 | 710-002901 | HE3247 | |
| FPM Display | REV 02 | 710-002897 | HA4866 | |
| CIP | REV 05 | 710-002895 | HC0472 | |
| PEM 0 | Rev 03 | 740-002595 | MJ10270 | Power Entry Module |
| SCG 1 | REV 04 | 710-003423 | HF6033 | |
| Routing Engine 0 | REV 10 | 740-005022 | P10865702813 | RE-3.0 |
| Routing Engine 1 | REV 01 | 740-005022 | 210928800105 | RE-3.0 |
| CB 0 | REV 06 | 710-002728 | HE3624 | |
| CB 1 | REV 06 | 710-002728 | HE3616 | |
| FPC 2 | REV 05 | 710-007529 | HL7801 | FPC Type 3 |
| CPU | REV 14 | 710-001726 | HJ7092 | |
| PIC 0 | REV 01 | 750-004535 | HC0745 | 1x OC-192 SM SR1 |
| PIC 1 | REV 01 | 750-004535 | HD5424 | 1x OC-192 SM SR1 |
| PIC 2 | REV 01 | 750-004535 | HD5552 | 1x OC-192 SM SR2 |
| PIC 3 | REV 01 | 750-004535 | HD5416 | 1x OC-192 SM SR1 |
| MMB 0 | REV 02 | 710-005555 | HL7303 | MMB-288mbit |
| MMB 1 | REV 02 | 710-005555 | HL7167 | MMB-288mbit |
| PPB 0 | REV 04 | 710-002845 | HM4429 | PPB Type 3 |
| PPB 1 | REV 04 | 710-002845 | HM4433 | PPB Type 3 |
| SPMB 0 | REV 02 | 710-003229 | HF6877 | |
| SPMB 1 | REV 02 | 710-003229 | HD5513 | |
| SIB 0 | REV 01 | 710-005157 | HJ9026 | SIB-I8-F16 |
| SIB 1 | REV 01 | 710-005157 | HJ4791 | SIB-I8-F16 |
| SIB 2 | REV 01 | 710-005157 | HJ4774 | SIB-I8-F16 |
| SIB 3 | REV 01 | 710-005157 | HJ4792 | SIB-I8-F16 |
| SIB 4 | REV 01 | 710-005157 | HJ4793 | SIB-I8-F16 |
Most components also have a small rectangular serial number ID label (see Figure 245 on page 454) attached to the component body.
Figure 245: Serial Number ID Label
1600
Related Documentation
T640 Router Description on page 3.
•T640 Chassis Description on page 13
T640 Component Serial Number Label Locations
• Control Board Serial Number Label on page 454
• CIP Serial Number Label on page 455
• Craft Interface Serial Number Label on page 456
• FPC Serial Number Label on page 456
• PIC Serial Number Label on page 457
• Power Supply Serial Number Label on page 458
- Routing Engine Serial Number Label on page 459
• SCG Serial Number Label on page 459
• SIB Serial Number Label on page 460
Control Board Serial Number Label
The location of the serial number label varies depending on the control board. The T-CB serial number is located on the top of the control board (see Figure 246 on page 455).
Figure 246: T-CB Serial Number Label
The LCC-CB serial number is located on the lower right side of the control board (see Figure 247 on page 455).
Figure 247: LCC-CB Serial Number Label
CIP Serial Number Label
The serial number label is located at the top of the left side of the CIP (see Figure 248 on page 456).
Figure 248: CIP Serial Number Label
Craft Interface Serial Number Label
The serial number is located on the back of the craft interface panel, behind the alarm LEDs (see Figure 249 on page 456).
Figure 249: Craft Interface Serial Number Label
FPC Serial Number Label
The location of the serial number label varies depending on the FPC:
- Type 1 FPCs: located near the top PIC slot
• Type 2 FPCs: located near the top PIC slot - Type 3 FPCs: located center of the right side
- Type 4 FPCs: located center left near the top of the FPC
For example, Figure 250 on page 457 shows the serial number location for a Type 4 FPC.
Figure 250: FPC Serial Number Label
PIC Serial Number Label
The exact location serial number label is different on different PICs, depending on the placement of components on the PIC board. In this example, the serial number label is located on the right side of the PIC (see Figure 251 on page 457), when the PIC is vertically oriented (as it would be installed in the router).
Figure 251: PIC Serial Number Label
Power Supply Serial Number Label
For the two-input 160-A DC power supply, the serial number label is located on the left side of the power supply faceplate (see Figure 252 on page 458 and Figure 253 on page 458).
Figure 252: Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Serial Number Label
For the three-input 240-A DC power supply, the serial number label is located on the left side of the power supply faceplate (see Figure 253 on page 458).
Figure 253: Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Serial Number Label
For the six-input DC power supply, the serial number label is located on the lower left side of the faceplate. (see Figure 254 on page 459).
Figure 254: Six-Input DC Power Supply Serial Number Label
Routing Engine Serial Number Label
The serial number label is located on the right side of the top of the Routing Engine (see Figure 255 on page 459).
Figure 255: Routing Engine Serial Number Label
SCG Serial Number Label
The serial number is located on the top of the SCG, close to the midplane connector (see Figure 256 on page 460).
NOTE: Although the illustration shows the SCG with DB-9 ports, the serial number location is the same for the SCG with RJ-48 ports.
Figure 256: SCG Serial Number Label
SIB Serial Number Label
For the standard SIB or SIB version B, the serial number label is located on the right side of the top of the SIB (see Figure 257 on page 460).
Figure 257: Standard SIB and SIB Version B Serial Number Label
For the LCC-SIB, the serial number label is located on the left side of the SIB (see Figure 258 on page 460).
Figure 258: LCC-SIB Serial Number Label
Related Documentation
Locating T640 Component Serial Numbers Using the CLI on page 453.
•Contacting Customer Support on page 461
- Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 461
Contacting Customer Support
You can contact Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) 24 hours a day, 7 days a week in one of the following ways:
- On the Web, using the Case Manager link at:
http://www.juniper.net/support/
- By telephone:
From the US and Canada: 1-888-314-JTAC
From all other locations: 1-408-745-9500
If contacting JTAC by phone, enter your 11-digit case number followed by the # key if this is an existing case, or press the * key to be routed to the next available support engineer.
When requesting support from JTAC by telephone, be prepared to provide the following information:
- Your existing case number, if you have one
• Details of the failure or problem - Type of activity being performed on the platform when the problem occurred
- Configuration data using one or more of the show commands
Related Documentation
Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 461.
Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.
If a problem cannot be resolved by the JTAC technician, a Return Materials Authorization M01i (RMA) is issued. This number is used to track the returned material at the factory and to return repaired or new components to the customer as needed.
NOTE: Do not return any component to Juniper Networks, Inc. unless you have first obtained an RMA number. Juniper Networks, Inc. reserves the right to refuse shipments that do not have an RMA. Refused shipments will be returned to the customer by collect freight.
For more information about return and repair policies, see the customer support Web page at http://www.juniper.net/support/guidelines.html.
For product problems or technical support issues, contact the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net/support/ or at 1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or 1-408-745-9500 (from outside the United States).
To return a hardware component:
- Determine the part number and serial number of the component.
- Obtain an RMA number from the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC). You can send e-mail or telephone as described above.
- Provide the following information in your e-mail message or during the telephone call:
• Part number and serial number of component - Your name, organization name, telephone number, and fax number
• Description of the failure - The support representative validates your request and issues an RMA number for return of the component.
- Pack the component for shipment.
Related Documentation
Contacting Customer Support on page 461.
•Guidelines for Packing Router Components for Shipment
Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from a T640 Router
To remove components from the router or the router from a rack, you need the following tools and parts:
• 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver
- Blank panels to cover empty slots
- Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat, for each component
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
- Flat-blade (−) screwdriver
- Mechanical lift, if available
• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
- Rubber safety cap for fiber-optic interfaces or cable
- Wire cutters
- 2.5-mm flat-blade (−) screwdriver, for detaching alarm relay terminal block
Related Documentation
T640 Router Description on page 3.
•T640 Chassis Description on page 13
- Locating T640 Component Serial Numbers Using the CLI on page 453
Packing the T640 Router for Shipment
To pack the router for shipment:
- Retrieve the shipping crate and packing materials in which the router was originally shipped. If you do not have these materials, contact your Juniper Networks representative about approved packaging materials.
- Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
- On the console or other management device connected to the master Routing Engine, enter CLI operational mode and issue the following command to shut down the router software. (If two Routing Engines are installed, also issue the command on the backup Routing Engine.)
user@host> request system halt
Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.
For more information about the command, see the request system halt.
NOTE: The SIB might continue forwarding traffic for approximately 5 minutes after the request system halt command has been issued.
- Shut down power to the router by pressing the power switch for all power supplies to the off (O) position.
- Disconnect power from the router.
- Remove the cables that connect to all external devices.
- Remove all Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) from the router.
-
Remove the router from the rack:
-
If you are using a mechanical lift, place the lift platform under the router, unscrew and remove the mounting screws from the rack, and move the router to the shipping crate.
- If you are not using a mechanical lift and the router weight is fully supported by a shelf or another router, unscrew and remove the mounting screws from the rack. Four people can then lift the router and move it to the shipping crate.
-
If you are not using a mechanical lift and the router weight is not fully supported by a shelf or another router, four people should grasp the router while a fifth person unscrews and removes the mounting screws from the rack. The four lifters can then move the router to the shipping crate.
-
Place the router in the shipping crate or onto the pallet. If on a pallet, bolt the router to the pallet.
-
Cover the router with an ESD bag and place the packing foam on top of and around the router.
- Replace the accessory box on top of the packing foam.
- Securely tape the box closed or place the crate cover over the router.
- Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.
Related Documentation
T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386.
•T640 Router Description on page 3
•Replacing a T640 PIC on page 293
•Replacing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Two-Input 160-A Power Supply, Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply, or a Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 334
•Replacing the T640 Connections to Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 223
- Locating T640 Component Serial Numbers Using the CLI on page 453
Packing T640 Router Components for Shipment
If the problem cannot be resolved by the JTAC technician, an RMA is issued. This number is used to track the returned material at the factory and to return repaired or new components to the customer as needed.
NOTE: Do not return any component to Juniper Networks, Inc. unless you have first obtained an RMA number. Juniper Networks, Inc. reserves the right to refuse shipments that do not have an RMA. Refused shipments will be returned to the customer via collect freight.
For more information about return and repair policies, see the customer support Web page at http://www.juniper.net/support/guidelines.html.
For product problems or technical support issues, contact the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net/support/, or at 1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or 1-408-745-9500 (from outside the United States).
When you need to return a component:
- Determine the part number and serial number of the component.
- Obtain a Return Materials Authorization (RMA) number from the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC). You can send e-mail or telephone as described above.
- Provide the following information in your e-mail message or during the telephone call:
• Part number and serial number of component
-
Your name, organization name, telephone number, and fax number
• Description of the failure -
The support representative validates your request and issues an RMA number for return of the component.
-
Pack the router or component for shipment.
Related Documentation
•T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 386
•T640 Chassis Description on page 13
- Locating T640 Component Serial Numbers Using the CLI on page 453
•T640 Physical Specifications on page 421
PART 5
Index
• Index on page 469
Index
Symbols
, comments in configuration statements.....xxx
( ), in syntax descriptions.....xxx
< >, in syntax descriptions.....xxx
[ ], in configuration statements.....XXX
{ }, in configuration statements.....xxx
| (pipe), in syntax descriptions.....xxx
A
AC plug types....439
AC power cords specifications....439
AC power supply cord specifications....439
accessory box removing....87
agency approvals....415
air filters maintaining....180 replacing....249
airflow required clearance around chassis for....83
alarm relay contacts replacing wire....228
alarms cutoff/lamp test button....52 handling by Routing Engine....6
LEDs (red and yellow) on craft interface....52 messages, list of....202
mode for LCD....54 relay contacts....58
wire specifications....448 temperature, displaying....203
altitude, acceptable range....423
antistatic mat, using....386
approvals, agency....415
architecture data flow....8 Packet Forwarding Engines....7
ASICs
Layer2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASIC....7
Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC....7
Switch Interface ASIC....7
T-series Internet Processor....7
ATM analyzer, use of....191
attenuation in fiber-optic cable....445
auxiliary port....57
auxiliary port (for Routing Engine management) cable
connection during initial installation......136
connector pinouts (DB-9)......450
replacement instructions....227
specifications......448
B
battery environmental compliance....418
handling warning....399
lithium....418
booting the router....162
braces, in configuration statements.....xxx
brackets angle, in syntax descriptions....xxx square, in configuration statements....xxx
C
cable cover installation....141
cable management system description....78 fiber-optic cable, use with....191 installation....132 removal....116
cables auxiliary or console port (for Routing Engine management)
connecting during initial installation....136 replacing....227
cover installation....141
DC power See DC power cables Ethernet port (for Routing Engine management)
connecting during initial installation....138 replacing....224
external clocking inputs port connecting during initial installation.....140
fiber-optic
attenuation....445
cleaning instructions for transceivers......191
dispersion....445
multimode and single-mode....445
transmission distance, maximum.....445
wavelength ranges 445
PIC
connecting during replacement....299
disconnecting....299
maintaining....191
case number, for JTAC....461
chassis....13
alarm messages See alarm, messages
dimensions....421
ESD points....13
grounding points....13
weight....421
checklist for site preparation....81
chromatic dispersion in fiber-optic cable....445
CIP
alarm relay contacts....58
description....56
replacing....220
Routing Engine ports....57
Class 1 laser warning....396
Class 1 LED warning....397
cleaning instructions
fiber-optic transceivers....191
clearance, around rack....83
CLI
command
to display chassis alarm messages....202
to display FPC status....186
to display PIC status....191
to display serial number 453
commands
show chassis alarms....202
show chassis fpc
for FPC status....186
show chassis fpc pic-status....191
show chassis hardware 453
comments, in configuration statements.....xxx
compatibility, electromagnetic....426
compliance
EMC (electromagnetic compatibility)
requirements (Canada) 416
EMC requirements......417
EMC requirements (Japan)......418
EMC requirements (United States)......418
general standards....415
components
cable management system....78
chassis....13
CIP 56
cooling system....75
craft interface....52
field replacement....217
FPCs....17
host subsystem....32
midplane....15
overview....11
PICs....29
power supplies....59
redundancy....4
Routing Engine....33
SCG 48
SIBs....30
configuration
files, storage by Routing Engine....6
router....33
Connector Interface Panel See CIP
console port (for Routing Engine management)
cable
connection during initial installation......136
connector pinout (DB-9)......450
connector pinout (RJ-45)......449
replacement instructions....227
specifications......448
control boards....45
LEDs....44, 46
maintaining....184
replacing....259
taking offline 256
See also T-CBs
conventions
notice icons....xxix
text and syntax....XXX
cooling system
description....75
troubleshooting....203
copper conductors warning (DC power)......410
cord
power See AC power cord
craft interface
alarm cutoff/lamp test button....52
description....52
FPC LEDs....55
FPC online/offline buttons....55
host subsystem LEDs....54
LCD....53
LEDs alarm (red and yellow)....52
replacing....254
curly braces, in configuration statements.....xxx
customer support......xxxi
contacting....461
contacting JTAC......xxxi
D
DB-9 cable connector pinouts (auxiliary and console ports)....450
DC power copper conductors warning....410
disconnection warning......407
grounding equipment warning......405
grounding requirements warning......406
power supplies disconnection warning......407
removal warning....411
wiring terminations warning......412
DC power cables lugs....432
specifications....432
DC power supplies multiple disconnection warning....407
DC power supply....432 cables See DC power cables
description....33
dispersion in fiber-optic cable....445
documentation comments on.....xxxi
E
earthquakes site preparation for....82 tested toleration for seismic....423
EIA rack standards....82
electrical specifications....428
electricity safety warnings......405 site wiring guidelines......426
electromagnetic compatibility See EMC (electromagnetic compatibility) pulse....426
electrostatic bag using to store components....386
EMC (electromagnetic compatibility) compliance with requirements......417
compliance with requirements (Canada)......416
compliance with requirements (Japan)......418
compliance with requirements (United States)....418
standards....415
suppression....426
EMI (electromagnetic interference) See EMC EMP (electromagnetic pulse)....426 environmental specifications....423
ESD (electrostatic discharge) preventing damage to components by.....386
Ethernet port (for Routing Engine management) cable
connection during initial installation......138
replacement instructions....224
specifications......448
description....57
ETSI rack standards....82
external clock input (SCG) cable connector pinout (RJ-48)....450
external clocking inputs port cable connection during initial installation.....140
F
fan trays description....75 maintaining....181 troubleshooting....203
fiber-optic power budget calculation....446
field-replaceable units listed......217
fire safety requirements....388
Flexible PIC Concentrators See FPCs font conventions......XXX
FPCs....17 components....17
LEDs....55
maintenance....186
online/offline buttons....55
replacing....288
status, checking....186, 206
troubleshooting....206
types....27
fuses....59
G
grounding
equipment warning......405
requirements warning......406
grounding (electrical) specifications
DC-powered router......425
grounding cables
lug....425
guidelines
electrical cable and wiring....426
safety 383
H
hardware components
power requirements....430
higher-order mode loss (HOL)....445
host subsystem
description....32
LEDs....54
maintaining....183
taking offline....256
hot-pluggable components, description....217
humidity (relative), acceptable....423
|
immunity standards....415
installation
DC power, connecting....144, 146, 148, 320
PICs, connecting....141
power requirements....425
preparing to install....87
router....101, 109
unpacking the router....87
installation handle
attach....103
remove....107, 128
installation instructions
alarm relay contact wires
during initial installation....138
tools required....136
cable, auxiliary or console port (for Routing
Engine management)
during initial installation....136
for maintenance or replacement......227
tools required....136
cable, Ethernet port (for Routing Engine management)
during initial installation....138
for maintenance or replacement......224
tools required....136
cable, external clocking inputs port
during initial installation....140
DC power and grounding cables
tools required....136
SFP 303
XENPAK module....306
installation warning....391
instructions
cleaning See cleaning instructions
maintenance See maintenance guidelines
PIC....191
packing
router for shipment......463
returning router......464
interface
network....445
interference
electromagnetic....426
radio frequency....426
J
jewelry removal warning......400
Junos OS
modularity and scalability....6
L
laser
beam warning....397
Class 1 laser warning....396
LCD on craft interface
alarm mode....54
description....53
idle mode....53
LEDs
alarm (red and yellow on craft interface)
description....52
Class 1 LED warning....397
Control Board 44, 46
FPC....55
host subsystem....54
power supplies....62, 65, 68, 74
safety warnings....396
SCG....50
SIB....30,55
T-CBs....46
lightning activity warning....401
link loss, calculating....446
lithium battery compliance....418
lug for grounding cables....425
lugs for DC power cables....432
M
maintaining
air filters....180
control boards....184
fan trays....181
host subsystem....183
power supplies....194
SCGs....185
SIBs....193
maintenance guidelines
cable
PIC....191
FPC....186
overview....179
PIC....191
warnings....399
manuals
comments on.....xxxi
MCS
figure....44
midplane....15
description....15
functions....15
midplane energy hazard warning......406
modal dispersion in fiber-optic cable....445
mode loss, higher-order....445
multimode fiber-optic cable See cables, fiber-optic
N
NEBS standards....415
notice icons....xxix
O
open-frame rack See rack
operating temperature warning....402
overview
router....3
P
Packet Forwarding Engines
architecture and data flow....7
parentheses, in syntax descriptions....XXX
PC card, replacing....268
PEMs see power supplies....59
physical specifications....421
PICs....29
ATM, use of analyzer....191
connecting....141
description....29
maintenance....191
replacing....293
replacing cables....298
SONET/SDH
alarm messages....202
analyzer, use of....191
status, checking....191
troubleshooting....206
pinouts
DB-9 cable connector ports
(auxiliary/console)......450
RJ-45 Ethernet cable connector port......449
RJ-48 cable connector port....450
plug types
AC....439
power
budget calculation....446
cords See AC power cord;
disconnection warning (DC power)......407
margin calculation....446
requirements and specifications....425
requirements for hardware components......430
surges....426
power supplies
cable
replacing....334
cables See DC power cables
description....59
electrical specifications....428
LEDs....62, 65, 68, 74
maintaining....194
two-input 160-A DC
inputs....61
power system
troubleshooting....207
power system components
replacing....307
powering off router....168
powering on the router....162
product disposal warning....403
Q
qualified personnel warning....384
R
rack
clearance around, required....83
front-mount flange hole spacing....82
mounting bracket hole spacing....82
securing to building....82
size and strength required....82
standards, EIA and ETSI....82
rack mounting warning....391
radiation warning....398
radio frequency interference, preventing......426
ramp warning....395
redundancy....4
relative humidity, acceptable....423
removal instructions
cable
auxiliary or console port (for Routing Engine management)....227
Ethernet port (for Routing Engine management)....224
SFP 302
XENPAK module....304
removing SIBs....112
replacing
air filters....249
CIP 220
control boards....259
FPCs....288
PC card....268
PICs....293
power supply cable....334
power system components....307
Routing Engine....265
SCGs....278
SIB version B....280
SIBs....280
T-CBs....259
T640-SIBs....284
requirements
fire safety....388
restricted access warning....385
RFI (radio frequency interference)......426
RJ-45 cable connector pinouts....449
RJ-48 cable connector pinouts....450
router
component overview....11
configuration....33
installing with lift....101
installing without lift....109
physical specifications....421
unpacking....87
weight....421
Routing Engine
alarm handling by....6
components....34
configuration files, storage....6
description....33
maintaining....183
management ports cable and wire specifications....448
packet counting....6
ports on CIP console port....57
replacing....265
routing table maintenance....6
taking offline....256
S
safety guidelines
general....383
safety standards....415
safety warnings....384
See also warnings
SCGs
description....48
LEDs....50
maintaining....185
replacing....278
troubleshooting....212
seismic earthquake....423
serial number
in output from show chassis hardware command....453
SFP
installation instructions....303
removal instructions....302
shipping crate
repacking....463
unpacking....87
weight......87
show chassis alarms command....202, 203
show chassis fpc command
for FPC status....186
show chassis fpc detail command....206
show chassis fpc pic-status command....191
show chassis hardware command....453
SIB version B
description....30
replacing....280
usage....27
SIBs
components....30
description....30
LEDs....30,55
maintaining....193
removing....112
replacing....280
troubleshooting....211
signal dispersion....445
signaling, distance limitations....426
single-mode fiber-optic cable See cables,
fiber-optic
site
electrical wiring guidelines....426
environmental specifications....423
preparation
checklist....81
small form-factor pluggable See SFP
SONET Clock Generators See SCGs
SONET/SDH analyzer, use of....191
specifications
AC power cord....439
cable....445
power 432
Routing Engine management ports......448
clearance around rack....83
electrical....439
environmental......423
power
drawn by hardware components......430
power system....430
rack
connection to building structure......82
front-mount flange hole spacing....82
mounting bracket hole spacing....82
size and strength....82
thermal output....423
wires to external alarm-reporting
devices....448
standards compliance....415
startup, system
monitoring....162
support, technical See technical support
surge protection....426
Switch Interface ASIC....7
Switch Interface Boards See SIBs
syntax conventions......xxx
T
T-CBs
components......45
description....45
LEDs....46
replacing....259
T-series Control Boards See T-CBs
T-series Internet Processor....7
T640 SIBs
description....30
T640-SIBs
replacing....284
taking components offline
FPCs....55
taking host subsystem offline....256
technical support
contacting JTAC......xxxi
telco rack See rack
temperature, acceptable range....423
thermal output....423
tolerances....423
tools required
chassis
returning for repair or replacement......462
hardware components
returning for repair or replacement......462
maintenance....179
replacement....218
transmission distances, fiber-optic cable....445
troubleshooting
cooling system....203
fans....203
FPC....206
PIC....206
power system....207
SCG 212
SIB....211
U
U (rack unit)....82
unpacking the router....87
W
warnings
battery handling....399
Class 1 laser....396
Class 1 LED....397
copper conductors (DC power)....410
electrical....405
grounding....406
grounding equipment 405
installation....391
jewelry removal....400
laser and LED....396
laser beam....397
levels defined....381
lightning activity....401
maintenance and operational....399
midplane energy hazard 406
multiple power supplies disconnection....407
operating temperature....402
power disconnection....407
power removal....411
product disposal....403
qualified personnel....384
rack mounting....391
radiation....398
ramp....395
restricted access....385
wiring terminations (DC power)......412
wavelength ranges supported by fiber-optic
cable....445
wiring
electrical See electricity
terminations warning (DC power)......412
X
XENPAK module....304
installation instructions....306
removal instructions....304
- END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
- Table of Contents
- About the Documentation ....
- Part 1 T640 Router Product Overview
- Chapter 1 T640 Router Overview .... 3
- Chapter 2 T640 Router System Architecture Overview .....
- Chapter 3 T640 Router Hardware Component Overview
- Part 2 T640 Router Initial Installation
- Chapter 10 Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
- Chapter 11 Grounding the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- Chapter 12 Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices ..... 13
- Chapter 13 Providing Power to the T640 Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- Chapter 14 Performing the Initial T640 Junos OS Configuration ..... 171
- Part 3 T640 Router Hardware Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Replacement Procedures
- Chapter 15 Maintaining T640 Router Hardware Components ..... 179
- Chapter 16 Troubleshooting T640 Router Hardware Components ..... 199
- Chapter 17 Replacing T640 Router Hardware Components ..... 217
- Part 4 Appendixes
- Appendix A T640 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information 381
- Appendix E T640 Router Cable and Wire Guidelines and Specifications ..... 443
- Appendix F T640 Router Cable Connector Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- Appendix G Contacting Customer Support and Returning T640 Router Hardware .. 453
- Part 5 Index
- List of Figures
- Chapter 3 T640 Router Hardware Component Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- List of Tables
- About the Documentation
- Junos OS Documentation and Release Notes
- Documentation Conventions
- Documentation Feedback
- Requesting Technical Support
- Self-Help Online Tools and Resources
- Opening a Case with JTAC
- PART 1
- T640 Router Product Overview
- CHAPTER 1
- T640 Router Overview
- T640 Router Description
- Related Documentation
- T640 Component Redundancy
- CHAPTER 2
- T640 Router System Architecture Overview
- T640 System Architecture Description
- T640 Routing Engine Functions
- T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture
- Data Flow Through the T640 Router
- CHAPTER 3
- T640 Router Hardware Component Overview
- T640 Hardware Component Overview
- T640 Chassis Description
- T640 Midplane Description
- T640 Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) Overview
- T640 FPC Description
- FPC Terminology
- T640 FPCs Supported
- T640 PIC Description
- T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Overview
- T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description
- T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) LEDs
- T640 Host Subsystem Overview
- T640 Host Subsystem Description
- T640 Routing Engine Overview
- T640 Routing Engine Description
- T640 RE-600 Description
- T640 RE-1600 Description
- T640 RE-1600 LEDs
- T640 RE-2000 Description
- T640 RE-C1800 Description
- RE-C1800 Components
- RE-C1800 Boot Order
- T640 RE-C1800 LEDs
- T640 Control Boards Overview
- T640 Control Boards Description
- Control Board Function
- Control Board Slots
- Control Boards Supported
- T640 Standard Control Boards Description
- T640 Standard Control Boards LEDs
- T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description
- T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Overview
- T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description
- T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) LEDs
- T640 Craft Interface Overview
- T640 Craft Interface Description
- T640 Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and ACO/LT Button
- T640 Craft Interface LCD and Navigation Buttons
- T640 Craft Interface Host Subsystem LEDs
- T640 Craft Interface SIB LEDs
- T640 Craft Interface FPC LEDs and Online/Offline Buttons
- T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Overview
- T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description
- CIP Components
- Management Ports
- Alarm Relay Contacts
- T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) LEDs
- T640 Core Router Release Notes
- T640 Power System Overview
- T640 Power System Description
- T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Description
- Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
- Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Inputs
- Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance
- T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply LEDs
- T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description
- Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance
- T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs
- T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description
- Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
- Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Inputs
- Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance
- T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs
- T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description
- Power Supply Components
- Inputs
- Redundancy
- T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs
- T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description
- Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
- T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs
- T640 Cooling System Description
- Airflow
- Air Filters
- Power Supply Cooling System
- T640 Cable Management System Description
- PART 2
- T640 Router Initial Installation
- CHAPTER 4
- Preparing for T640 Router Installation
- T640 Site Preparation Checklist
- T640 Rack Requirements
- T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance
- CHAPTER 5
- T640 Router Installation Overview
- T640 Router Installation Summary
- CHAPTER 6
- Unpacking the T640 Router
- Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the T640 Router
- Verifying the T640 Router Parts Received
- CHAPTER 7
- Installing the T640 Router Mounting Hardware
- Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet
- Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack
- CHAPTER 8
- Installing the T640 Router into a Rack
- Overview of Installing the T640 Router in a Rack
- CHAPTER 9
- Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift
- Overview of Installing a T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift
- Tools Required to Install the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift
- Removing the T640 Power Supplies
- Attaching the T640 Router Installation Handle
- Removing the T640 Router Installation Handle and Reinstalling the Power Supplies
- CHAPTER 10
- Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift
- Overview of Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift
- Tools and Parts Required to Install the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift
- Removing Components from the T640 Chassis
- Removing the T640 SIBs
- Removing the T640 Control Boards
- Removing the T640 SCGs
- Removing the T640 Cable Management System
- Removing the T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays
- WARNING: Use this procedure only for routers that are powered off.
- Removing the T640 FPCs
- Reinstalling Components in the T640 Chassis
- Reinstalling the T640 Standard or Quiet Rear Fan Tray
- Reinstalling the T640 SCGs
- Reinstalling the T640 Control Boards
- Reinstalling the T640 SIBs
- Reinstalling the T640 Power Supplies
- Reinstalling the T640 FPCs
- Reinstalling T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays
- Reinstalling the T640 Cable Management System
- CHAPTER 11
- Grounding the T640 Router
- Tools and Parts Required to Ground the T640 Router
- Connecting the T640 Grounding Cable
- CHAPTER 12
- Connecting the T640 Router to Externa Devices
- Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices
- Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices
- Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device
- NOTE:
- Connecting the T640 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device
- Connecting the T640 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management
- Connecting the T640 Router to an External Clocking Device
- Connecting PIC Cables to the T640 Router
- CHAPTER 13
- Providing Power to the T640 Router
- Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the T640 Router
- Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supplies
- Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Three-input 240-A DC Power Supplies (2-INPUT Mode)
- Documentation
- Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supplies
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Five 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies)
- Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Four 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power Supplies)
- Powering On a DC-Powered T640 Router
- Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies
- Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies
- Powering On an AC-Powered T640 Router
- Powering Off the T640 Router
- CHAPTER 14
- Performing the Initial T640 Junos OS Configuration
- Preparing to Configure the T640 Router
- Initially Configuring the T640 Router
- Entering Configuration Mode
- Configuring User Accounts and Passwords
- Configuring System Attributes
- Committing the Configuration
- Configuring DC Power on a T640 Router
- Configuring DC Power on a T640 Router (Five 60-A Cables on a Six-Input DC Power Supply)
- Configuring DC Power on a T640 (Four 60-A Cables on a Six-Input DC Power Supply)
- PART 3
- T640 Router Hardware Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Replacement Procedures
- CHAPTER 15
- Maintaining T640 Router Hardware Components
- Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the T640 Hardware Components
- Routine Maintenance Procedures for the T640 Router
- Action On a regular basis:
- Maintaining Cooling System Components
- Maintaining the T640 Air Filters
- Maintaining the T640 Fan Trays
- Maintaining the T640 Host Subsystem
- Maintaining the T640 Routing Engines
- Maintaining the T640 Control Boards
- Maintaining the T640 SCGs
- Maintaining the T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Components
- Maintaining T640 FPCs
- Related
- Holding and Storing T640 FPCs
- Storing T640 FPCs
- Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables
- Maintaining the T640 SIBs
- Maintaining the T640 Power Supplies
- - user@host> show chassis environment pem
- CHAPTER 16
- Troubleshooting T640 Router Hardware Components
- Overview of Troubleshooting Resources for the T640 Router
- T640 LED Overview
- Craft Interface LEDs
- Component LEDs
- T640 Alarm Messages Overview
- Chassis Alarm Messages
- Interface Alarm Messages
- Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System
- Solution To troubleshoot the cooling system:
- Troubleshooting the T640 FPCs and PICs
- Troubleshooting the T640 FPCs
- Troubleshooting the T640 PICs
- Related T640 PIC Description on page 29.
- Troubleshooting the T640 Power System
- Troubleshooting the T640 SIBs
- Troubleshooting the T640 SONET Clock Generators
- Solution To troubleshoot the SCGs:
- Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem
- Troubleshooting the T640 Control Board
- Troubleshooting the T640 Craft Interface
- CHAPTER 17
- Replacing T640 Router Hardware Components
- T640 Field-Replaceable Units
- Tools and Parts Required to Replace the T640 Hardware Components
- Replacing the T640 CIP
- Removing a T640 CIP
- Installing a T640 CIP
- Replacing the T640 Connections to Routing Engine Interface Ports
- Replacing the T640 Console or Auxiliary Cable
- Replacing the T640 Alarm Relay Wires
- Replacing the T640 Cooling System Components
- Replacing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray
- Removing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray
- Installing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray
- Replacing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray
- Removing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray
- Replacing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray
- Removing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray
- Upgrading to the T640 Quiet Fan Trays
- Removing the Standard Upper Front Fan Tray
- Removing the Craft Interface
- Installing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray
- Upgrading the Standard Rear Fan Tray to a Quiet Rear Fan Tray
- Replacing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray
- Removing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray
- Installing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray
- Replacing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray
- Installing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray
- Replacing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray
- Removing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray
- Installing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray
- Replacing a T640 Air Filter
- Removing a Front T640 Air Filter
- Installing a Front T640 Air Filter
- Removing a Rear T640 Air Filter
- Replacing a T640 Craft Interface
- Removing a T640 Craft Interface
- Installing a T640 Craft Interface
- Replacing the T640 Routing Engine or Control Board Components
- Replacing the T640 Host Subsystem Components
- Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline
- Replacing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB
- Removing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB
- To remove a standard control board or T-CB (see Figure 143 on page 261 and Figure 144 on page 261):
- Replacing a T640 LCC-CB
- Removing a T640 LCC-CB
- Installing a T640 LCC-CB
- Replacing a T640 Routing Engine
- Removing a T640 Routing Engine
- Installing a T640 Routing Engine
- Replacing a PC Card in a T640 Routing Engine
- Replacing a DIMM Module in a T640 Routing Engine
- Installing a T640 DIMM Module
- Replacing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine
- Preparing to Replace a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine
- Replacing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine
- Preparing to Replace a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C180 Routing Engine
- Replacing a T640 SCG
- Removing a T640 SCG
- Installing a T640 SCG
- Replacing a T640 SIB
- Removing a T640 Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B
- Installing a T640 Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B
- Upgrading to a T640 Standard SIB Version B
- Preparing to Upgrade to a T640 Standard SIB Version B
- Replacing T640 Standard SIBs with Standard SIB Version B
- Removing a T640-SIB
- Installing a T640-SIB
- Replacing T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Components
- Replacing a T640 FPC
- Removing a T640 FPC
- Replacing a T640 PIC
- Removing a T640 PIC
- Installing a T640 PIC
- Replacing T640 PIC Cables
- Removing a T640 PIC Cable
- Installing a T640 PIC Cable
- Replacing a T640 SFP
- Removing a T640 SFP
- Installing a T640 SFP
- Replacing a T640 XENPAK Module
- Removing a T640 XENPAK Module
- Installing a T640 XENPAK Module
- Replacing T640 Power System Components
- Replacing a T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply
- Replacing a T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
- Removing a T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
- Installing a T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
- Removing the T640 Standard Cable Restraint from a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
- Powering On a T640 Replacement Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
- Replacing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
- Removing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
- Installing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply
- Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply
- Removing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply
- Installing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply
- Replacing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Six-Input DC Power Supply
- Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Front Air Filter
- Removing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Front Air Filter
- Installing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Front Air Filter
- Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Side Air Filter
- Removing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Side Air Filter
- Replacing T640 DC Power Supplies with AC Power Supplies
- Removing the T640 DC Power Supplies
- Installing the T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies
- Installing the T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies
- Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
- Removing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
- Installing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply
- Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord
- Removing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord
- Installing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord
- Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
- Removing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
- Installing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply
- Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord
- Removing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord
- Installing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord
- Replacing a Front Air Filter Element on a T640 AC or DC Power Supply
- Replacing a Side Air Filter on a T640 AC Power Supply
- Removing a Side Air Filter on a T640 AC Power Supply
- PART 4
- Appendixes
- APPENDIX A
- T640 Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
- Definition of Safety Warning Levels
- T640 Safety Guidelines and Warnings
- General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices
- Qualified Personnel Warning
- Restricted Access Area Warning
- T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage
- Fire Safety Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices
- General Fire Safety Requirements
- Fire Suppression
- Fire Suppression Equipment
- T640 Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings
- T640 Installation Safety Guidelines
- General Installation Safety Guidelines
- T640 Chassis Lifting Guidelines
- Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
- Installation Instructions Warning
- Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings
- T640 Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings
- T640 General Laser Safety Guidelines
- Laser Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
- Class 1 Laser Product Warning
- Class 1 LED Product Warning
- Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning
- Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
- Battery Handling Warning
- Jewelry Removal Warning
- Operating Temperature Warning
- Product Disposal Warning
- T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings
- In Case of an Electrical Accident
- T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes
- General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
- Grounded Equipment Warning
- Grounding Requirements and Warning
- Midplane Energy Hazard Warning
- Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning
- Power Disconnection Warning
- DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings
- T640 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
- DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
- DC Power Copper Conductors Warning
- DC Power Disconnection Warning
- DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning
- AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
- T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
- T640 Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements
- T640 Agency Approvals
- T640 Compliance Statements for NEBS
- Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Canada)
- T640 Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements (European Community)
- Declaration of Conformity
- T640
- Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Japan)
- Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (United States)
- Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices
- T640 Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise
- APPENDIX B
- T640 Physical Specifications
- APPENDIX C
- T640 Environmental Specifications
- APPENDIX D
- T640 Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications
- T640 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications
- Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices
- Distance Limitations for Signaling
- Radio Frequency Interference
- Electromagnetic Compatibility
- T640 DC Power Specifications and Requirements
- T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications
- T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
- T640 DC Power System Requirements
- T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications
- T640 DC Power Distribution
- T640 AC Power Specifications and Requirements
- T640 AC Power System Specifications
- T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Specifications
- T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Specifications
- T640 AC Power Requirements
- T640 AC Power Cord Specifications
- APPENDIX E
- T640 Router Cable and Wire Guidelines and Specifications
- T640 Network Cable Specifications and Guidelines
- Network Cable and Transceiver Overview for T Series Routers
- Ethernet Cables and Transceivers
- SONET/SDH Cables and Transceivers
- Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion
- Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable
- Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable
- Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables
- Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable
- Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable
- T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications
- APPENDIX F
- T640 Router Cable Connector Pinouts
- T640 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine ETHERNET Port
- T640 DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine AUXILIARY and CONSOLE Ports
- T640 RJ-48 Connector Pinouts for the SCG EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS Ports
- APPENDIX G
- Contacting Customer Support and Returning T640 Router Hardware
- Locating T640 Component Serial Numbers Using the CLI
- T640 Component Serial Number Label Locations
- Control Board Serial Number Label
- CIP Serial Number Label
- Craft Interface Serial Number Label
- FPC Serial Number Label
- Power Supply Serial Number Label
- Routing Engine Serial Number Label
- SCG Serial Number Label
- SIB Serial Number Label
- Contacting Customer Support
- Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.
- Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from a T640 Router
- Packing the T640 Router for Shipment
- Packing T640 Router Components for Shipment
- PART 5
- Index
- Symbols
- , comments in configuration statements.....xxx
- A
- ASICs
- B
- C
- fiber-optic
- PIC
- CIP
- CLI
- command
- commands
- compliance
- components
- configuration
- Connector Interface Panel See CIP
- conventions
- cooling system
- cord
- craft interface
- D
- E
- F
- G
- H
- |
- J
- L
- M
- N
- O
- P
- Q
- R
- router
- Routing Engine
- S
- safety guidelines
- SCGs
- SFP
- shipping crate
- T
- U
- W
- warnings
- wiring
- X
Brand : Juniper
Model : T640
Category : Router